Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING and TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
CURRICULUM FOR ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-2016 FOR THE FOLLOWING PROGRAMME-

1. B.Tech I year ( Common to all branches of Engineering)

2. B.Tech Electronics and Communication Engineering
3. B.Tech E&C + M.Tech VLSI Engineering DD
4. B.Tech E&C + M.Tech DWCE Engineering DD
5. M.Tech VLSI Engineering
6. M.Tech Digital and Wireless Communication Engineering
7. Diploma Electronics and Communication Engineering

S.No Programs Remarks

1 B.Tech I Year (Common to all branches of Engineering) I Sem to II Sem
2 B.Tech Electronics and Communication Engg. III Sem to VIII Sem
3 B.Tech E&C + M.Tech VLSI Engineering DD III sem. to X sem.
4 B.Tech E&C + M.Tech DWCE Engineering DD III sem. to X sem.
5 M.Tech VLSI Engineering I sem. to IV sem.
6 M.Tech Digital and Wireless Communication Engineering I sem. to IV sem.
7 Diploma Electronics and Communication Engineering III Sem to VI sem

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [1]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

HIGH LIGHTS OF THE SYLLABI

A. COURSE NUMBER CODING SCHEME

Coding for all the papers has been done so as to make syllabi more systematic and easy to locate.
1. A course is identified by a course code designated by a string of six alphanumeric characters and a course title.
2. In a course code, first letter indicates the type of course whether CORE or ELECTIVE, next two letters of the string indicate
the Department/School offering the course and the later three numerals designate a particular course number. The letters
symbolizing various Academic Department offering a course are:

CY Chemistry
EN English
HS Humanities and Social Sciences
MA Mathematics
PY Physics
CA Computer Application
CE Civil Engineering
CP Computer Engineering
EC Electronics and Communication Engineering
EE Electrical Engineering
IT Information Technology
ME Mechanical Engineering
BM Business Management
HM Hotel Management
PH Pharmacy
SC Sciences

3. Course number
a. First Numerical digit denotes the level of the course that corresponds to the Year of Study.
b. Next two Numerical digits denote the number of the course, which will usually be odd for courses offered in the Odd Semester
and even for
courses offered in the Even Semester.
c. Lower levels corresponds the UG courses, while higher level the PG courses. Suggested levels will be as follows :-

All UG Programmes All PG programmes PG Diploma

Level 1 to 4 Level 5 to 7 Level 8, 9

EXAMPLES:

UG Programmes PG programmes

For e.g. EC 203 For e.g. EC 503

EC denotes Electronics and EC denotes Electronics Engineering
Communication 5 denoted First Year of Pg
2 denoted second Year Programme
03 represent Course 03 represent Course

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [2]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

B. CREDIT SYSTEM

Each academic year consists of two semesters and a summer term. The education system is organized around a credit system,
which ensures continuous evaluation of the student's performance and provides at an optimum pace suited to one's ability or of
credits depending upon the class contact hours. A minimum number of credits are to be completed in order to qualify for the
award of degree. A minimum level of performance is necessary for satisfactory progress. SGVU has revised its curriculum with
effect from the academic session 2015-2016. The revised curriculum emphasizes on self-learning, project activity and laboratory
work. It leaves sufficient time for the student to take part in other activities like sport and recreation as well as to think and to be
creative and innovative.

Each course, except for a few special courses, has a certain number of credits assigned to it depending on its lecture, tutorial and
laboratory work contact hours in a week. Each course is coordinated by a member of the faculty called the course coordinator.
He/she has the full responsibility for coordinating the course, faculty involved in the course, holding tests and awarding grades.
In case of any difficulty, students are expected to approach the course coordinator for advice and clarification.

A letter grade with a specified number of grade points is awarded in each course for which a student is registered. A student's
performance is measured by the number of credits that he/she has earned and by the weighted grade point average maintained by
him/her. A minimum grade point average is necessary in order to qualify for the degree.

A total of minimum 180 credit points are necessary for the student enrolled to get B.Tech. degree, out of total 220 teaching
credits offered overall in various courses.

C. COURSE OUTLOOK:

The course of B.Tech. in Electronics and Communication Engineering is of 4 years. These 4 years are divided in 8 semesters,
each of 6 months. After every semester an examination is conducted so that the teachers as well as students get to know their
strengths and weakness and work on their weak points to have an overall development. Subjects are divided into two main
categories- CORE and ELECTIVES, which are further classified as PROGRAM and UNIVERSITY.

ELIGIBILITY

Eligibility for Admission 10+2 with 70 % and AIEEE/RPET score Credit system based syllabi

OBJECTIVES OF THE SYLLABI

• To advance, evolve and enhance Electronics fundamentals

• To build the interest in students for greater research

• To guide students in the development of newer languages

• To create the ability in students for better hardware production

• Choice based credit system

SIGNIFICANCE AND CARRER OPTIONS OF B.TECH. ECE

Electronics and Communication Engineering is one of the fastest growing branches of studies which are being carried out all over
India. It is one of the most developing and in demand trades of engineering. B.Tech in Electronics and Communication
Engineering includes study of various aspects of Electronics and Communication to meet the requirements of the various
industries. The course contains study of the basic Electronics and its application, as well as the detailed study of the various
aspects of its working.

Today Computers have not only assumed strategic importance in the corporate world, they are also being effectively used in
almost every field of human endeavour, ranging from space exploration to food processing and banking to communication etc.

B.Tech (Electronics and Communication Engineering), a study of the theoretical foundations of information and computation,
offers a foundation which permits the students to adapt new technologies and ideas. This branch of engineering has many sub-
fields for e.g. Electronics, Communication, Information theory and coding, TV Engineering Radar, Digital Communication,
Satellite Communication, Digital signals Processing and much more. After doing B.Tech (Electronics and Communication
Engineering) from the SGVU, an individual can find a good job in the renowned Electronics and Communication Company. He
can work in various areas such as:-

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [3]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Career Options in B.Tech (Electronics and Communication Engineering):

 Electronic Scientist
 DRDO
 ISRO
 BEL
 BSNL
 HAL
 GAIL
 SAIL
 BHEL
 Railway
 Telecommunication
 Networking Engineer
 Software Developer
 RSEB as a JEN
Consumer Electronics Company, etc…………

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [4]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Changes in the Teaching Scheme and Syllabus of B.TECH before B.O.S. of 14 May 2015

1. Earlier subjects were divided into two main categories- CORE and ELECTIVES, which are now classified as PROGRAM
and UNIVERSITY- CORE and ELECTIVES.

2. Earlier in 2014-15 Semester III and IV were according to the IIT Roorkee norms and rest as per 2013-14 scheme but now the
whole curriculum has been revised as per the above new classification.

3. Names of the following subjects have been changed and the codes are same as they appear in the syllabus versions before
2014-15.

S.No. Old Name of the Subject New Name of the Subject

1. Fundamental of Electronics Electronic Devices and Circuits
2. Linear Circuits Circuit Analysis and Synthesis
3. Electric and Electronic Materials Electronic Materials and Processes
4. Digital hardware Design Digital Electronics
5. Data Structures Data Structures and Algorithms
6. Humanities and Social Sciences Economics and Social Sciences
7. Data Structures Lab Data Structures and Algorithms Lab
8. Telecommunication Engineering Transmission Line and Networks
9. Electronics Lab Industry Oriented Electronic Devices
and Circuits Project Lab
10. Electronic Workshop Electronic Workshop Lab
11. Advanced Electronics Lab Industry Oriented Analog Electronics
Project Lab
12. Engineering Electromagnetics Electromagnetic Field Theory
13. Fundamentals of Object Oriented Object Oriented Programming
Programming
14. Advanced Computer Programming Object Oriented Programming Lab
lab
15. Digital Hardware Lab Digital Electronics Lab
16. Advanced Communication Lab Digital Communication Lab
17. Discipline and Co-curricular Proficiency in Co-curricular Activities
Activities
18. Electronic Engineering Design Lab Industry Oriented Electronic
Engineering Design Project Lab
19. Signal Processing Lab Industry Oriented MATLAB Project Lab
20. VHDL Digital System Design using VHDL
21. Image Processing & Pattern Image and Video Processing
Recognition
22. Communication System lab Communication Lab
23. Networking lab Computer Network Lab
24. Industrial Economics & Industrial Economics & Management
Management Lab

4. Shifting of several elective subject has been done from one to different semester as per the requirement of the scheme.

5. Three Industry Oriented Project labs have been introduced in the semester III, IV and V which are named as Industry Oriented
Electronic Devices and Circuits Project Lab, Industry Oriented MATLAB Project Lab, Industry Oriented Electronic Engineering
Design Project Lab respectively.

6. Practical Training Seminar has been introduced as UNIVERSITY CORE In semester V and VII.

7. A UNIVERSITY CORE Employability Skills numbering from II to VI has been started from Semester III to Semester VII
with the credits 0-2-0-1.

8. Credits of University Elective has been changed from 3-0-0-3 to 3-0-0-2 i.e. three lectures will now carry 2 credits only.

9. Several new subjects have been introduced in B.Tech. and their codes need to be assigned.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [5]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

S.No. Name of the Subject Semester

1. Industrial Management III
2. Remote Sensing VI
3. Nanoelectronics VI
4. Database Management System VII

10. Contents of the Following Subjects have been changed as given below-

S.No. Subjects Name

1. Circuit Analysis and Synthesis
2. Microwave Lab
3. VLSI & Optical Fiber Lab

Changes in the Teaching Scheme and Syllabus of M.TECH before B.O.S. of 14 May 2015

DD B.Tech EC+M.Tech VLSI

1. Employability Skills VII and VIII have been introduced in M.Tech VLSI and M.Tech DWCE in semester II and III.

2. Employability Skills VII and VIII have been introduced in DD VLSI and M.Tech DWCE in semester VIII and XI.

3. Remove Soft Skills training II and adding new subject Digital Image Processing in Elective I with code EC 523

4. Adding new subject Real Time System and software in Elective I with code EC 521

5. Elective III Remove Soft Skills Training III

DD B.Tech EC+M.Tech DWCE

1. Employability Skills VII and VIII have been introduced in M.Tech VLSI and M.Tech DWCE in semester II and III.

2. Semester IX Sem communication system lab are shifted to VIII Sem (Summer) and Modeling and simulation lab are shifted to
IX Sem

3. Remove two subject in elective I Design of MIC & MNIC and ACC and adding New Subject Advanced Signal Theory with
code EC 525 and Advanced Microwave Engg. With code EC 527

4. Elective II microelectronics Devices and circuit and soft Skills Training I are Removed and Adding Biomedical
Instrumentation with code EC 209 are added.

M.Tech VLSI

1. Employability Skills VII and VIII have been introduced in M.Tech VLSI in semester II and III.

2. Soft Skills Training I Are replaced by Real Time System and Software EC 521

3. In Sem II Soft Skills Training II are replaced by Digital Image Processing with code EC 523

4. In sem III Soft Skills Training III are Removed.

M.Tech DWCE

1. Employability Skills VII and VIII have been introduced in M.Tech DWCE in semester II and III.

2. In Elective II Microelectronic Device and circuit and soft skills Training II are replaced by Biomedical Instrumentation with
code EC 209

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [6]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

VLSI Technology : Whole syllabus are changed

Advanced Digital Signal Processing : First Two unit are changed.

Telecommunication Switching Network : Whole syllabus are Revised.

Microelectronics : Syllabus are redesigned.

Changes in the Teaching Scheme and Syllabus of M.TECH after B.O.S of 14 May 2015

1. Several new subjects have been introduced in Semester I M.Tech. DWCE as

a. Digital Image Processing in Program Core with code EC 523
b. Advanced Signal Theory EC 525 and Advanced Microwave Engineering EC 527 as Program Elective.

2. In semester II, both in M.Tech DWCE and M.Tech VLSI two new subjects have been introduced in University Electives.
a. Optimization Techniques EC 529
b. Statistical Modeling EC 531

3. In semester III, both in M.Tech DWCE and M.Tech VLSI two new subjects have been introduced in University Electives.
a. Research Methodology EC 617
b. Estimation Theory EC 619

4. 5. In M.Tech VLSI, Semester III, Optimization Techniques EC 529 has been introduced as University Elective.

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

Teaching and Examination Scheme for B.Tech./Dual Degree I Year (Common to all Branches of Engineering)
Semester I to II
Effective from the academic session 2015-16

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [7]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Teaching and Examination Scheme for B.Tech./Dual Degree I Year (Common to all Branches of Engineering)
EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-2016
Year: I
Semester: I
S. Course Course Name Credits Contact Exam Weightage (in
No. Code Hrs/Wk. Hrs. %)
L T/S P CE ESE
A University Core
MA 101 Math’s – I 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
EN 105 Professional Communication-I 2 3 0 0 3 40 60
CP 103 Fundamentals of Computer & IT 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
PY Engg. Physics / Engg. Chemistry 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
101/CY
101
Environmental Sciences 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
English lab I 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
PY Physics Lab/ Chemistry lab 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
151/CY
151
PC 101 Proficiency in Co-curricular Activities 2 0 0 0 0 - 100
B Program Core
EE EEE/ Engg. Mechanics 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
101/ME
101
EE EEE Lab/ Workshop Practice 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
151/ME
153
Engineering Drawing Lab 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
C University Elective
Remedial Maths (Audit Course) 0 0 0 0 0 - -
Remedial Physics(Audit Course) 0 0 0 0 0 - -
Foreign Language (German/French. Etc.) 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
History of Engineering & Science 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
TOTAL 27 20 1 8
TOTAL TEACHING LOAD 29

L= Lecture T=Tutorial CE=Continuous Evaluation

S= Seminar P= Practical ESE= End Semester Examination

Members of BoS, ECE Convener, BoS Engg.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [8]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Teaching and Examination Scheme for B.Tech./Dual Degree I Year (Common to all Branches of Engineering)
EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-2016
Year: I
Semester: II
S. Course Course Name Credits Contact Exam Weightage (in
No. Code Hrs/Wk. Hrs. %)
L T/S P CE ESE
A University Core
MA 102 Math’s – II 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
EN 102 Communication Techniques 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
Computer Programming 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
English lab -II 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
PY Engg. Chemistry/ Engg. Physics 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
102/CY
102
CP 152 Computer Programming Lab 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
CY Chemistry Lab/Physics Lab 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
152/PY
152
EM 102 Employability Skills–I 1 0 2 0 - 60 40
PC 102 Proficiency in Co-curricular Activities 2 0 0 0 - - 100
B Program Core
Engg. Mechanics/ EEE 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
Workshop Practice/ EEE Lab 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
Basics of MATLAB 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
C University Elective
Remedial Maths (Audit Course) 0 0 0 0 3 - -
Remedial Physics (Audit Course) 0 0 0 0 3 - -
Professional Ethics and Human Values 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
TOTAL 28 20 3 8
TOTAL TEACHING LOAD 31

L= Lecture T=Tutorial CE=Continuous Evaluation

S= Seminar P= Practical ESE= End Semester Examination

Members of BoS, ECE Convener, BoS Engg.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [9]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

Teaching and Examination Scheme for B.Tech./Dual Degree ( Electronics and Communication Engineering)
Semester III to VIII
Effective from the academic session 2015-16

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [10]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Teaching and Examination Scheme for B.Tech./Dual Degree (Electronics and Communication Engineering 4 Year
Course)
EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-2016
Year: II
Semester: III
S. Course Course Name Credits Contact Exam Weightage (in
No. Code Hrs/Wk. Hrs. %)
L T/S P CE ESE
A University Core
EM 201 1.Employability Skills- II 1 0 2 0
PC 201 2. Proficiency in Co-curricular Activities 2 0 0 0 100
MA 201 3.Integral Transforms and Complex Analysis 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
HS 203 4.Economics and Social Sciences 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
B Program Core
EC 201 1.Electronic Devices and Circuits 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
EC 203 2.Circuit Analysis and Synthesis 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
EC 207 3. Electronic Materials And Processes 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 251 4.Electronics Workshop Lab 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
EC 253 5.Industry Oriented Electronic Devices and Circuit Project 2 0 0 2+ 2 60 40
lab 2
BM 248 6.Industrial Economics and Management Lab 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
C University Elective
CP 201 1(a) Data Structures and Algorithms 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
CP 251 (b) Data Structures and Algorithms Lab 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
2.Industrial Management 2 2 0 0 3 40 60

D Program Elective
EC 208 1.Transmission Line and Networks 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 209 2. Biomedical Instrumentation 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
TOTAL 28 17/ 5 10
18
TOTAL TEACHING LOAD 32/33

L= Lecture T=Tutorial CE=Continuous Evaluation

S= Seminar P= Practical ESE= End Semester Examination

Members of BoS, ECE Convener, BoS Engg.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [11]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Teaching and Examination Scheme for B.Tech./Dual Degree (Electronics and Communication Engineering 4 Year
Course)
EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-2016
Year: II
Semester: IV
S. Course Course Name Credits Contact Hrs/Wk. Exam Weightage (in
No. Code Hrs. %)
L T/S P CE ESE
A University Core
MA 202 1. Numerical Analysis and Statistics 4 3 1 0 3 40 60

EM 202 2. Employability Skills- III 1 0 2 0

PC 202 3. Proficiency in Co-curricular Activities 2 0 0 0 100
B Program Core
EC 202 1.Analog Electronics 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
EC 204 2.Digital Electronics 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 206 3.Electromagnetic Field Theory 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
EC 205 4.Electronic Measurement and Instrumentation 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 254 5.Digital Electronics Lab 1 0 0 2 3 60 40
EC 252 6. Industry Oriented Analog Electronics Project Lab 2 0 0 2+ 3 60 40
2
EC 255 7. Electronic Measurement and Instrumentation Lab 1 0 0 2 3 60 40
C University Elective
CP 216 a) Object Oriented Programming 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
CP 260 b) Object Oriented Programming lab 1 0 0 2 3 60 40
EC 245 Dynamic Systems & Optimization 2 2 0 0 3 40 60

D Program Elective
EC 234 1. RF Packaging And Electromagnetic Compatibility 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 235 2.Fuzzy Control 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
TOTAL 28 17/18 5 10
TOTAL TEACHING LOAD 32/33

L= Lecture T=Tutorial CE=Continuous Evaluation

S= Seminar P= Practical ESE= End Semester Examination

Members of BoS, ECE Convener, BoS Engg.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [12]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Teaching and Examination Scheme for B.Tech./Dual Degree (Electronics and Communication Engineering 4 Year
Course)
EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-2016
Year: III
Semester: V
S. Course Course Name Credits Contact Hrs/Wk. Exam Weightage (in
No. Code Hrs. %)
L T/S P CE ESE
A University Core
EM 301 1.Employability Skills- IV 1 0 2 0
PC 301 2. Proficiency in Co-curricular Activities 2 0 0 0 100
PT 301 3.Practical Training and Seminar-I 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
B Program Core
EC 307 1.Analog Communication 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
EC 309 2.Microprocessor 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 303 3.Microwave Engineering-I 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
EC 305 4.Linear Integrated Circuits 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 301 5.Signals and Systems 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
EC 351 6.Microwave Engineering Lab. 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
EC 353 7. Industry Oriented Electronic Engineering Design Project 2 0 0 2+ 2 60 40
Lab 2
EC 355 8.Microprocessor Lab 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
EC 357 9.Communication Lab 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
C University Elective
CP 315 Advanced Data Structures 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
MA 301 Computer Oriented Mathematical Methods 2 2 0 0 3 40 60

D Program Elective
CP302 Computer System Architecture 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 209 1.Biomedical Instrumentation 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 211 2.Audio Video System 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
TOTAL 30 17/18 5 12
TOTAL TEACHING LOAD 34/35

L= Lecture T=Tutorial CE=Continuous Evaluation

S= Seminar P= Practical ESE= End Semester Examination

Members of BoS, ECE Convener, BoS Engg.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [13]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Teaching and Examination Scheme for B.Tech./Dual Degree (Electronics and Communication Engineering 4 Year
Course)
EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-2016
Year: III
Semester: VI
S. Course Course Name Credits Contact Hrs/Wk. Exam Weightage (in
No. Code Hrs. %)
L T/S P CE ESE
A University Core
EM 302 1.Employability Skills- V 1 0 2 0
PT 302 2. Proficiency in Co-curricular Activities 2 0 0 0 100
B Program Core
EC 302 1.Microwave Engineering-II 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
EC 306 2.Digital Communication 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
EC 308 3.Control Systems 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
EC 310 4.Industrial Electronics 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
EC 304 Advanced Microprocessor 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 352 5.Digital Communication Lab 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
EC 356 6.Industrial Electronics Lab 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
PE 302 7.B. Tech Project (Stage – 1) 3 0 0 5 2 60 40
EC 354 Signal Processing Lab-I 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
C University Elective
CP 318 1.Information Protection and Security 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
CP 232 2.Multimedia System 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
CP 242 3.Operating System 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
D Program Elective
1. Remote Sensing 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
2.Nanoelectronics 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
TOTAL 31 17/18 6 11
TOTAL TEACHING LOAD 34/35

L= Lecture T=Tutorial CE=Continuous Evaluation

S= Seminar P= Practical ESE= End Semester Examination

Members of BoS, ECE Convener, BoS Engg.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [14]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Teaching and Examination Scheme for B.Tech./Dual Degree (Electronics and Communication Engineering 4 Year
Course)
EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-2016
Year: IV
Semester: VII
S. Course Course Name Credits Contact Hrs/Wk. Exam Weightage (in
No. Code Hrs. %)
L T/S P CE ESE
A University Core
EM 401 1.Employability Skills- VI 1 0 2 0
PC 401 2. Proficiency in Co-curricular Activities 2 0 0 0 100
PT 401 3.Practical and Training Seminar-II 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
B Program Core
EC 401 1.Antenna and Wave Propagation 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
EC403 2.Wireless Communication 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
EC 405 3.Microcontroller and Embedded Systems 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
EC 409 4.Digital Signal Processing 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
EC 407 1.VLSI Design 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 451 5.Signal Processing Lab-II 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
EC 453 6.Microcontroller Lab 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
PE- 401 7.B. Tech Project (Stage – 2) 4 0 0 7 2 60 40
C University Elective
MA 301 1. Computer Oriented Mathematical Methods 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
2. Database Management System 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
D Program Elective
EC 411 2.IC technology 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 246 3. Speech and Audio Processing 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
TOTAL 32 17/18 6 13
TOTAL TEACHING LOAD 36/37

L= Lecture T=Tutorial CE=Continuous Evaluation

S= Seminar P= Practical ESE= End Semester Examination

Members of BoS, ECE Convener, BoS Engg.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [15]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Teaching and Examination Scheme for B.Tech./Dual Degree (Electronics and Communication Engineering 4 Year
Course)
EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-2016
Year: IV
Semester: VIII
S. Course Course Name Credits Contact Hrs/Wk. Exam Weightage (in
No. Code Hrs. %)
L T/S P CE ESE
A University Core
PC 402 1. Proficiency in Co-curricular Activities 2 0 0 0 100
B Program Core
EC 402 1.Optical Communication 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
EC 404 2.Radar and TV Engineering 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
CP430 3.Computer Network 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 454 4.Wireless Communication Lab 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
EC 452 5.VLSI & Optical Fiber Lab 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
SM 402 6. B.Tech. Seminar 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
CP 457 7. Computer Networks Lab 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
C University Elective
CP 419 1.Artificial Intelligence 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
CP 242 2.Operating System 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
D Program Elective
EC 415 1.Image and Video Processing 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 246 2. Speech and Audio Processing 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 406 3.Digital System Design using VHDL 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
TOTAL 21 12 3 6
TOTAL TEACHING LOAD 21

L= Lecture T=Tutorial CE=Continuous Evaluation

S= Seminar P= Practical ESE= End Semester Examination

Members of BoS, ECE Convener, BoS Engg.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [16]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

Teaching &Examination scheme for Dual Degree (B. Tech Electronics & Communication Engineering + M. Tech. VLSI
Engg)

(5 Year Course)

EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-2016

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [17]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Teaching & Examination scheme for Dual Degree (B. Tech Electronics & Communication Engineering + M. Tech. VLSI
Engg)
(5 Year Course)
EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-2016
Year: IV
Semester: VII
S. Course Course Name Credits Contact Hrs/Wk. Exam Weightage (in
No. Code Hrs. %)
L T/S P CE ESE
A University Core
EM 401 1.Employability Skills- VI 1 0 2 0
PC 401 2. Proficiency in Co-curricular Activities 2 0 0 0 100
PT 401 3.Practical and Training Seminar-II 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
B Program Core
EC 401 1.Antenna and Wave Propagation 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
EC403 2.Wireless Communication 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
EC 405 3.Microcontroller and Embedded Systems 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
EC 409 4.Digital Signal Processing 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
EC 407 1.VLSI Design 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC505 System Level Design and Modelling of Digital Circuits 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 451 5.Signal Processing Lab-II 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
EC 453 6.Microcontroller Lab 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
PE- 401 7.B. Tech Project (Stage – 2) 4 0 0 7 2 60 40
C University Elective
MA 301 1. Computer Oriented Mathematical Methods 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
2. Database Management System 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
D Program Elective
EC 411 2.IC technology 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 246 3. Speech and Audio Processing 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
TOTAL 35 20/21 6 13
TOTAL TEACHING LOAD 39/40

L= Lecture T=Tutorial CE=Continuous Evaluation

S= Seminar P= Practical ESE= End Semester Examination

Members of BoS, ECE Convener, BoS Engg.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [18]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Teaching & Examination scheme for Dual Degree (B. Tech Electronics & Communication Engineering + M. Tech. VLSI
Engg)
(5 Year Course)
EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-2016
Year: IV
Semester: VIII

S. Course Course Name Credits Contact Hrs/Wk. Exam Weightage (in

No. Code Hrs. %)
L T/S P CE ESE
A University Core
PC 402 1. Proficiency in Co-curricular Activities 2 0 0 0 100
B Program Core
EC 402 1.Optical Communication 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
EC 404 2.Radar and TV Engineering 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
CP430 3.Computer Network 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 506 4. Advanced Digital Signal Processing 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 454 4.Wireless Communication Lab 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
EC 452 5.VLSI & Optical Fiber Lab 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
SM 402 6. B.Tech. Seminar 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
CP 457 7. Computer Networks Lab 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
C University Elective
CP 419 1.Artificial Intelligence 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
CP 242 2.Operating System 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
D Program Elective
EC 415 1.Image and Video Processing 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 246 2. Speech and Audio Processing 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 406 3.Digital System Design using VHDL 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
TOTAL 24 15 3 6
TOTAL TEACHING LOAD 24

L= Lecture T=Tutorial CE=Continuous Evaluation

S= Seminar P= Practical ESE= End Semester Examination

Members of BoS, ECE Convener, BoS Engg.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [19]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Teaching & Examination scheme for Dual Degree (B. Tech Electronics & Communication Engineering + M. Tech. VLSI
Engg)
(5 Year Course)
Year: IV Semester: IX ( Summer)
S. Course Course Name Credit Contact Hrs/Wk. Exam Weightage (in%)
No. Code s L T/S P Hrs. CE ESE
A Program Core
EC502 Computer Aided VLSI Design 3 3 - - 3 40 60
EC 653 VLSI Design Lab 1 - - 2 3 60 40
B Program Elective 3 3 - - 3 40 60
EC 508 Synthesis of Digital System
EC 510 Issues in Deep Sub-micron CMOS IC Design
EC 523 Digital Image Processing
EC 512 Advanced IC Technology
Total 7 6 0 2
Total Teaching Load 8
NOTE:- Since Summer Semester IX is of shorter duration each summer course shall be double the teaching hours/week i.e. the
above courses shall be of 6 hours/week
Year:V Semester: IX (Regular)
S. No. Course Course Name Credits Contact Hrs/Wk. Exam Weightage (in%)
Code L T/S P Hrs. CE ESE
A University Core
EM 501 1.Employability Skills- VIII 1 0 2 0
PC 501 2. Proficiency in Co-curricular 2 0 0 0 100
Activities
University Elective I
EC 529 Optimization technique 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
EC 531 Statistical modeling 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
University Elective II
EC 617 Research methodology 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
EC 619 Estimation Theory 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
B Program Core
EC 501 MOS VLSI 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 503 VLSI Technology 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 601 Embedded System Design 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 605 Microelectronics 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 504 Analog ICs 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 552 Modeling and Simulation Lab 1 0 0 2 3 60 40
EC 551 Digital system design lab 1 0 0 2 3 60 40
C Program Elective I
EC 507 Advanced Computer 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
Communication
EC Real Time Systems and Software 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 511 Memory design and testing 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 509 Testing And Fault Tolerance 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
D Program Elective II
EC 603 Reconfigurable Computing 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 607 Combinatorial Optimization 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 615 Micro-Electro-Mechanical-Systems 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
TOTAL 30 25 2 4
TOTAL TEACHING LOAD 31

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [20]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Year: V Semester: X

S. Course Course Name Credits Contact Hrs/Wk. Exam Weightage (in%)

No. Code L T/S P Hrs. CE ESE
University Core
1 EC 651 M Tech Seminar 5 - - 9 3 60 40
2 DI 602 M. Tech. Dissertation / Thesis 16 0 0 - 60 40
Total 21 0 0 9
Total Teaching Load 9

L= Lecture T=Tutorial CE=Continuous Evaluation

S= Seminar P= Practical ESE= End Semester Examination

Members of BoS, ECE Convener, BoS Engg.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [21]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Teaching & Examination scheme for Dual Degree (B. Tech Electronics & Communication Engineering + M. Tech. Digital
and Wireless Communication Engineering)
(5 Year Course)
EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-2016

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [22]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Teaching & Examination scheme for Dual Degree (B. Tech Electronics & Communication Engineering + M. Tech. Digital
and Wireless Communication Engineering)
(5 Year Course)
EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-16
Year: IV
Semester: VII
S. Course Course Name Credits Contact Hrs/Wk. Exam Weightage (in
No. Code Hrs. %)
L T/S P CE ESE
A University Core
EM 401 1.Employability Skills- VI 1 0 2 0
PC 401 2. Proficiency in Co-curricular Activities 2 0 0 0 100
PT 401 3.Practical and Training Seminar-II 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
B Program Core
EC 401 1.Antenna and Wave Propagation 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
EC403 2.Wireless Communication 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
EC 405 3.Microcontroller and Embedded Systems 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
EC 409 4.Digital Signal Processing 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
EC 407 1.VLSI Design 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 523 Digital Image Processing 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 451 5.Signal Processing Lab-II 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
EC 453 6.Microcontroller Lab 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
PE- 401 7.B. Tech Project (Stage – 2) 4 0 0 7 2 60 40
C University Elective
MA 301 1. Computer Oriented Mathematical Methods 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
2. Database Management System 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
D Program Elective
EC 411 2.IC technology 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 246 3. Speech and Audio Processing 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
TOTAL 35 20/21 6 13
TOTAL TEACHING LOAD 39/40

L= Lecture T=Tutorial CE=Continuous Evaluation

S= Seminar P= Practical ESE= End Semester Examination

Members of BoS, ECE Convener, BoS Engg.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [23]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Teaching & Examination scheme for Dual Degree (B. Tech Electronics & Communication Engineering + M. Tech. Digital
and Wireless Communication Engineering)
(5 Year Course)
EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-16
Year: IV
Semester: VIII
S. Course Course Name Credits Contact Hrs/Wk. Exam Weightage (in
No. Code Hrs. %)
L T/S P CE ESE
A University Core
PC 402 1. Proficiency in Co-curricular Activities 2 0 0 0 100
B Program Core
EC 402 1.Optical Communication 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
EC 404 2.Radar and TV Engineering 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
CP430 3.Computer Network 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 506 4. Advanced Digital Signal Processing 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 454 4.Wireless Communication Lab 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
EC 452 5.VLSI & Optical Fiber Lab 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
SM 402 6. B.Tech. Seminar 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
CP 457 7. Networking Lab 1 0 0 2 2 60 40
C University Elective
CP 419 1.Artificial Intelligence 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
CP 242 2.Operating System 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
D Program Elective
EC 415 1.Image and Video Processing 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 246 2. Speech and Audio Processing 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 406 3.Digital System Design using VHDL 4 3 1 0 3 40 60
TOTAL 24 15 3 6
TOTAL TEACHING LOAD 24

L= Lecture T=Tutorial CE=Continuous Evaluation

S= Seminar P= Practical ESE= End Semester Examination

Members of BoS, ECE Convener, BoS Engg.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [24]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Teaching & Examination scheme for Dual Degree (B. Tech Electronics & Communication Engineering + M. Tech. Digital
and Wireless Communication Engineering)
(5 Year Course)
EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-16
Year: IV Semester: IX ( Summer)
S. Course Course Name Credit Contact Hrs/Wk. Exam Weightage (in%)
No. Code s L T/S P Hrs. CE ESE
A Program Core
EC 516 Information Theory, Coding and 3 3 - - 3 40 60
Communication Theory
EC Communication Lab 1 - - 2 3 60 40
553
B Program Elective 3 3 - - 3 40 60
EC 518 Telecommunication Switching & Networks
EC 209 Biomedical Instrumentation
EC 522 Microstrip Antennas For Wireless Systems
Total 7 6 0 2
Total Teaching Load 8
NOTE:- Since Summer Semester IX is of shorter duration each summer course shall be double the teaching hours/week i.e. the
above courses shall be of 6 hours/week

Year:V Semester: IX (Regular)

S. No. Course Course Name Credits Contact Exam Weightage
Code Hrs/Wk. Hrs. (in%)
L T/S P CE ESE
A University Core
EM 501 1.Employability Skills- VIII 1 0 2 0
PC 501 2. Proficiency in Co-curricular Activities 2 0 0 0 100
University Elective I
EC 529 Optimization technique 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
EC 531 Statistical modeling 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
University Elective II
EC 617 Research methodology 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
EC 619 Estimation Theory 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
B Program Core
EC 513 Wireless Digital Communication System 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 515 Mobile and Cellular Communication 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 514 Antenna Theory and Technique 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 609 Satellite Communication 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 613 Advanced Optical Communication Systems 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 552 Modelling and Simulation Lab 1 0 0 2 3 60 40
EC 655 CAD of RF and Microwave Circuits 1 0 0 2 3 60 40
C Program Elective- I
EC 517 Mobile Computing 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 525 Advanced Signal Theory 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 527 Advanced Microwave Engineering 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
D Program Elective- II
EC 611 Wireless Sensor Networks 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 615 Micro-Electro-Mechanical-Systems 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
HS 501 Soft Skills Training-I 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
TOTAL 30 25 2 4
TOTAL TEACHING LOAD 31

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [25]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Year: V Semester: X

S. Course Course Name Credits Contact Hrs/Wk. Exam Weightage (in%)

No. Code L T/S P Hrs. CE ESE
A University Core
1 EC 651 M Tech Seminar 5 - - 9 3 60 40
2 DI 602 M. Tech. Dissertation / Thesis 16 0 0 - 60 40
Total 21 0 0 9
Total Teaching Load 9

L= Lecture T=Tutorial CE=Continuous Evaluation

S= Seminar P= Practical ESE= End Semester Examination

Members of BoS, ECE Convener, BoS Engg.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [26]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Teaching & Examination scheme for M. Tech Full-Time (Core) (VLSI ENGINEERING) (2 Year Course)

EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-2016

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [27]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Teaching & Examination scheme for M. Tech Full-Time (Core) (VLSI ENGINEERING) (2 Year Course)
EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-2016
Year I Semester – I
Course Course Name Credits Contact Exam Weightage (in
Code Hrs/Wk. Hrs. %)
L T/S P CE ESE
A University Core
PC 501 Proficiency in Co-Curricular Activities 2 0 0 0 0 100
B Program Core
EC 501 MOS VLSI 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 503 VLSI Technology 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC505 System Level Design and Modeling of Digital 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
system
EC 551 Digital System Design Lab 1 - - 2 2 60 40
C Program elective I 3 3 - - 3 40 60
EC 507 Advanced Computer Communication
EC 521 Real Time Systems and Software
EC 511 Memory design and testing
EC 509 Testing And Fault Tolerance
Total 15 12 0 2
Total Teaching Load 14

Year I Semester – II
Course Course Name Credits Contact Exam Weightage (in%)
Code Hrs/Wk. Hrs.
L T/S P CE ESE
A University Core
PC 502 Proficiency in Co-Curricular Activities 2 0 0 0 0 100
EM 502 Employability Skills VII 1 0 2 0 2 60 40
University Elective
EC 529 Optimization technique 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
EC 531 Statistical modeling 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
B Program Core
EC 502 Computer-Aided VLSI Design 3 3 - - 3 40 60
EC 504 Analog ICs 3 3 - - 3 40 60
EC 506 Advanced Digital Signal Processing 3 3 - - 3 40 60
EC 552 Modeling and Simulation Lab 1 - - 2 2 60 40
C Program elective II 3 3 - - 3 40 60
EC 508 Synthesis of Digital System
EC 510 Issues in Deep Sub-micron CMOS IC Design
EC 523 Digital Image Processing
EC 512 Advanced IC Technology
Total 18 14 2 2
Total Teaching Load 18
L= Lecture T=Tutorial CE=Continuous Evaluation
S= Seminar P= Practical ESE= End Semester Examination

Members of BoS, ECE Convener, BoS Engg.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [28]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Teaching & Examination scheme for M. Tech Full-Time (Core) (VLSI ENGINEERING) (2 Year Course)
EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-2016
Year II Semester – III
Course Course Name Credits Contact Hrs/Wk. Exam Weightage (in%)
Code L T/S P Hrs. CE ESE
A University Core
PC 601 Proficiency in Co-Curricular Activities 2 0 0 0 0 100
EM 601 Employability Skills VIII 1 0 2 0 2 60 40
University Elective
EC 617 Research methodology 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
EC 619 Estimation Theory 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
B Program Core
EC 601 Embedded System Design 3 3 - - 3 40 60
EC 605 Microelectronics 3 3 - - 3 40 60
EC 653 VLSI Design Lab 1 2 3 60 40
EC 651 Seminar 5 - - 9 3 60 40
C Program elective 3 3 - - 3 40 60
EC 603 Reconfigurable Computing
EC 607 Combinatorial Optimization
EC 615 Micro-Electro-Mechanical-Systems
Total 20 11 2 11
Total Teaching Load 24

Year II Semester – IV

Course Course Name Credits Contact Hrs/Wk. Exam Weightage (in

Code Hrs. %)
L T/S P CE ESE
A Program Core
DI 602 M. Tech. Dissertation / Thesis 16 0 0 - 60 40
Total 16
Total Teaching Load 16

L= Lecture T=Tutorial CE=Continuous Evaluation

S= Seminar P= Practical ESE= End Semester Examination

Members of BoS, ECE Convener, BoS Engg.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [29]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Teaching & Examination scheme for M. Tech Full-Time (Core) (Digital and Wireless Communication Engineering)
(2 Year Course)
EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-2016

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [30]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Teaching & Examination scheme for M. Tech Full-Time (Core) (Digital and Wireless Communication Engineering)
(2 Year Course)
EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-2016
Year I Semester – I

Course Course Name Credits Contact Exam Weightage (in

Code Hrs/Wk. Hrs. %)
L T/S P CE ESE
A University Core
PC 501 Proficiency in Co-Curricular Activities 2 0 0 0 0 100
B Program Core
EC 513 Wireless Digital Communication System 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 523 Digital Image Processing 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 515 Mobile and Cellular Communication 3 3 0 0 3 40 60
EC 553 Communication System Lab 1 - - 2 2 60 40
C Program elective 3 3 - - 3 40 60
EC 517 Mobile Computing
EC 525 Advanced Signal Theory
EC 527 Advanced Microwave Engineering
Total 15 12 0 2
Total Teaching Load 14

Year I Semester – II
Course Course Name Credits Contact Exam Weightage (in%)
Code Hrs/Wk. Hrs.
L T/S P CE ESE
A University Core
PC 502 Proficiency in Co-Curricular Activities 2 0 0 0 0 100
EM 502 Employability Skills 1 0 2 0 2 60 40
University Elective
EC 529 Optimization technique 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
EC 531 Statistical modeling 2 2 0 0 3 40 60
B Program Core
EC 514 Antenna Theory and Technique 3 3 - - 3 40 60
EC 516 Information Theory, Coding and Communication 3 3 - - 3 40 60
Theory
EC 506 Advanced Digital Signal Processing 3 3 - - 3 40 60
EC 552 Modeling and Simulation Lab 1 - - 2 2 60 40
C Program elective 3 3 - - 3 40 60
EC 518 Telecommunication Switching and Networks
EC 209 Biomedical Instrumentation
EC 522 Microstrip Antennas For Wireless Systems
Total 18 14 2 2
Total Teaching Load 18
L= Lecture T=Tutorial CE=Continuous Evaluation
S= Seminar P= Practical ESE= End Semester Examination

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [31]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Members of BoS, ECE Convener, BoS Engg.

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Teaching & Examination scheme for M. Tech Full-Time (Core) (Digital and Wireless Communication Engineering)
(2 Year Course)
EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-2016
Year II Semester – III

Course Course Name Credits Contact Exam Weightage (in

Code Hrs/Wk. Hrs. %)
L T/S P CE ESE
A University Core
PC 601 Proficiency in Co-Curricular Activities 2 0 0 0 0 100
EM 601 Employability Skills 1 0 2 0 2 60 40
University Elective

EC 617 Research methodology 2 2 0 0 3 40 60

EC 619 Estimation Theory 2 2 0 0 3 40 60

B Program Core
EC 609 Satellite Communication 3 3 - - 3 40 60
EC 613 Advanced Optical Communication Systems 3 3 - - 3 40 60
EC 655 CAD of RF and Microwave Circuits 1 2 2 60 40
EC 651 Seminar 5 - - 9 60 40
C Program elective III 3 3 - - 3 40 60
EC 611 Wireless Sensor Networks
EC 615 Micro-Electro-Mechanical-Systems
HS 501 Soft Skills I
Total 20 11 2 11
Total Teaching Load 24

Year II Semester – IV

Course Course Name Credits Contact Hrs/Wk. Exam Weightage (in

Code Hrs. %)
L T/S P CE ESE
A Program Core
DI 602 M. Tech. Dissertation / Thesis 16 0 0 60 40
Total 16
Total Teaching Load 16

L= Lecture T=Tutorial CE=Continuous Evaluation

S= Seminar P= Practical ESE= End Semester Examination

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [32]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Members of BoS, ECE Convener, BoS Engg.

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Teaching & Examination scheme for Diploma (Electronics and Communication Engineering)
(3 Year Course)
EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-2016

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [33]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Teaching & Examination scheme for Diploma (Electronics and Communication Engineering)
(3 Year Course)
EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-2016

Salient features in proposed Curriculum

1. The curriculum is structured to have 3 years (6 semesters) including Industrial training in an

Organization / Industry relevant to the field of specialization. This is mainly aimed to
improve the practical skills in the students to make them ready to cater to the needs of
Industry with hands on experience and with a very good practical vision.
2. An effort has been made to improve the communication skills and personality development
of the students, by restructuring the English Language / communication subject.
3. Primarily to develop verbal communication skills in English among students.
4. The main intention behind this is to improve their communication / presentation skills and to
develop their personality to enable them to stand as a useful product in the global market.
5. Practicals on Information Technology are introduced in the I year curriculum itself. This
enables the student to have good acquaintance with computers, internet and e-Mailing from
First year onwards. It also enables the student to keep pace with latest trends of the present
day technology.
6. Their knowledge and skills in computers are continued by introducing practical.
7. Developing reading & writing skills in students, especially among students who lack
confidence in communicating in English.
8. Every effort has been made while restructuring the curriculum to mould the
students to become very good Technicians with more practical visualization. This has
been done by deleting unnecessary and extra information and regrouping the
subjects to impart theoretical inputs to the students up to sufficient depth. This saving in
time has been utilized in slightly improving on the practical inputs during in-house training
itself.
9. Seminars also form a part of the curriculum in all the three years. This will surely
improve the abilities of the students in communication / presentation skills.
10. Training to isolate important information from a written text and represent the same in note
form.
11. Increase ability to write short paragraphs and to write technical reports.
12. To improve speaking skill of students through active listening & speaking practice.
13. Visualization and analytical approach towards the subject is necessary
14. To increase power of comprehending a written text.
15. Basic Mathematics knowledge to solve the problems.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [34]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

16. Knowledge of basic concepts of sciences such as physics, chemistry and mathematics
17. Much emphasis has been given for practical subjects in both the semester by allotment of
separate subject codes. Also the examination time for all practical subjects is common and is
fixed as 3 hrs duration. This allows the examiners (both internal and external) to pay much
attention towards the examinee during practicals.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [35]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Teaching & Examination scheme for Diploma (Electronics and Communication Engineering)
(3 Year Course)
EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-2016
Year I Semester - I
Course Code Nature of Course Name Cred Contact Hrs/Wk. Exa Weightage
Course its m (in%)
Hrs.
(UC/
L T/S P CE ESE
PC/
UE/PE)
EN-131 English and Communication Skills-I 2 2 - - 3 40 60
UC
PY- 131 Physics-I 3 3 - - 3 40 60
MA- 131 Mathematics-I 4 3 1 - 3 40 60
EN- 171 Communication Skills - I Lab 1 - - 2 3 60 40
PY- 171 Physics-I Lab 1 - - 2 3 60 40
PC- 101 Proficiency in Co Curricular Activities 2 100
CP- 131 Computer & Information Technology 3 3 - - 3 40 60
PC Fundamentals
CP- 171 Computer & Information Technology 1 - - 2 3 60 40
Fundamentals Lab

CY-131 Chemistry-I 3 3 - - 3 40 60

UE
CY-171 Chemistry-I Lab 1 - - 2 3 60 40

Foreign Language (German/French. Etc.) 40 60

ME- 171 Engineering Drawing –I Lab 2 - - 3 3 60 40

ME 154 Workshop Practice 1 0 0 2 2 60 40

PE
ME 152 Auto CAD Lab 1 0 0 2 2 60 40

L= Lecture T=Tutorial CE=Continuous Evaluation

S= Seminar P= Practical ESE= End Semester Examination

Members of BoS, ECE Convener, BoS Engg.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [36]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Teaching & Examination scheme for Diploma (Electronics and Communication Engineering)
(3 Year Course)
EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-2016
Year I Semester - II
Course Nature Course Name Credits Contact Exa Weightage
Code of Hrs/Wk. m (in%)
Hrs.
Course
L T/S P CE ESE
(UC/
PC/
EN-132 English and Communication Skills –II (Dev of like 2 2 - - 3 40 60
Skill & Professional Practices)

PY-132 UC Physics-II 3 3 - - 3 40 60

MA-132 Mathematics-II 4 3 1 - 3 40 60

EM – 201 Employability Skills - I 1 - - 2 3 60 40

PY-172 Physics-II Lab 1 - - 2 3 60 40

PC- 101 Proficiency in Co Curricular Activities

ME-174 Work Shop Practice 1 - - 2 3 60 40

PC
ME-134 Applied Mechanics 3 3 - - 3 40 60

ME-172 Engineering Drawing- II Lab 2 - - 3 3 60 40

CY-172 Chemistry –II Lab 1 - - 2 3 60 40

EE-172 UE Basic Electrical and Electronics Engg. Lab 1 - - 2 3 60 40

CY-132 Chemistry-II 3 3 - - 3 40 60

CY-172 Chemistry –II Lab 1 - - 2 3 60 40

PE Python Lab 1 - - 2 3 60 40

L= Lecture T=Tutorial CE=Continuous Evaluation

S= Seminar P= Practical ESE= End Semester Examination

Members of BoS, ECE Convener, BoS Engg.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [37]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Teaching & Examination scheme for Diploma (Electronics and Communication Engineering)
(3 Year Course)
EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-2016
Year: II Semester: III
S. Course Course Name SUBJECTS L T P C Exam Weightage (%)
No. Code Hrs. CE ESE
A 1. Proficiency in Co-curricular Activities 0 0 0 2 100
University Core 2. Employability Skills- II 0 2 0 1 3 40 60
B 1.Electronic Components & shop Practice 3 0 0 3 3 40 60
2.Circuit Analysis 3 0 0 3 3 40 60
3.Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation 3 0 0 3 3 40 60
4. Electronic Devices and Circuits 3 0 0 3 3 40 60
Program Core
5.Electronics Workshop Lab 0 0 2 1 3 60 40
6. Electronic Devices and Circuit lab 0 0 2 1 3 60 40
7.Electronic Measurement and Instrumentation 0 0 2 1 3 60 40
Lab
C 1. C Programming 3 0 0 2 3 40 60
University 2. C Programming Lab 0 0 2 1 3 60 40
Elective 3. Economics and Social Sciences 3 0 0 2 3 40 60
D Program 1.Audio and Video Systems 3 0 0 3 3 40 60
2.Transmission Line and Networks 3 0 0 3 3 40 60
Elective
TOTAL 15 0 8 20/
21

Year: II Semester: IV

S. Course Course Name SUBJECTS L T P C Exam Weightage

No. Code Hrs. (%)
CE ESE
A 1. Proficiency in Co-curricular Activities 0 0 0 2 100
University Core 2. Employability Skills- III 0 2 0 1 3 40 60
B 1.Analog Communication 3 0 0 3 3 40 60
2.Microprocessor 3 0 0 3 3 40 60
3.Digital Electronics 3 0 0 3 3 40 60
4. Analog Electronics 3 0 0 3 3 40 60
Program Core 5.Microprocessor Lab 0 0 2 1 3 60 40
6.Analog Electronics Lab 0 0 2 1 3 60 40
7. Digital Electronics Lab 0 0 2 1 3 60 40
8. Communication Lab 0 0 2 1 3 60 40
C University 1a) Object Oriented Programming 3 0 0 2 3 40 60
b) Object Oriented Programming lab 0 0 2 1 3 60 40
Elective
D Program 1. Telecommunication Fundamentals 3 0 0 3 3 40 60
2. Biomedical Instrumentation 3 0 0 3 3 40 60
Elective
TOTAL 15 0 1 21/
0 22
L= Lecture T=Tutorial CE=Continuous Evaluation
S= Seminar P= Practical ESE= End Semester Examination

Members of BoS, ECE Convener, BoS Engg.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [38]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Teaching & Examination scheme for Diploma (Electronics and Communication Engineering)
(3 Year Course)
EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-2016
Year: III Semester: V
S. Course Course Name SUBJECTS L T P C Exam Weightage
No. Code Hrs. (%)
CE ESE
A 1. Proficiency in Co-curricular Activities 0 0 0 2
University 2. Employability Skills- III 0 2 0 1
Core 3.Practical Training and Seminar-I 0 0 2 1 3 60 40
B 1.Digital Communication 3 0 0 3 3 40 60
2. Control Systems 3 0 0 3 3 40 60
3.Microwave Engineering 3 0 0 3 3 40 60
Program 4.Linear Integrated Circuits 3 0 0 3 3 40 60
Core 5.Microwave Lab. 0 0 2 1 3 60 40
6. Electronics Engineering Design Lab 0 0 2 1 3 60 40
7.Digital Communication Lab 0 0 2 1 3 60 40
C University 1.Computer Communication 3 0 0 2 3 40 60
2. Entreprenuership 3 0 0 2 3 40 60
Elective
D Program 1. Antenna and Wave Propagation 3 0 0 3 3 40 60
Elective 2. IC Technology 3 0 0 3 3 40 60
TOTAL 15 0 8 21/22

Year: III Semester: VI

S. Course Course Name SUBJECTS L T P C Exam Weightage
No. Code Hrs. (%)
CE ESE
A University 1. Proficiency in Co-curricular Activities 0 0 0 2
Core
B 1.Advance Microprocessor and 3 0 0 3 3 40 60
Microcontroller
2.Mobile and Cellular Communication 3 0 0 3 3 40 60
Program 3.Optical Fiber Communication 3 0 0 3 3 40 60
Core 4.Industrial Electronics 3 0 0 3 3 40 60
5.Wireless Communication Lab 0 0 2 1 3 60 40
6.Industrial Electronics Lab 0 0 2 1 3 60 40
7. Project 0 0 2 1 3 60 40
C University 1. Industrial Management 3 0 0 2 3 40 60
2. Computer Networks 3 0 0 2 3 40 60
Elective
D Program 1.Image and Video Processing 3 0 0 3 3 40 60
2.VLSI design and technology 3 0 0 3 3 40 60
Elective
TOTAL 15 0 6 19/20
L= Lecture T=Tutorial CE=Continuous Evaluation
S= Seminar P= Practical ESE= End Semester Examination

Members of BoS, ECE Convener, BoS Engg.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [39]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

Teaching and Examination Scheme for B.Tech. ( Electronics and Communication Engineering)
Semester III to VIII
Effective from the academic session 2015-16
DETAILED SYLLABUS

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [40]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

MA 101 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – I C (L, T, P) = 4 (3, 1, 0)

Units Contents of the Course Hours

I Differential Calculus
 Curvature, Concavity and Convexity and Point of inflexion (Cartesian Coordinates
only) 6
 Partial Differentiation, Euler’s Theorem on Homogeneous Functions.
II Differential Calculus
 Maxima and Minima of Two and more Independent Variables, Lagrange’s method of
undetermined multipliers.
 Asymptotes (Cartesian coordinates only), Intersection of the curve and its asymptotes. 7
 Multiple points, Curve tracing of simple curves (Cartesian and Polar) including
cardioids, Lemniscates of Bernoulli, Limacon, Equiangular Spiral, Folium of
Descartes.
III Integral Calculus 7
 Double integral, Change of order of integration, Triple integral ,Beta function and Gamma
function. To find areas by using double integrals.

IV Differential Equations
 Differential Equations of first order and first degree.
 Linear Differential Equations of Higher Order with Constant Coefficients. 7
 Homogeneous Linear Differential Equations.
V Differential Equations
 Linear Differential Equations of Second Order with Variable Coefficients:Exact differential
equations Method of
Change of Dependent and Independent Variables. 7
 Method of Variation of Parameters.
Total 34
Books Recommended:
1. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers by Erwin Kreszig.
2. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers by B.S. Griwal.
3. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers by Chandrika Prasad.
4. Engg. Mathematics I by Y.N. Gaur & C.L. Koul
5. Engg. Mathematics I by D.N. Vyas
6. Engg. Mathematics I by RBD Publication

PY 101/102 ENGINEERING PHYSICS C (L, T, P) = 4 (3, 1, 0)

Units Contents of Course Hours

Interference of light
 Newton’s Rings: Theory and determination of diameters of dark and bright rings.
 Michelson’s interferometer: Construction and working, Determination of wavelength 8 hrs,
I of light and wavelength separation of two nearby wavelengths.
Polarization of Light
Production of Plane, circular and elliptically polarized, Phase retardation plates,
Specific rotation and its measurement using the half shade and Bi-Quartz polarimeters.
Diffraction of Light :
 Fraunhofer’s diffraction due to single Slit, 6 hrs.
II Theory of plane transmission grating and determination of wavelength of light
Resolving power: Reyliegh criterion, Resolving power of diffraction grating.
Lasers , Holography and Optical fiber
Theory , design and application of Ruby, He- Ne and semiconductor lasers
 Construction and Reconstruction of Hologram 6 hrs.
III  Introduction of optical fiber as wave guide
Numerical Apeture of an optical fiber
Special Theory of Relativity
 Postulates of special theory of relativity, Lorentz Transformations 6 hrs.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [41]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

IV  Relativity of length , mass, and time.

 Relativistic velocity addition , Mass- Energy relation
Electricity & Magnetism
 Scalar and Vector Fields, Concepts of Gradient, Divergence and Curl, Maxwell’s
V electromagnetic Equations.
Nuclear Radiation Detectors 7 hrs.
 Nuclear Binding Energy, Construction , working and properties of proportional , G.eiger
M.uller and Scintillation counter
Total 33

Books Recommended

Optics by A.K. Ghatak (Tata McGraw-Hill)

Introductory Quantum Mechanics by Liboff (Pearson’s Publication)
Quantum Mech. by A.Ghatak & S. Lokhathan (Tata McGraw-Hill
A textbook of Optics: Brijlal and Subramanium. S. Chand Co. Ltd.
Introduction to Modern Optics by G.R. Fowels
An introduction to Fiber Optics by R. Allen Shotwell, PHI
Elements of Electromagnetic Fields: S P Seth, Dhanpat Rai & Company.
Lasers Theory and Applications by Thyagarajan and Ghatak, Macmillan India Ltd.
Elements of Electromagnetic by Mathew N.O. Sadiku, Oxford University Press.
Introductory University optics: Beynon, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
An introduction to Fiber Optics by John M. Senior, PHI
Nuclear Physics by Burchem (Addision Weisly)

PY 151/152 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB C (L, T, P) = 1 (0, 0, 2)

S. LIST OF PRACTICALS
No.
1 To determine the dispersive power of material of prism
2 To determine the wavelength of sodium light by Newton’s rings experiment
3 To determine the specific rotation of glucose / cane sugar solution using polarimeter
4 To determine the wavelength of prominent lines of white light by plane diffraction grating
5 To determine the wavelength of sodium light with the help of Michelson interferometer
6 To study the profile of He-Ne Laser
7 To determine the Numerical Aperture of optical fiber
8 To determine the fringe width and distance between coherent sources by Fresnel’s bi-prism experiment
9 To determine the band gap in a semiconductor using a P.N. junction diode
10 To convert a galvanometer into an ammeter.
11 To convert a galvanometer into a voltmeter
12 To draw the plateau characteristic of a Geiger Muller Counter using a radio active source.
13 To determine the height of an object with the help of sextant
14 To determine high resistance by method of leakage with the help of ballistic galvanometer
15 To determine the specific resistance of a given of a wire with the help of Carry Foster’s Bridge

EE 101/102 ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING C (L, T, P) = 4 (3, 1, 0)

UNIT CONTENTS OF THE COURSE Hours

1 DC Networks: Kirchoff’s Laws, Node Voltage and Mesh Current Analysis;Delta-Star and Star-Delta 7
Transformation, Source Conversion. Classification of Network Elements, Superposition Theorem, Thevenin’s
Theorem.
II Single Phase AC Circuits: Generation of Single Phase AC Voltage, EMF Equation, Average, RMS and 7
Effective Values. RLC Series, Parallel and Series-Parallel Circuits, Complex Representation of Impedances.
Phasor Diagram, Power and Power Factor.
• Three Phase A.C. Circuits: Generation of Three-Phase AC Voltage, Delta and Star-Connection, Line &
Phase Quantities, 3-Phase Balanced Circuits, Phasor Diagram, Measurement of Power in Three Phase
Balanced Circuits.
III • Transformer: Faraday’s Law of Electromagnetic Induction, Construction and Operation of Single Phase 7

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [42]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Transformer, EMF Equation, Voltage & Current

Relationship and Phasor Diagram of Ideal Transformer.
• Electrical DC Machine: Principle of DC Machines, Types, Different Parts of DC Machines.
IV •Diode: PN junction diode, formation of depletion layer and diode characterstics. Transistor: Bipolar Junction 7
Transistor, Transistor Current Components, Characteristics of CE, CB and CC Transistor Amplifiers.
• Thyristors: The four layer diode, Bi-directional thyristors, the uni-junction transistor and its application in
thyristor circuits.
V • Communication System: Introduction to modulation (AM, FM & PM) demodulation, multiplexing. 7
Superhetrodyne radio receiver, television.
Elementary concepts of optical, satellite & mobile communication.
Total 35

Recommended Books

1. BL Theraja, Electrical Engineering

2. Niazi, Electrical and Electronics Engineering
3. Network Synthesis by Heytt Kamerly
4. Network Theory by Van Valkenburg

E 151/152 ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGG. LAB C (L, T, P) = 1 (0, 0, 2)

S. List of Experiments
No.
A. ELECTRICAL LAB
1. To verify:Kirchhoff’s Current and Voltage Laws, Superposition Theorem and Thevenin Theorem.
Make house wiring including earthing for 1-phase energy meter, MCB, ceiling fan, tube light, three pin socket and a
2.
lamp operated from two different positions. Basic functional study of components used in house wiring.
3. Study the construction and basic working of single phase induction motor and ceiling fan along with regulator.
Basic functional study and connection of moving coil & moving iron ammeters and voltmeters, dynamometer, wattmeter
4.
and energy meter.
Study the construction, circuit, working and application of the following lamps: (i) Fluorescent lamp, (ii) Sodium vapour
5.
lamp and (iii) Mercury vapour lamp
Study the construction and connection of single phase transformer and auto-transformer.
6.
Measure input and output voltage and find turn ratio.
ELECTRONICS LAB
Identification, testing and applications of resistors, inductors, capacitors, PN-diode, Zener diode, LED, LCD, BJT, SCR,
7.
Photo diode and Photo transistor.
Functional study of CRO, analog & digital multi-meters and function / signal generator.
8.
9. Study the BJT amplifier in common emitter configuration and measure voltage gain.
10. Measurement of power in 3Phase circuit using Two Wattmeters and finding Power Factor.

ME 101/102 ENGINEERING MECHANICS C (L, T, P) = 4 (3, 1, 0)

Units Contents of the Course Hours

I System of forces, Fundamental laws of mechanics, Composition of forces : Free body diagram, 6
Lamis’s theorem : Moments and couple, Varignon’s theorem, condition of equilibrium : Types of
support and loading, reaction, Analysis of simple trusses by methods of joints and method of sections.
II Law of Coulomb friction, Ladder, Wedges: Belt friction and rolling: Principle of virtual work and its 6
application.
III Location of centroid and center of gravity,area moment of inertia, mass moment of machine : Law of 7
machines, Variation of mechanical advantages, efficiency, reversibility of machine : Pulleys, wheel
and axle,wheel and differential axle : Transmission of power through belt and rope.
IV Kinematics of Particle: - Rectilinear motion,plane curvilinear motion : Projectile motion : 6
Constrained motion of connected particles. Dynamics of Particle and Rigid Body: - Newton’s law of
motion: D’Alembert’s principle.
V Work and Energy: - Work,energy (potential, Kinetic and Spring) : Work-Energy relation : Law of 7
conservation of energy. Impulse and Momentum: - Impulse, momentum: Impulse-Momentum
relation, Impact. Vibration: - Un-damped Free vibrations.
Total 32

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [43]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Recommended Books:
1. Engineering Mechanics by Domkundwar & Domkundwar, Dhanpat Rai & Co.
2. Engineering Mechanics by D.S.Kumar.
3. Engineering Mechanics by R.K.Rajput.
4. Classical Mechanics by R. Douglas Gregory University of Manchester
5. Engineering Mechanics by Bhattacharya Oxford University Press.

ME 153/154 WORKSHOP PRACTICE C (L, T, P) = 1 (0, 0, 2)

CARPENTRY SHOP
Timber, definition, engineering applications, seasoning and preservation Plywood and ply boards.
List of jobs to be made in the Carpentryshop
1. T – Lap joint
2. Bridle joint

FOUNDRY SHOP
Moulding Sands, constituents and characteristics,
Pattern definition, materials types, core prints,Role of gate, runner, riser, core and chaplets, Causes and remedies of
some common casting defects like blow holes, cavities, inclusions
List of jobs to be made in the Foundryshop
1. Mould of any pattern
2. Casting of any simple pattern

WELDING SHOP
Definition of welding, brazing and soldering processes and their applications
Oxyacetylene gas welding process, equipment and techniques, types of flames and their
Applications. Manual metal arc welding technique and equipment, AC and DC welding
Electrodes: Constituents and functions of electrode coating, welding positions
Types of welded joints, common welding defects such as cracks, undercutting, slag
inclusion and boring
List of jobs to be made in the Weldingshop
1. Gas welding practice by students on mild steel flat
2. Lap joint by gas welding
3. MMA welding practice by students
4. Square butt joint by MMA welding
5. Lap joint by MMA welding
6. Demonstration of brazing

MACHINE SHOP PRACTICE

Study Of Machine Tools:-
Lathe Machine : Parts Of lathe description ,operations on lathe, tools used on lathes, attachments ,Specifications of
lathe ,types of lathe
Shaper Machine:- Parts of shaper, description of parts ,Operations on shaper ,tools used on Shaper ,Mechanisms in
shaper, specification of shaper
List of jobs to be made in the Machineshop
1. Job on lathe with one step turning and chamfering operations
2. Job on shaper for finishing two sides of a job
3. Drilling two holes of size 5 and 12 mm diameter on job used / to be used for shaping
4. Grinding a corner of above job on bench grinder

FITTING AND SMITHY SHOP

Files, materials and classification.
Forging, forging principle, materials, Operations like drawing, upsetting, bending and forge welding,Use of forged
parts.
List of jobs to be made in the Fitting And SmithyShop
1. Finishing of two sides of a square piece by filing

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [44]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

2. Tin smithy for making mechanical joint and soldering of joint

3. To cut a square notch using hacksaw and to drill three holes on PCD and tapping
List of Recommended Books:-
1. Workshop Technology And Practice By Hazara Chowdhary Vol I & Vol II
2. Workshop Technology And Practice By B.S. Raghuvanshi
3. Production Technology By R.K. Jain
4. Manufacturing Process By :Begman
5. Workshop Technology By : Chapman Vol I ,II & III

CY 101/102 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY C (L, T, P) = 4 (3, 1, 0)

Units Contents of the Subject Hours

I Water: Common impurities, Hardness, Determination of hardness by Clark’s and Complex metric (EDTA) 7 hrs.
method, Degree of Hardness. Municipal Water Supply: Requisites of drinking water, Purification of water.
Sedimentation, coagulation, filtration, sterilization. Break point chlorination. Water for Steam Preparation:
Boiler Trouble, Carryover, Corrosion, Scale & Sludge and caustic embrittlement. Methods of Boiler Water
Treatment: Preliminary treatments, Preheating. Lime-Soda Process, Permutite or Zeolite process,
Deionization or demineralization. Feed water Conditioning, Internal treatment, Blow down. Problems based
on water treatment (Lime-Soda Process).Sanitation.
II Corrosion: Definition and its significance, Theories of corrosion. Galvanic Cell and concentration Cell, 9 hrs.
Pitting and Stress Corrosion. Protection against Corrosion, Protective Metallic Coating. Lubricants:
Classification, Types, Properties: Viscosity, Viscosity Index, Flash and Fire point, Cloud and Pour point and
Emulsification. Pollution: Elementary idea of air and water pollution, Effect of air pollution. Depletion of
ozone layer and its environmental impact. Greenhouse effect. Phase Rule: Statement, Definitions.
Application to one component system: Water and Sulphur. Study of two components: Lead-Silver.
III New & Advanced Engineering Materials: Materials and Chemistry of Engineering materials Software & 7 hrs.
Hardware industry: chip and integrated circuit manufacturing. Chemistry of Electrical Engineering
materials. Metals Alloys, polymers. Electronics and Communication industries: Semiconductor Materials
for, Mechanical industries Materials for Civil and building constructions.
IV Plastics: Classification and constituents of plastics and their uses, preparation, properties and uses of 7 hrs.
Polyethylene. Bakelite, Terylene and Nylon. Rubber : Natural rubber, vulcanization, synthetic rubbers.
Cement: Manufacture of Portland cement, vertical shaft kiln technology, Chemistry of setting and
hardening. Refractories: Definition, properties, classification, Manufacturing and Properties of Silica and
Fireclay Refractories. Glass: Preparation, varieties and uses, Explosive: Introduction, classification,
requisites of explosives. Plastic explosives, blasting fuses, application.
V Chemicals Fuels: Origin and classification fuels. Solid Fuels: Coal, Calorific value ,Proximate and Ultimate 7 hrs.
analysis Determination of calorific value by Bomb Calorimeter. Liquid Fuel: Advantages, petroleum and
refining of petroleum, synthetic petrol, Cracking and Reforming, Knocking –Ant knocking Octane number,
Cetane number. Gaseous Fuels: Advantages, Manufacture, composition and calorific value of coal gas and
oil gas, Determination of calorific value by Junker’s Calorimeter. Advanced fuel systems: Elementary Non-
conventional Energy Materials.
Books:
1.A Text book of engineering chemistry:Dr. Sunita Rattan ,S.K. Kataria
2.A Text book of Engineering chemistry:P.C. Jain & Monika Jain,Dhanpat Rai Publication
3.VLSI Technology :S.M. Sze Tata Mc Graw Hill Publication company Ltd.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [45]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

4.VLSI fabrication Principles ,Sorab K. Gandhi,John Wilay & Sons Inc.

5 .Semiconductor Devices,Basic Principles :Jasprit Singh.
6.Materials sciences:MS Vijaya & G Rangarajan,Tata Mc Graw Hill pub.. House
7.Materials Sciences and Engineering:Willams D Callister Jr. Wiley India(p)Ltd.
8.Materials Sciences:G.K. Narula ,K.S. Narula
9.Engineering Chemistry:R. Gopalan ,D. Venkappaya,Vikas Publication
10.Air Pollution :MN Rao,HVN Rao,Tata Mc Graw Hill Publication Company.

CY 151/152 CHEMISTRY LAB C (L, T, P) = 1 (0, 0, 2)

S. No. Name of Experiment No. of

Practical
Turns
I Physical Methods of Analysis
1. Conduct metric Analysis
a. Determination of strength Acid and Bases 01
b. Determination of Solubility of Barium sulphate 01
c. Determination of equivalent conductivity 01
2. pH Analysis
a. Determination of strength of Acids and Bases 01
b. Determination of PH of various Water Sample and its Analysis 01
3. Determination of Viscosity of a given sample of oil at various temperature by Redwood Viscometer 01
No.1
4. Determination of Flash and Fire point of a given sample using Pensky Marten apparatus 01
5. Determination of Cloud and Pour point of a sample 01
II Volumetric Analysis
1. To study kinetics of acetone iodine reactions 02
2. Determination of available chorine in Bleaching Powder 01
3. Determination of free chlorine in a Water sample 01
4. To study hydrolysis of ester 01
5. Determination of B.O.D Value of Water sample 01
6. Determination of C.O.D Value of Water sample 01
7. Determination of hardness of water 01
8. Determination of Dissolved Oxygen or Ammonia or Carbon Dioxide 02
9. Determination of total suspended dissolved and fixed solids in Sewage and Water sample 01
III REDOX Titrations
1. Determination of Copper sulphate Idometrically 01
2. Determine Potassium dichromate idometrically 01
3. Determination Potassium dichromate by retreating it against ferrous ammonium sulphate ( Using 02
internal indictor)
4. Estimation of Iron in plain Carbon steel 01
5. Estimation of Copper in brass 01
IV Gravimetric Analysis
1. Barium as Barium sulphate gravimetrically 02
2. Silver as Silver Nitrate gravimetrically 02
3. Copper as Copper thiocynate gravimetrically 02
 As per availability of experiment

1.A Text book of engineering chemistry:Dr. Sunita Rattan ,S.K. Kataria

2.A Text book of Engineering chemistry:P.C. Jain & Monika Jain,Dhanpat Rai Publication

3.VLSI Technology :S.M. Sze Tata Mc Graw Hill Publication company Ltd.

4.VLSI fabrication Principles ,Sorab K. Gandhi,John Wilay & Sons Inc.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [46]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

MA 102 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – II C (L, T, P) = 4 (3, 1, 0)

Units Contents of the Course Hours
I Algebra 6
 Convergence and Divergence of infinite series: Comparison test, Cauchy’s nth root test, D’alemberts
ratio test,
logarithmic ratio test, Raabi’s test, De’Morgan and Bertrand’s test, Gauss test (without proof)
 Fourier Series: Expansion of simple function’s in Fourier Series, Fourier Series of even and odd
functions. Half range series, change of intervals, Harmonic Analysis.
II Matrices 6
 Rank of a matrix, inverse of a matrix by elementary transformations.
 Solution of simultaneous linear equations by matrix method.
 Eigen values and Eigen vectors, Cayley- Hamilton theorem (without proof).
 Diagonalization of matrix.
III Coordinate Geometry of Three Dimensions 6
 Equation of a sphere.
 Intersection of a sphere and a plane, tangent plane, normal lines.
 Right circular cone.
 Right circular cylinder.
IV Vector Calculus 7
 Scalar and vector point functions, differentiation & integration of vector functions.
 Gradient, Divergence, Curl and Differential Operator.
 Line, Surface and volume integrals. .
V Partial Differential Equations 7
 Partial Differential Equations of the First Order.
 Non-linear Partial Differential Equations of order one: Standard forms.
Charpit’s Method.
Total 32
Books Recommended:
1. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers by Erwin Kreszig.
2. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers by B.S. Griwal
3. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers by Chandrika Prasad
4. Engg. Mathematics Book 2 by Y.N. Gaur & C.L. Koul
5. Engg. Mathematics II by K.C. Jain & M.L. Rawat
6. Engg. Mathematics I by RBD Publication
7. Engg. Mathematics II by RBD Publication

EN 102 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES C (L, T, P) = 3 (3, 0, 0)

UNIT CONTENTS
UNIT-I GRAMMAR  Active & passive
 Nouns and Articles
 Conditionals

UNIT-II COMPOSITION  Letter Writing

 .Application Writing
 Technical proposal writing

UNIT-III COMMUNICATION  Definition, Meaning

 Objectives & its significance
 Characteristics, principles & purpose

UNIT- IV MODERN COMMUNICATION  Communication devices

 Communication structure in an organization
 Email messages & Etiquettes

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [47]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

UNIT –V SKILLS OF COMMUNICATION  Professional communication

 Interpersonal Communication
 Methods to improve it

Recommended books

1. Modern English –N. Krishnaswamy, Macmillan publication

2. Oxford Guide to Writing and Speaking – John Selly Oxford University press
3. Communicative Grammar and Composition by Rajesh K. Lidiya,2008 Oxford Uni. Press,
New Delhi
4. Communicative Grammar and Composition, by Rajesh K. Lidiya,2013 OUP, New Delhi
5. Effective Technical Communication by M. Ashraf Rizvi 2005 ,Tata McGrew Hill New Delhi
6. Technical Communication by Meenakshi Raman & Sangeeta Sharma ,2008 OUP New Delhi
7. Business Communication by Meenakshi Raman & Prakash singh, OUP, New Delhi
8. A Practical Course for developing Writing Skills In English by J.K. Gangal PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.

CP - 103 Course Name:Fundamental of Computer & IT

(Common for B Tech, B. Pharm., BCA I year )

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objectives: This course aims to:
– give a general understanding of how a computer works
- Aware about operating system, various Computer Languages and number
system
- Give a general understanding of Internet, information technology , e-commerce
and Networks
Expected The students will able to
outcome - Understand what is computer and how is it works.
- Understand what number system, operating system, computer language is.
- Understanding the Role of Information Technology

UNIT-I 8 hours
Introduction

Types of computers and generations .Basic architecture of computers and its building blocks .Input-Output
devices, MemoriesOverview, definition and function of operating system, need of operating ,
System,Batch processing, spooling, multi-programming, multi-processing, Time sharing, online
processing, real time system
UNIT-II 8 hours

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [48]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Classification of Computer Languages

Machine, assembly and high level languages .Brief idea of operating system Assembler, compiler and
interpreter

Number Systems: Binary, octal, decimal and hexadecimal representation of numbers. Integers and
floating point numbers. Representation of characters, ASCII and EBCDIC codes. Binary Arithmetic:
addition, subtraction, complements

UNIT –III 6 hours

An overview of information technology, difference between data and information, quality, of information,
Information system.

Introduction to internet: www, web browser, search engine, email, open source software’s, Search Engine
optimization

UNIT-IV 7 hours
Introduction to e-commerce and its advantage, security threats to e-commerce, Electronic payment
system, E-governance, EDI and its benefits. Introduction to cryptography, digital signature and smart card
technology, Steganography & Watermarking.

UNIT-V 7 hours
Introduction to LAN, WAN, MAN: Transmission mediaData transmission type: Introduction to OSI
reference model, TCP/IP Model. Analog and digital signals, modulation, Network topologies, client-server
architecture, ISDN, Broad Band, Firewalls, Virus & Worms
Text Book Computer Fundamentals: Architecture and Organization, by B Ram, New Age
International Publisher
Reference Books Recommended Books:

1. Computer Fundamentals: Architecture and Organization, by B Ram, New Age International

Publisher
2. Information Technology and the Networked Economy, Second Edition By McKeown, Patrick
G.
3. Internet & Intranet Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill Company.
4. Information Technology by Ajit Poonia.
5. Information Technology by D.P. Sharma

Mode of Internal Evaluation: 40 Marks

Evaluation:
1. Mid Term(10) – 1.30 hour Written Exam
(Percent
2. Graded Assignment (10) – Online
Weightage)
3. Weekly Test(10) – Online Objective Exam
External Evaluation: 60 Marks
- 3 hour written exam

Recommended 11 / 05 / 2015
by BOS on :

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [49]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Approved by
Academic
Council on :

EN - 105 Professional Communication1

Version 1.0
Prerequisite 10+2 Level
Anti- Nil
requisite/ Co-
requisite
Objectives : The Objectives of the course are :
1. To develop a professional orientation
Expected The students will be able to
Outcome : 1. Conduct themselves with professionalism in organizations
2. To face interview with confidence.
3. To improve the soft skills
UNIT – I (4 Communication
Hours)
Communication: Meaning, Objectives and Functions; Communication in Organizational selling: Process: Types, Media
and Networks of Communication. Foundations of Interpersonal Communication: Process Model of Communication
Intrapersonal Variables of Communication.

UNIT – II Improving Communication Effectiveness

(4Hours)
Improving Communication Effectiveness: Communication Barriers; Physical Noise; Semantic Noise; Selective
Perception; Distortion and Filtering; communication Gateways; Interpersonal Trust; Listening, Feedback; Non Verbal
Communication.

UNIT – III Spoken Communication

(4Hours)
Spoken Communication: Listening; Active Listening ; Poor Listening ; Poor Speaking Good Listener ; Logical
Traps ;Presentations ;Features of effective Presentations; Presentation Planning; Structure of Presentations;
Delivery; Visual Support; Coping with Questions; Coping with Nervousness.

UNIT – IV (6 Managing Meetings

Hours)
Effective Meetings: Preparation; Agenda; Conduct of Meetings; Preparation of Minutes of Meeting; Interviewing
skills; Negotiating skills; Team building skills; Business skills; Client-Interfering skills; Liaison skills; E-Mail writing
skills.

UNIT-V (6 Grammar
Hours)
Subject –Verb agreement, preposition , Articles, Modals

List of Expt.
Text Book 1. Patrica Hayes, Andrews Richard T. Herschel, Organization Communication, AITBS
Pub. & Dist., New Delhi.

Reference 1. BoveeThillSchalzman, Business Communication Today, Pearson, New Delhi.

Books 2. Vilanilam, J.V., More Effective Communication, Response Books, New Delhi.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [50]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

3. Moripally, Matthukutty, Business Communication Strategies, Tata McGraw Hill

Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi.

Mode of Assignment/ Quiz/Viva- voce/Lab examination/Student seminar/ Written examination

Evaluation
Recommended 19.05.2015
by BOS on :
Approved by
Academic
Council on :

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [51]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

MA 201 INTEGRAL TRANSFORMS AND COMPLEX ANALYSIS C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Maths-I, Maths-II
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To introduce Laplace transform analysis, which is central to many applications in engineering apart
from its use in solving boundary value problems.
2. To develop Z transform techniques for discrete time systems
3. To acquaint the student with Fourier transform techniques used in wide variety of situations.
4. To develop an understanding of the standard techniques of complex variable theory so as to enable the
student to apply them with confidence, in application areas such as heat conduction, elasticity, fluid
dynamics and flow the of electric current.

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. Understand the mathematical principles on transforms and partial differential equations would provide
them the ability to formulate and solve some of the physical problems of engineering.
2. understand the standard techniques of complex variable theory so as to enable the student to apply them
with confidence, in application areas such as heat conduction, elasticity, fluid dynamics and flow the of
electric current.

Unit -1 (7 Hours) BOUNDARY VALUE PROBLEMS: – Method of sepeartion of variables in the solution of
Boundary VALUE Problems (Wave equation, Diffusion and Laplace equation)

Unit -2 (7 Hours) LAPLACE TRANSFORM - Laplace transform with its simple properties, applications to the
solution of ordinary and partial differential equations having constant co-efficients with special
reference to the wave and diffusion equations.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) FOURIER TRANSFORM - Complex form of Fourier Transform and its inverse, Fourier sine and
cosine transform and their inversion. Applications of Fourier Transform to solution of partial
differential equations having constant co-efficient with special reference to heat equation and wave
equation.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) COMPLEX VARIABLES - Analytic functions, Cauchy-Riemann equations, Elementary

conformal mapping with simple applications, Line integral in complex domain, Cauchy;s theorem.
Cauchy’s integral formula

Unit -4 (7 Hours) COMPLEX VARIABLES -Taylor’s series Laurent’s series poles, Residues, Evaluation of simple
definite real integrals using the theorem of residues. Simple contour integration

List of Expt. nil

Text Book Advanced Mathematics for Engineers by Chandrika Prasad
Reference book 1. Higher Engineering Mathematics by BS Grewal
2. Higher Engineering Mathematics by YN Gaur
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [52]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

HS 203 ECONOMICS & SOCIAL SCIENCES C(L,T,P) = 3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To learn about the history of India in brief.
2. To learn law and concepts of economics.
3. To understand the psychology of various kind of industries.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Prepare himself for various kind of responsibilities and duties related to his society.
2. Apply the law and concepts of economics on his job place.
3. Interact with various kinds of industries and various kinds of communities.
Unit -1 (6 Hours) Introduction: Definition meaning, nature and scope of economics.

Unit -2 (6 Hours) Micro Economics: Definition, meaning and scope of Micro Economics. Importance and limitations.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Concept of Demand and supply :Utility Analysis, Law of Demand, Demand determinants,
Demand Distinctions. Law of Supply, Elasticity

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Introduction to social Sciences: impact of british rule on India(Economic Social and Cultural).
Indian National movement, Psysography of India.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Political Economy: Agriculture, Socio-Economic development, Challenges to Indian Decomcracy,
Polical Parties and pressure groups.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book Microeconomics by M. L. Sethi
Reference book Advanced Microeconomics by M.L. Shingham

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [53]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 201 ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Engineering Physics, Basic Electrical & Electronics Engineering
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To create the understanding of physic of semiconductors and semiconductor devices.
2. To impart the knowledge of PN junction diode, current flow physical process and their
mathematical formulation.
3. To create the understanding of BJT, operation under various operating conditions and its
modeling.
4. To impart the knowledge of FET, operation, physical process of current flow and its
modeling and circuit design.
5. To impart the knowledge of transistor based circuit design such as amplifier, oscillator etc.
and their analysis.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Characterize the semiconductor under various given operating condition.
2. Model and analyze the PN junctions.
3. Design and analyze the transistor based circuits.
Unit -1 (7 Hours) REVIEW : Mobility and conductivity, Conductors, semiconductors, and insulators; Drift and
diffusion currents; p-n junction; junction under forward and reverse bias charge densities in a
semiconductor, Fermi Dirac distribution, carrier concentrations and Fermi levels in semiconductor,
Generation and recombination of charges, diffusion and continuity equation, Mass action Law, Hall
effect.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) SEMICONDUCTOR DIODES: Introduction to Junction diodes, Diode as a ckt. Element, load line
concept, Zener diode regulator, clipping and clamping circuits, Voltage multipliers.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) BIPOLAR JUNCTION TRANSISTOR: Transistor characteristics, Current components, Current
gains: alpha and beta. Operating point. Hybrid model, h-parameter equivalent circuits. CE, CB and
CC configuration. DC and AC analysis of CE, CC and CB amplifiers. Ebers-Moll model. Biasing
and stabilization techniques. Thermal runaway, Thermal stability.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTORS: JFET, MOSFET, Equivalent circuits and biasing of JFET's and
MOSFET’s. Low frequency CS and CD JFET amplifiers. FET as a voltage variable resistor.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) SMALL SIGNAL AMPLIFIERS AT LOW FREQUENCY: Analysis of BJT and FET, DC and
RC coupled amplifiers. Frequency response, midband gain, gains at low and high frequency.
Analysis of DC and differential amplifiers, Miller's Theorem. Cascading Transistor amplifiers,
Darlington pair. Emitter follower, source follower.

List of Expt. 10
Text Book Millman, J. and Halkias, C.C., “Electronic Devices and Circuits”,
McGraw-Hill.
Reference book Boylestad, R.L. and Nashelsky, L., “Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory”, 9 th Ed.,
Pearson Education Asia
Nagrath, I.J., “Electronics – Analog and Digital”, PHI.
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [54]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

CIRCUIT ANALYSIS & SYNTHESIS EC 203 (3-1-0-4)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To make the students capable of analyzing any given electrical network.
2. To make the students learn how to synthesize an electrical network from a given
impedance/admittance function.
3. To introduce the concept of circuit elements, lumped circuits, circuit laws and reduction.
4. To study the concept of coupled circuits and two port networks.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Students will be able to analyze the various electrical and electronic networks using the
techniques they learn.
2. Students will be able to construct a circuit to suit the need.
3. Analyze two port networks.
4. Analyze simple DC circuits.
Unit -1 (7 Hours) NETWORK THEOREMS AND ELEMENTS
Thevenin’s, Norton’s, Reciprocity, Superposition, Compensation, Miller’s, Tellegen’s and
maximum power transfer theorems. Networks with dependent sources. Inductively coupled circuits
– mutual inductance, coefficient of coupling and mutual inductance between portions of same
circuits and between parallel branches. Transformer equivalent, inductively and conductively
coupled circuits.
Unit -2 (7 Hours) TRANSIENTS ANALYSIS
Impulse, step, ramp and sinusoidal response Analysis of first order and second order circuits. Time
domain & transform domain (frequency, Laplace) analysis. Initial and final value theorems.
Complex periodic waves and their analysis by Fourier analysis. Different kind of symmetry. Power
in a circuit.
Unit -3 (4 Hours) Network topology
Concept of Network graph, Tree, tree branches and links, cut set and tie set
schedules.
Unit -4 (10 Hours) NETWORK FUNCTIONS & Two port parameters
Terminals and terminal pairs, driving point impedance transfer functions, poles and zeros. Procedure
of finding network functions for general two terminal pair networks. Stability & causality. Hurwitz
polynomial, positive real function.
Z, Y, ABCD, hybrid parameters, their inverse and image parameters, relationship
between parameters. Interconnection of two port networks, Terminated two port networks.
Unit -5 (7 Hours) NETWORK SYNTHESIS
RL & RC networks synthesis, Foster First & Second form, Cauer forms.
List of Expt. nil
Text Book Chakraborti: Circuit Theory, Dhanpat Rai.
Reference book 1. M.E. Van Valkenburg: Network Analysis, PHI
2. Hayt W.H. & J.E. Kemmerly: Engineering Circuit Analysis, TMH India.
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/ examination//written examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [55]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 207 ELECTRONIC MATERIALS AND PROCESSES C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. The course intends to provide an overview of the principles, basics and application of electronic
materials.
2. To provide the basic skills required to understand, develop, and design various engineering
applications involving magnetic fields
3. To introduce the concepts and techniques seeking understanding of semiconductor material
structures and to measure and characterize materials properties.
4. To help in predicting and evaluating the performance of materials as structural or functional
elements including mechanical, electrical, optical, magnetic, thermal, and chemical properties
in engineering systems with respect to conductor and superconductors
5. The main objective of this course is to obtain physical and chemical phenomena underlying the
electronic properties of solids from macroscopic to nano properties of engineering materials.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. The students will be able to define the terms piezo, pyroand ferroand antiferroelectric and
explain the interrelationships between the same and will be able to describe the polarisation
behavior of a ferroelectric material as a function of temperature and of applied stress. This will
include an understanding of the Curie temperature.
2. The students will be able to explain the meaning of physical quantities related to magnetism,
magnetic field, magnetic induction, magnetic moment, magnetization, magnetic susceptibility,
and discuss their interrelations.
3. The students will be able to explain the origin of bandgaps within the nearly free electron model
and illustrate the difference between insulators, semiconductors and metals based on the value
of the Fermi energy.
4. The students will be able to describe the characteristics of different classes of superconducting
materials, different theories of conductive, superconductivity and their ranges of validity in
detail describing the difference between good conductors, perfect conductors and
superconductor.
5. An understanding of the structureproperty, relationships in nanomaterials as well as the
concepts, not applicable at larger length scales, that need to be taken into consideration for
nanoscience and nanotechnology. Introduce the student to synthesis, identification and
characterization, properties, functionalization and use of solid materials and nanomaterials such
as nanoparticles, carbon nanotubes and nanoporous materials.
Unit -1 (7 Hours) DIELECTRIC MATERIALS: Polarisation phenomenon, spontaneous polarisation, dielectric
constant and loss, piezo and ferro electricity.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) MAGNETIC MATERIALS: Dia, para, ferro-ferrimagnetism; soft and hard magnetic materials and
their applications.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) SEMI CONDUCTOR MATERIALS: Crystal growth, zone refining, Degenerate and
nondegenerate semiconductors, Direct and indirect band gap semiconductors. Electronic properties
of silicon, Germanium, Compound Semiconductor, Gallium Arsenide, gallium phosphide and
Silicon carbide.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) CONDUCTIVE and SUPERCONDUCTIVE MATERIALS: Electrical properties of conductive

and resistive materials. Important characteristics and electronic applications of specific conductor
and resistance materials. Superconductor phenomenon, Type I and Type II superconductors and
their applications.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) PASSIVE COMPONENETS and PCB FABRICATION: Brief study of fabrication methods of
fixed and variable type of resistors; capacitors, Inductors, solenoid and toroid, air core, iron core and
Ferro core conductors. Printed Circuit Boards – Types, Manufacturing of copper clad laminates,
PCB Manufacturing process, Manufacturing of single and double sided PCBs. Surface mount
devices – advantages and limitations

List of Expt. nil

Text Book S.O. Kasap-Principle of electric Engineering materials and devices, Mc Graw Hill.
Reference book S.P. Seth and P.V. Gupta-A course of Electrical Engineering Materials, Dhanpat Rai and
Sons.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [56]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

C.S. Indulkar and S. Thiruvengadam An Introduction to Electrical Engineering Materials,

S.Chand and Co.
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [57]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION EC 205 (3-0-2-4)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
The objective of the course are:

1. Help the learner to understand error in instrument, measurement and electronic

instruments.
2. Understand basic signal generation and analysis of signals
3. Understand of transducer device. How to convert physical quantity into
electrical quantity.
4. Learn about oscilloscope, operation , construction and types.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Find the type of error in instruments
2. Design the electronics instruments
3. Operate on Oscilloscope
4. Generate different signals and analyse them
5. Design transducers to convert physical quantity into electrical quantity.
Unit -1 (7 Hours) Theory of errors
Accuracy and precision, Repeatability, Limits of errors, Systematic and random errors
Modelling of errors, Probable error and standard deviation, Gaussian error analysis,
Combination of errors.
Unit -2 (7 Hours) Electronic instruments for measuring basic parameters
Electronic Voltmeter, Electronic Multimeters, Digital Voltmeter, Component Measuring
Instruments, Q meter, Vector Impedance meter, Measurement of frequency. Introduction
to shielding and grounding.
Unit -3 (7 Hours) Oscilloscopes
CRT Construction, Basic CRO circuits, CRO Probes, Oscilloscope Measurement
Techniques of frequency, Phase Angle and Time Delay, Multibeam, multi trace, storage
and sampling Oscilloscopes. Curve tracers.
Unit -4 (7 Hours) Signal generation
Sine wave generators, Frequency synthesized signal generators, Sweep frequency
generators. Signal Analysis - Measurement Technique, Wave Analyzers, Frequency -
selective wave analyser, Heterodyne wave analyser, Harmonic distortion analyser,
Spectrum analyser.
Unit -4 (7 Hours) Transducers
Classification, Selection Criteria, Characteristics, Construction, Working Principles,
Application of following Transducers- RTD, Thermocouples, Thermistors, LVDT, RVDT,
Strain Gauges, Bourdon Tubes, Bellows. Diaphragms, Seismic Accelerometers,
Tachogenerators, Load Cell, Piezoelectric Transducers, Ultrasonic Flow Meters
List of Expt. 10
Text Book A.K. Sawhney - "Electrical and Electronic Measurement and Inst., Dhanpat Raj and Sons.
Reference book H.S. Kalsi - "Electronic Inst. and Measurement, Tata Me. Hill
W.D. Cooper - "Electronic Inst. and Measurement Techniques, Prentice Hall of
India.
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [58]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 251 ELECTRONICS WORKSHOP LAB C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To know about different electronic component used as amplifiers, switching circuits, light Conversion,
conversion of AC into DC
2. To know about CRO and its different components as cathode ray tubes. Different resistors, Transistor,
capacitors acting as multimeter, generation and identification of different waves.
3. To design and fabricate PCB and its different steps. To know about its different components and their
connection using physical and chemical methods with the help of rectifier for Regulated AC supply.
4. To know about the different optoelectronic devices and conversion of energy from one Form to another
switching action using light. To know that transmit information via a radio carrier wave.
5. Electronic sound amplification and distribution system having the loud speakers, generally Used to
address large public places. SMPS offer not only higher efficiency but also greater flexibility to the
designer. Magnetic and passive technologies make the SMPS
6.To know liquid crystal which is active element with in LCD is unable to change its orientation And
transmission rapidly enough when the picture changes from to the next.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Able to understand switching circuits, storage of charge, amplification of signal, conversion of Energy,
amplification of signal one form to another, operation of digital signal through IC.
2. Able to understand CRO. And generate the signal waves from the signal generator.
3. Able to understand and joining of electronic component for the formation of PCB using Regulated
power supply.
4. Able to understand the optoelectronic device and connection in circuit and their functioning. Able to
understand AM and FM kit
5. Able to understand public address system and various parts as amplifier .Able to understand SMPS
using IC, and know the principal and use in power conversion area.
6. Able to understand LED and LCD and manufacture and use of it.
S.No. List of Experiments
1. Identification, Study and Testing of various electronic components: (a) Resistances-Various types,
Colour coding (b) Capacitors-Various types, Coding, (c) Inductors (d) Diodes (e) Transistors (f)
SCRs (g) ICs (h) Photo diode (i) Photo transistor (j) LED (k) LDR (l) Potentiometers
2. Study of symbols for various Electrical and Electronic Components, Devices, Circuit functions etc.
3. To study and perform experiment on CRO demonstration kit.
4. Soldering and de-soldering practice.
(a) To Design and fabricate a PCB for a Regulated power supply.
(b) Assemble the Regulated power supply using PCB and test it.
5. To study and plot the characteristics of following Opto-Electronic devices –
(a) LED
(b) LDR
(C) Photovoltaic cell
(d) Opto-coupler
(e) Photo diode
(f) Photo transistor
(g) Solar cell
6. To study the specifications and working of a Transistor radio kit and perform measurements on it.
7. To study the specifications and working of a Tape Recorder kit.
8. To fabricate PCB and testing of electronics circuit on PCB.
9. To design and test regulated power supply using ICs
10. To study the specifications and working of a DVD Player.
List of Expt. 10
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [59]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 253 INDUSTRY ORIENTED ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS PROJECT

LAB C(L,T,P) =2(0,0,2+2)
Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. Describe physical models of basic components.
2. To provide an overview of the principles, operation, and application of diode, BJT, FET etc. for
performing various functions
3. Design and construct simple electronic circuits to accomplish a specific function, e.g., Designing
amplifiers.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Students will be able to use basic electronics devices like CRO, multimeter, function generator.
2. Verify the working of diodes, transistors and their applications.
3. Explore the operation and advantages of amplifiers like BJT and FET.
S.No. List of Experiments
1. Study the following devices:
(a) Analog and digital multimeters
(b) Function/ Signal generators
(c) Regulated d. c. power supplies (constant voltage and constant current operations)
(d) Study of analog CRO, measurement of time period, amplitude, frequency and phase angle using
Lissajous figures.
2. Plot V-I characteristic of P-N junction diode and calculate cut-in voltage, reverse saturation current
and static and dynamic resistances.
3. Plot V-I characteristic of zener diode and study of zener diode as voltage regulator. Observe the
effect of load changes and determine load limits of the voltage regulator.
4. Plot frequency response curve for single stage amplifier and to determine gain bandwidth product.
5. Plot drain current - drain voltage and drain current – gate bias characteristics of field effect transistor
and measure of Idss and Vp
6. Application of Diode as clipper and clamper
7. Plot gain- frequency characteristic of two stage RC coupled amplifier and calculate its bandwidth
and compare it with theoretical value.
8. Plot gain- frequency characteristic of emitter follower and find out its input and output resistances.
9. Plot input and output characteristics of BJT in CB, CC and CE configurations. Find their h
parameters.
10. Study half wave and bridge rectifier and effect of filters on wave. Also calculate theoretical and
practical ripple factor.
List of Expt. 10
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [60]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

DATA STRUCTURES and ALGORITHMS (CP 201) (3-0-2-4)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite C
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. Help the learner to understand basic concept of data and different structure
approach
2. Understand basic concept of searching
3. Understand the concept of efficiency and notation
4. Understand the factor affect the program efficiency
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Calculate the complexity of algorithm.
2. Design the algorithm for different problem
3. Implementation of data structure
4. Generate different type of data structure
5. Application of data structure
Unit -1 (7 Hours) Complexity Analysis
Time and Space complexity of algorithms, asymptotic analysis, big O and other notations,
importance of efficient algorithms, program performance measurement, data structures and
algorithms.
Unit -2 (7 Hours) Linear Lists
sequential and linked representations, comparison of insertion, deletion and search operations for
sequential and linked lists, list, doubly linked lists, circular lists, radix sort, linear search,binary
search
Unit -3 (7 Hours) Stacks and Queues
Abstract data types, sequential and linked implementations of stack and queue, , representative
applications such as parenthesis matching, towers of Hanoi, type of queue,sorting:bubble
sort,insertion sort,selection sort,merge sort
Unit -4 (7 Hours) Trees:
Binary trees and their properties, terminology, sequential and linked implementations, tree traversal
methods and algorithms, heaps as priority queues, heap implementation, insertion and deletion
operations, heapsort, Search Trees: Binary search trees, search efficiency, insertion and deletion
operations, , AVL trees, searching insertion and deletions in AVL trees, red-black trees, comparison
with AVL trees, search insert and delete operations. Multiway Trees: Issues in large dictionaries, m-
way search trees, Btrees, search insert and delete operations, height of B-tree, 2-3 trees,
Unit -5(7 Hours) Graphs:
Definition, terminology, directed and undirected graphs, properties, connectivity in graphs,
applications, implementation – adjacency matrix and linked adjacency chains, graph traversal –
breadth first and depth first, spanning trees.
List of Expt. 10
Text Book Sahni, S., “Data Structures, Algorithms, and Applications in C++”, WCB/McGraw-Hill.
Reference book 1. Sahni, S., “Data Structures, Algorithms, and Applications in Java”, WCB/McGraw-
Hill.
2. Lafore, R., “Data Structures and Algorithms in Java”, 2nd Ed., Dorling Kindersley.
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [61]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

CP 251 DATA STRUCTURES and ALGORITHM LAB C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. Learn the organization of a digital computer. Be exposed to the number systems.
2. Learn to think logically and write pseudo code or draw flow charts for problems
3. Be exposed to the syntax of C.
4. Be familiar with programming in C.
5. Learn to use arrays, strings, functions, pointers, structures and unions in C.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Design C Programs for problems.
2. Write and execute C programs for simple applications
S. No. List of Experiments
1. Program on array searching, sorting (Bubble sort, Quick sort, Marge sort etc.)
2. Program to insert element at desire position, replacing element, deletion in array.
3. Various matrices operations.
4. Various strings programs.
5. Implementation of stack and queue using array
6. Implementation of stack and queue using link lists
7. Implementation of circular queue using link lists.
8. Polynomial addition, multiplication.
9. Two-way link lists programs.
10. Infix to postfix/prefix conversion.
List of Expt. 10
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [62]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT C (L, T, P) =2(3 ,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To be able to describe the most well-known theories and perspectives on
management.

2. To basic understanding the relationship between organizational structure,

technology and the conditions of the organizational environment
3. To be able to desribe the dynamics of change management
4. To be able to pursuit a minor organizational analysis
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
6. Students will be able to perform the Management Functions.
7. Students will be able to compare selected Theories of Management.
8. Students will be able to perform the functions in the Marketing Mix.
9. Students will be able to use basic Business Application Software.
10. Students will be able to assess ethical issues in Business situations
Unit -1 (7 Hours) Introduction to Industrial management, Brief history of industries in India, Brief definition of management,
organization and administration. Characteristics of management, Principle of management, Function of
management like, planning, organization, direction, co-ordination etc.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Level of management, skills of management, inter relation between skills and levels of management, scientific
management, Introduction to Schools of Management thoughts,

Unit -3 (7 Hours) introduction to organization, study of basic type of organization for ex. Line and staff organization, project
organization, metrics organization, Informal organization,

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Introduction to industrial Psychology, Motivation theory and study of Maxlow, Need, Hierarchy Theory, Planned
Location, Planned Layout. Study of different forms of
layout like line layout, process layout, product layout, combinational layout, sixth position layout etc.

Unit -5(7 Hours) Objective of planned layout, introduction to material management, scope of material management, study of
inventory control method, introduction to different types of inventory control techniques, introduction to work
study, motion study etc, introduction to conflict management.
List of Expt. 10
Text Book Khanna O.P. : Industrial Engineering
Reference book T.R. Banga : Industrial Engineering and Management
Mahajan : Industrial and Process Management
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [63]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

BM 248 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & MANAGEMENT LAB C (L, T, P) =1(0,0,2)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To provide the analytical skills required for understanding problems in industrial
economics, including applications of game theory
2. To examine the key questions on the internal organization of firms
3. To analyze various aspects of strategic interaction between firms and the determinants of
industrial structure
4. To provide the ability to apply economic models of firm behaviour to analyse questions in
business strategy, competition policy and regulation
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. describe and explain the determinants of the size and structure of firms and the
implications of the separation of ownership and control
2. describe and explain the pricing behavior by firms with market power and its welfare
implications
3. apply analytical models of firm behavior and strategic interaction to evaluate
various business practices, including tacit collusion, entry deterrence,
product differentiation, price discrimination and vertical restraints
4. recognize and explain the basic determinants of market structure and the key issues in
competition policy and regulation.
S. No. List of Experiments
1. To study Organizational forms, Profit maximization and other objectives of industrial firms.
2. To study Theory of profitability, Economies of scale.
To study Financing of Industries- Need and sources of finance, Role of special financial institutions,
3.
Investment criteria-NPV, IRR.
4. To study Approaches to industrial location analysis, Productivity analysis, Input-Output analysis.
5. To study Concentration of economic power. New Industrial Policy – Critical analysis
6. To study Role of technology and entrepreneurship in industrial development
To study Management – Principles of management, functions-planning, Organization staffing,
7.
Directing, Controlling, Coordination, Decision making.
8. To study Production Management – Total quality management, JIT
To study Quality circle, Quality-ISO9000, ISO14000, KANBAN, Bench marking, Effective
9.
communication.
10. To study Labour Legislations.
List of Expt. 10
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [64]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 208 TRANSMISSION LINE AND NETWORKS C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. Review of network filters, attenuator, static electric and magnetic fields and
applications, Maxwell’s equations, transmission lines, propagation and
reflection of plane waves, Introduction to guided waves
2. To become familiar with propagation of signals through lines
3. Understand signal propagation at Radio frequencies and analyze the
Rectangular and circular waveguide
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Analyze the transmission lines,
2. Analyze the waveguides,
3. Analyze the Network filters and attenuators
4. At the end of the course, the students would be aware of the different parameters and
constraints in high frequency transmission of information.
5. Comprehensive understanding of ideal transmission line behavior in transient and steady
state conditions.
Unit -1 (7 Hours) TRANSMISSION LINE: Types of transmission lines, general transmission line equation, line constant, equivalent
circuits, infinite line, and reflection on a line, SWR of line with different type of terminations. Distortion less and
dissipation less lines, Coaxial cables, Transmission lines at audio and radio frequencies, Losses in transmission
line,. Characteristics of quarter wave, half wave and lines of other lengths,

Unit -2 (7 Hours) TRANSMISSION LINE APPLICATIONS: Smith chart and its application. Transmission line applications, Impedance
matching Network. Single and double Stub matching. Measurement of parameters of transmission line,
measurement of attenuation, insertion loss, reflection coefficient and standing wave ratio.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) ATTENUATORS and FILTERS: Elements of telephone transmission networks, symmetrical and Asymmetrical two
port networks. Different Attenuators, ð-section and T-section attenuators, stub matching, Transmission
equalizers Filters, constant K-section, Ladder type, ð-section, T-section filter, m-derived filter sections, Lattics
filter section.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) TELEPHONE TRANSMISSION: Telephone set, Touch tone dial types, two wire/ four wire transmission, Echo
suppressors and cancellors, cross talk. Multi-channel systems: Frequency division and time division
multiplexing.

Unit -5(7 Hours) AUTOMATIC TELEPHONY and TELEGRAPHY: Trunking concepts, Grade of service, Traffic definitions,
Introduction to switching networks, classification of switching systems. Principle of Electronic Exchange, EPABX
and SPC Digital telephone Exchange,Numberig Plan, Fascimile services.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book W. Fraser-Telecommunications (BPB Publication)
Reference book I. Vishvanathan- Telecommunication switching systems & Networks. Prentice Hall of India.

2. Cole- Introduction to Telecommunication. Pearson Education

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [65]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 246 SPEECH AND AUDIO PROCESSING C (L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. Aquire the concept of speech production mechanism Identify the importance of speech
processing lable the types of speech signal.
2 Define speech coding Discuss speech coding principles Illustrate speech coding
hierarchy Label quantization methods and Indicate mobile communication speech coder
3 Identify quantization Know quantization methods Decide on the quality of the quantized signal
4 Lable the components of speech coder used in mobile communications
5 Aquire why speech compression. Know the concept of Analysis-synthesis Aquire the Analysis-
by-synthesis Clasify subjective test / objective test
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Analyze and design algorithms for extracting parameters from the speech signal.
2. Analyze and design algorithms for speech and audio coding.
3. Prepare related research
Unit -1 (7 Hours) Digital speech processing and its applications, production and classification of speech sounds,
lossless tube models, digital models for speech signals; Analysis and synthesis of pole-zero speech
models, Levinson recursion, lattice synthesis filter.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Time dependent processing of speech, pitch period estimation, frequency domain pitch estimation;
Discrete-time short-time Fourier transform and its application, phase vocoder, channel vocoder.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Homomorphic speech processing, waveform coders, hybrid coders and vector quantization of
speech; Model based coding: Linear predictive, RELP, MELP, CELP; Speech synthesis.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Principles of speech recognition, spectral distance measures, dynamic time warping, word
recognition using phoneme units, hidden Markov models and word recognition, speech recognition
systems, speaker recognition.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Ear physiology, psychoacoustics, perception model and auditory system as filter bank; Filter bank
design and modified discrete cosine transform algorithm for audio compression in MP3 and AAC
coders; Standards for high fidelity audio coding.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book Rabiner, L.R. and Schafer, R.W., “Digital Processing of Speech Signals”, Pearson Education.
Reference book Quatieri, T.F., “Discrete-Time Speech Signal Processing: Principles and Practice”, Pearson
Education.
Spanias, A., Painter, T. and Venkatraman, A., “Audio Signal Processing and Coding”, John Wiley &
Sons.
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [66]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

MA 202 NUMERICAL ANALYSIS AND STATISTICS C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To learn the different method of numerical analysis using finite differences.
2. To learn the different method of numerical analysis using integration differences
3. To aware and learn about the Bessels function of various kind and use of them.
4. To acquire knowledge about Probability and Random variables
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Apply these various numerical analysis methods for complex problems.
2. Apply the various functions in various problems. Also able to short out these problems .
3. lve the complex problem of Probability and Random variables using the concepts of this
course.
Unit -1 (7 Hours) Numerical Analysis: Finite differences - Forward backward and central difference. Newton’s
forward and backward differences interpolation formulae. Sterling’s formulae, Lagrange’s
interpolation formula. Solution of non-linear equations in one variable by Newton Raphson and
Simultaneous algebraic equation by Gauss and Regula Falsi method. Solution of simultaneous
equations by Gauss elimination and Gauss Seidel methods. Fitting of curves (straight line and
parabola of second degree) by method of least squares.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Numerical Analysis: Numerical differentiation, numerical integration trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s
one-third and one eighth rule. Numerical Integration of ordinary differential equations of first order,
Picard’s method, Euler’s and modified Euler’s methods. Miline’s method and Runga Kutta fourth
order method. Simple linear difference equations with constant coefficients

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Special Functions: Bessel’s function of first and second kind, simple recurrence relations,
orthogonal property of Bessel functions, Transformation, Generating functions, Legendre’s function
of first kind, simple recurrence relations, orthogonal property, Generating functions.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Statistics and Probability-I: Elementary theory of probability, Baye’s theorem with simple
applications, Expected value. Theoretical probability distributions – Binomial, Poisson and Normal
distributions.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Statistics and Probability-II: Lines of regression, co-relation and rank correlation. Transforms: Z-
transforms, its inverse, simple properties and application to difference equations.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book 1. Advanced Engg. Mathematics, Irvin Kreyszig, Wiley .(2007)
Reference book 1. Datta – Mathematical methods of science & engineering, Cengage learning 2012
2. O’neil – Advanced Engineering mathematics, Cengage learning 2007
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [67]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 202 ANALOG ELECTRONICS C (L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Electronic Devices and Circuits
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1.To develop the understanding of feedback concept, topologies and analysis under various feedback
conditions
2.. To create the knowledge of wave shaping circuits and the design of oscillators and multivibrators
3.lve the complex problem of Probability and Random variables using the concepts of this course.
4. To model and analyze the transistor based circuits under high frequency operating conditions.
5.To create the knowledge frequency selective amplifiers
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. 1. Model analyse and design of feedback amplifier.
2. Analyse and design wave shaping circuit such as amplifier oscillators

3 To classify the amplifier and design of amplifier for various ranges of frequency of operation and
operating point (Qpoint).
Unit -1 (7 Hours) FEEDBACK AMPLIFIERS: Concept of feedback; Topologies: Voltage-voltage, current voltage,
voltage-current, current-current; Stability and compensation. Transfer gain with feedback, General
characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) OSCILLATORS: Classification. Barkhausen criterion, damped oscillations in LC circuits, audio
and rf oscillators. Tuned collector, Hartley, Colpitts, RC Phase shift, Wien bridge and crystal
oscillators, Blocking oscillators.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) HIGH FREQUENCY AMPLIFIERS: High frequency models of BJT and FET, hybrid-π model,
Gummel Poon model, generalized high frequency response of CE amplifier, gain-bandwidth
product. Emitter follower at high frequencies.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) TUNED AMPLIFIER - Band Pass Amplifier, Parallel resonant Circuits, Band Width of Parallel
resonant circuit. Analysis of Single Tuned Amplifier, Primary and Secondary Tuned Amplifier with
BJT and FET. Double Tuned Transformer Coupled Amplifier. Stagger Tuned Amplifier. Pulse
Response of such Amplifier. Shunt Peaked Circuits for Increased Bandwidth.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) POWER AMPLIFIERS: Power amplifier circuits, Class A output stage, class B output stage and
class AB output stages, class C amplifiers, pushpull amplifiers with and without transformers.
Complementary symmetry and quasi complimentary symmetry amplifiers

List of Expt. nil

Text Book Millman, Integrated Electronics, TMH.(1972)
Reference book 1 M. H. Rashid, Microelectronic Circuits Analysis and Design, Cengage Learning 2010
2 Electronic Devices and Circuits–II, R.Tiwari, Genius publications 2013
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [68]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

DIGITAL ELECTRONICS EC 204 (3-0-2-4)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To provide an overview of the different number systems, their representation, basic logic gates &
Boolean algebra.
2.To provide the method of implementation of different logic families and comparison on basis of their
characteristics
3.To demonstrate the SOP/POS representation of Boolean functions. The minimization of these functions
can be done by using various properties or using Kmap approach.
4.To provide basis of the designing of various combinational circuits using basic gates.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1.Students will be able to know the basics of digital electronics which are used in digital system
applications and determine the philosophy of number systems and codes.
2. Students will understand the implementation of different gates.
3. Students will be able to simplify the logic expressions using Boolean laws and postulates and design
them by using logic gates and minimize the logic expressions using map method and tabular method.

4. Students will be able to design combinational logic circuits using conventional gates

Unit -1 (7 Hours) NUMBER SYSTEMS, BASIC LOGIC GATES and BOOLEAN ALGEBRA
Introduction to Boolean algebra, Boolean identities; Basic logic functions, combinational logic,
standard forms of logic expressions. Features of logic algebra. Boolean function. Derived logic
gates: Exclusive-OR, Nand, NOR gates, their block diagrams and truth tables. Logic diagrams
from Boolean expressions and vica-versa. Converting logic diagrams to universal logic. Positive,
negative and mixed logic. Logic gate conversion.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) MINIMIZATION TECHNIQUES

Minterm, Maxterm, Karnaugh Map, K map upto 4 variables. Simplification of logic functions with
K-map, conversion of truth tables in POS and SOP form. Incomplete specified functions. Variable
mapping. Quinn-Mc Klusky minimization techniques

Unit -3 (7 Hours) COMBINATIONAL SYSTEMS

Multiplexers, demultiplexers and their use in logic synthesis; Arithmetic circuits like half and full
adder, subtractor. Binary serial and parallel adders. BCD adder. Binary multiplier. Decoder:
Binary to Gray code decoder, BCD to decimal, BCD to 7-segment decoder. Encoder- Octal to
binary, BCD to excess-3 encoder. Diode switching matrix.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) SEQUENTIAL SYSTEMS

Operation and excitation tables of RS, JK, Master Slave, D, and T flip flops; Latch, shift register;
Counters: Ripple, synchronous, ring and up-down; Design of counters, design of other sequential
circuits.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) DIGITAL LOGIC GATE CHARACTERISTICS

Transistor as a switch, Schottky transistor; Logic gate characteristics: Propagation delay, speed,
noise margin, fan-out and power dissipation. Analysis and characteristics of standard TTL,
Schottky TTL, advanced TTL and ECL logic; MOS inverter and gate, CMOS logic, operation
and characteristics of MOS and CMOS logic. Comparison of logic families, interfacing of
various logic families; Tri-state logic.

List of Expt. 10
Text Book 1. Herbert Taub, Donald L. Schilling , “Digital integrated electronics”, TMH (2004)
Reference book 1. Ghoshal, “Digital Electronics”, Cengage Learning(2012)
2 Millman Taub, “Pulse and digital Switching waveforms” ,TMH(1984)

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [69]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [70]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD THEORY EC 206 C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1.To get the knowledge of vectors and different coordinate systems, Understand the meaning of
divergence and curl; be able to calculate line
integrals, surface and volume integrals
2. To understand the properties of static electric field, Use Gauss Law, Coulombs law and Poisson’s
Equation to find fields and potentials for a
variety of situations including charge distributions and capacitors. Electric fields in the presence of
dielectrics.
3. Understand the properties of static magnetic field, use of Ampere’s law for calculate magnetic field in
different situations.
4. To find the Maxwell’s Equations in integral and differential form for static field and their modifications
in dynamic conditions. To
Understand Maxwell’s Equations for timeharmonic
fields and the boundary conditions across media boundaries. To Analyze electromagnetic
wave propagation and attenuation in various medium and propagation through boundaries between media

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. Understand the meaning of divergence and curl; be able to calculate line integrals, surface and volume
integrals in all coordinate systems.
2. Understands the Use of Gauss Law, Coulombs law and Poissons’s Equation to find fields and potentials
for a variety of situations including
different charge distributions. Use boundary conditions to find electric field in different mediums
3. Understands the Use of Ampere’s Law, to find magnetic fields and magnetic vector potentials for a
variety of situations including different
current distributions. Use boundary conditions to find magnetic field in different mediums.
4. Understand the different Maxwell’s equations (both in integral and differential form) in static field.
Modifications of these equations in dynamic
cases.

Unit -1 (7 Hours) VECTOR ANALYSIS

Fundamental Concepts, Scalar and vector fields; Physical interpretation of gradient, divergence and
curl; Vector Relation in rectangular, cylindrical, spherical and general curvilinear coordinates
system, Green’s and Stoke’s theorems.
Unit -2 (7 Hours) ELECTROSTATICS
Electric field intensity and flux density. Electric field due to various charge configurations. The
potential functions and displacement vector. Gauss’s law. Poisson’s and Laplace’s equation and
their solution. Uniqueness theorem. Continuity equation. Capacitance and electrostatics energy.
Field determination by method of images. Boundary conditions, Field mapping and concept of field
cells
Unit -3 (7 Hours) MAGNETOSTATICS
Magnetic field intensity, flux density and magnetization, Faraday’s Law, Bio-Savart’s law,
Ampere’s law, Magnetic scalar and vector potential, self and mutual inductance, Energy stored in
magnetic field, Boundary conditions, Analogy between electric and magnetic field, Field maping
and concept of field cells.
Unit -4 (7 Hours) TIME VARYING FIELDS
Displacement currents and equation of continuity. Maxwell’s equations, Uniform plane wave in free
space, dielectrics and conductors, skin effect sinusoidal time variations, reflection and refraction of
Uniform Plane Wave, standing wave ratio. Pointing vector and power considerations.
Unit -5 (7 Hours) RADIATION, EMI and EMC
Retarded Potentials and concepts of radiation, Radiation from a small current element. Radiation
resistance: Introduction to Electromagnetic Interference and Electromagnetic compatibility, EMI
coupling modes, Methods of eliminating interference, shielding, grounding, conducted EMI, EMI
testing: emission testing, susceptibility testing.
List of Expt. nil
Text Book 1. Sadiku, Electromagnetic Field Theory, Oxford .(2000)
2. Mahapatra, Principles of Electromagnetics, TMH.(2011)
Reference book 1 Kshetrimeyum – Electromagnetic field theory, Cengage learning 2012

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [71]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

2 Hayt, Engineering Electromagnetics, TMH 2007

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [72]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 255 ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION LAB C(L,T,P)

=1(0,0,2)
Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To know about the fall of potential test method is used to measure the ability of an earth Ground
system.. To know about various parameters and to study modal of solar cell.

2. To know about the inductance of a coil using capacitor and resistor and Maxwell bridge, To understand
Wien bridge oscillator is a type of electronic oscillator that generates sine waves..

3. To know about the measurement of the distance with the help of ultrasonic transmitter and Receiver.
And application is based upon the reflection of sound wave.

4. To know about the Resistance Transducer and thermistor and magnitude of the output voltage

5. To know about the ammeter using D.C. slide wire potentiometer and has intect become the Standard
calibration of this instrument. To understand the strain gauge load cell continue to improve in term of
sensitivity Responsiveness.

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. Able to understand the fall of test method and measure the ability of an earth ground system. Able to
understand V I characteristic

2 Able to know required values of unknown inductance , capacitance and resistance are obtained. Able to
understand the operation of the wien bridge circuit

3Able to understand the measurement the distance object and source and to about the process of Find out
distance Able to read the value of displacement with the help of LVDT
4 Able to know the output voltage depends on the temperature difference between junction and material.

S. No. List of Experiments

1. Measure earth resistance using fall of potential method.
2. Plot V-I characteristics and measure circuit voltage and short circuit current of a solar panel.
Measure unknown inductance capacitance resistance using following bridges
3. (a) anderson Bridge
(b) Maxwell Bridge
4. To measure unknown frequency and capacitance using Wein’s bridge.
5. Measurement of the distance with the help of ultrasonic transmitter and receiver.
6. Measurement of displacement with the help of LVDT.
Draw the characteristics of the following temperature transducers:
(a) RTD (Pt-100)
7.
(b) Thermistors
(c) Thermocouple
8. Draw the characteristics between temperature and voltage of a K type thermocouple.
9. Measure the speed of a Table Fan using stroboscope.
10. Measurement of strain/ force with the help of strain gauge load cell.
List of Expt. 10
Text Book 1. Electronic Instrument and Measurment, Bell, Oxford .(2007)
2. Electronic Measurements & Instrumentation, Bernard Oliver, TMH.(1971)
Reference book 1. Electronic Instrumentation, H S Kalsi, TMH 2012
2. Instrumentation Measurement & Analysis, B.C.Nakra,K.K. Chaudhry, TMH 2004
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [73]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING (CP 216) C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. Help the learner to understand basic concept of object
2. Understand basic concept of applet
3. Understand the concept of overloading
4. Understand the concept of class
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Create program using class
2. Understand the concept of java
3. Implementation of exception handling
4. Generate different form of java
5. Application of java
Unit -1 (7 Hours) Introduction to Java
Programming Environment, Java compiler and virtual machine: Structure of a Java program,
standalone programs and applets; concepts of portability. Basic Programming Elements in Java:
Data types, variables and array operators, assignment and selection statements iterative
structures, nested loops..

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Classes in Java:

General form of a class, creating objects, access control in classes; Constructors, methods,
finalization, parameters, method overloading, recursive methods, returning objects, static members,
final qualifier, nested and inner classes, string handling in Java, I/O mechanism, command line
arguments.
Unit -3 (7 Hours) Inheritance:
Basics super classes and subclasses, the keyword extends, multilevel hierarchy, method overriding;
run time polymorphism, abstract classes, final in inheritance, the object class. Packages and
Interfaces: Defining package, access protection, importing classes and packages, defining and
implementing interfaces, nested interfaces, use of interfaces, variables in interfaces.
Unit -4 (7 Hours) Exception Handling
Fundamentals, types of exceptions catching exceptions, multiple catching, nested try statements,
uncaught exceptions, throw and throws, finally mechanism, built-in exceptions, creating exception
subclasses, using exceptions.
Unit -5 (7 Hours) Applets:
Applets: Applet fundamentals, native methods, static import, the applet class, applet display
method, requesting repainting, a banner applet, passing parameters to applets, uses of applets.
Reference book David Flanagan, “Java in a Nutshell”, 5th Ed., O’Reilly Media, Inc.

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [74]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

CP 260 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING LAB C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To get a clear understanding of objectoriented
concepts.

2. To understand object oriented programming through C++ & JAVA.

3. To understand and learn various predefined functions and command used in C++ and JAVA
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Gain the basic knowledge on Object Oriented concepts.

2. Ability to develop applications using Object Oriented Programming Concepts.

3. Ability to implement features of object oriented programming to solve real world problems

S. No. List of Experiments

PART I: Programs in C++
1. Write a program to perform the complex arithmetic.
2. Write a program to perform the rational number arithmetic.
Write a program to perform the matrix operations. (Transpose, addition, subtraction, multiplication,
3.
test if a matrix is symmetric/ lower triangular/ upper triangular)
4. Implement Morse code to text conversion and vice-versa.
5. To calculate Greatest Common Divisor of given numbers.
6. To implement tower of Hanoi problem.
7. PARET II: Program in Java
8. To implement spell checker using dictionary.
9. To implement a color selector from a given set of colors.
10. To implement a shape selector from a given set of shapes.
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [75]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 252 INDUSTRY ORIENTED ANALOG ELECTRONICS PROJECT LAB

C(L,T,P) =2(0,0,2+2)
Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To analyze the basic working facts related to various electronics circuits.
2. To have hands on experience on gain frequency characteristics of BJT and characteristics of UJT,
MOSFET.
3. To strengthen the concepts of series and shunt voltage regulators and measurement of line and load
regulation and ripple factor.
4. To prepare graduates to analyze different types of amplifiers eg. Small signal FET amplifier , pushpull
amplifiers.
5. To analyze the basic working facts and the critical aspects of various types of oscillators.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Apply knowledge of basic circuit building blocks to create more advanced circuits within the scope and
to the extent of the information presented.
2. Ability to transform gain frequency characteristics of BJT and characteristics of UJT, MOSFET.
3. Ability to apply knowledge of line and load regulation
4. Ability to understand the basic concepts of different amplifiers and oscillators and use the advantage of
these basic circuits to create more advanced circuits.
S. No. List of Experiments
Plot gain-frequency characteristics of BJT amplifier with and without negative feedback in the
1. emitter circuit and determine bandwidths, gain bandwidth products and gains at 1kHz with and
without negative feedback.
Study of series and shunt voltage regulators and measurement of line and load regulation and ripple
2.
factor.
3. Plot and study the characteristics of small signal amplifier using FET.
4. Study of push pull amplifier. Measure variation of output power and distortion with load.
5. Study Wein bridge oscillator and observe the effect of variation in R and C on oscillator frequency
Study transistor phase shift oscillator and observe the effect of variation in R and C on oscillator
6.
frequency and compare with theoretical value.
Study the following oscillators and observe the effect of variation of C on oscillator frequency: (a)
7.
Hartley (b) Colpitts
8. Study of a Digital Storage CRO and store a transient on it.
9. To plot the characteristics of UJT and UJT as relaxation.
10. To plot the characteristics of MOSFET and CMOS.
List of Expt. 10
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [76]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 254 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LAB C(L,T,P) = 1(0,0,2)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To familiarize students with the fundamental concepts of basic logic gates and universal logic gates and
their realization.
2. To make students aware about the SOP & POS and digital combinational circuits and their realization
using universal logic gates.
3. To make students aware about ripple adder/ Subtractor, multiplexer and demultiplexer and their
realization using basic logic gates.
4. To make students aware about the seven segment displays.
5. To make students aware about the sequential circuits like flip flops, counters and registers and their
realization using basic logic gates.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
Design basic logic gates and their realization using universal logic gates(NOR & NAND)
Analyze SOP & POS and design digital combinational circuits like decoders, encoders, including
arithmetic circuits (half adder, full adder, and multiplier.
3. Design ripple adder/ Subtractor, multiplexer and demultiplexer and their realization using basic logic
gates.
4. Design the seven segment displays.
5. Design sequential digital circuits like flipflops, registers, counters.
S. No. List of Experiments
To study and perform experiment of Compound logic function and various combinational circuits
1.
based on AND/NAND and OR/NOR logic blocks.
2. To study and perform experiments based EX-NOR and EX-OR.
3. To study and perform experiment of BINARY to DECIMAL ENCODER.
4. To study and perform experiment of HALF ADDER and FULL ADDER using NAND gates.
5. To study and perform operation of MULTIPLEXER and DEMULTIPLEXER.
To study and perform the following experiment:-
(a) Decimal to BCD encoder
6.
(b) Binary to Gray code Converter
(c) BCD to Seven segment Decoder
7. To perform and verify truth table of various FLIP-FLOP.
To study and perform experiment:-
8. (a) Digital to Analog Converter
(b) Analog to Digital Converter
9. To study and perform various types of shift registers and counters.
10. To study and perform experiments of Interfacing of CMOS to TTL and TTL to CMOS ICs.
List of Expt. 10
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [77]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 234 RF PACKAGING AND COMPATIBILTY C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: (1) Overview of electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) and EMI that covers the history of
EMI occurrence and the development of worldwide EMC regulatory requirements.
(2) Discussion of behaviors of passive components at high frequencies and their impacts
on EMC..
(3) Concepts of grounding and shielding. Design and implementation of grounding and
shielding.
(4) Fundamental mechanisms of crosstalk, radiation and conduction that lead to EMI
problems. Design techniques to suppress these EMI problems.
(5) Discussion on non-linear phenomena of active devices and electrostatic discharge
(ESD). Design techniques to avoid EMI problems resulted from non-linear phenomena
and ESD.
(6) Discussion on test methods and procedures for both emission and immunity EMC tests
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Understand EMC regulatory requirements in North America, European Community
and Asia Pacific region.
2. Be able to select proper passive components at high frequencies to minimize
unwanted EMI behaviors.
3. Be able to apply the correct grounding and shielding methodologies for specific
product groups and operating frequencies.
4. Be able to apply the correct circuit layout and design techniques to resolve EMI
problems arising from crosstalk, radiation and conduction.
5. Be able to avoid non-linear phenomena and (ESD) with good design practices.
6. Understand the basic setup for a product-under-test to meet a specific EMC standard.

Unit -1 (7 Hours) EMC Requirements for Electronic Systems: Sources of EMI; Aspects of EMC; Radiated
susceptibility; Conducted susceptibility; Electrostatic discharge; Design constraints for products;
Advantages of EMC design; Transmission line per-unit-length parameters: Wiretype structures, PCB
structures; High-speed digital interconnects and signal integrity.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Non-ideal Behavior of Components: Spurious effects of wires, PCB, component leads, resistors,
capacitors, inductors, ferromagnetic materials, electromagnetic devices, MMIC components, digital
circuit devices, and mechanical switches.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Conducted and Radiated Emissions: Measurement of conducted emissions; Power supply filters;
Power supply and its placement; Conducted susceptibility; Simple emission models for wires and
PCB leads; Simple radiated susceptibility models for wires and PCB leads.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Crosstalk: Three-conductor transmission lines, shielded wires, twisted wires, shielding.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) System Design for EMC: Safety ground; PCB design; System configuration and design.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book C. R. Paul, Introduction to electromagnetic compatibility, 2nd Edition, John Wiley
& Sons, 2006.
Reference book H. W. Ott, Noise reduction techniques in electronic systems, 2nd Edition, John
Wiley & Sons, 1988.
E. L. Bronaugh, and W. L. Lambdin, Electromagnetic interference test
methodology and procedures, Interference Control Technologies Inc., 1988.
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [78]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 245 DYNAMIC SYSTEMS AND OPTIMIZATION C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The primary goal of this course is to provide an overview of state-of-the-art optimization
algorithms, the theoretical principles that underpin them, and to provide students with the
modelling skills necessary to describe and formulate optimization problems and their use
for solving several types of practically relevant optimization problems arising in process
systems engineering.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Identify different types of optimization problems
2. Understanding of different optimization technique
3. Ability to solve various multivariable optimization problems
4. Ability to solve optimization using software tools.
5. Identify different types of test of Hypotheses.
6. Ability to solve problems by using least square analysis.
7. Understand Correlation and Regression
Unit -1 (7 Hours) Introduction to optimum control, analytical and search methods.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Idea of analytical design in the frequency domain – stochastic signals and their characterization;
Fixed, free and semi-free configurations, concept of mean square error and its minimization.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Constraints and their handling in frequency domain design, saturation avoiding, minimum
bandwidth designs.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Optimum control problem in time domain, performance index; Unconstrained and constrained
optimization, variational calculus based solution, boundary conditions. Hamiltonian formulation,
Pontryagin maximum principle, minimum-time, minimum fuel and other problems

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Dynamic programming and its relationship with other methods; Linear regulator problem and its
solution. Optimum state estimation and Kalman filter.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book Bryson, A.E. and Ho, C. H., “Applied Optimum Control”, Taylor and Francis.
Reference book Sage, A. P. and White, C.C., “Optimum Systems Control", Prentice Hall.
McCausland, I.," Introduction to Optimal Control", Revised Ed., Krieger.
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [79]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 235 FUZZY CONTROL C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: To cater the knowledge of Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic Control and use
these for controlling real time systems.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. To expose the students to the concepts of feed forward neural networks.
2. To provide adequate knowledge about feedback neural networks.
3. To teach about the concept of fuzziness involved in various systems. To provide
adequate knowledge about fuzzy set theory..
4. To provide comprehensive knowledge of fuzzy logic control and adaptive fuzzy
logic and to design the fuzzy control using genetic algorithm.
5. To provide adequate knowledge of application of fuzzy logic control to real time
systems
Unit -1 (7 Hours) Knowledge based systems; Process monitoring, fault diagnosis, knowledge based controllers (KBC),
knowledge representations in KBCs. Crispness, vagueness, uncertainty and fuzziness; Crisp and
fuzzy sets, properties of fuzzy sets, operations on fuzzy sets, fuzzy relations, operations on fuzzy
relations.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Approximate reasoning, linguistic variables, fuzzy propositions, IfThen statements, inference rules;
Representation and properties of a set of rules: Completeness, consistency, continuity.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Structure of a fuzzy KBC (FKBC) and fuzzification module, knowledge base, inference engine,
defuzzification module; Rule based variables, contents of rules, derivation of rules, choice of
membership functions and scaling factors, composition based and individual rule based inference,
inference with a set of rules.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Methods of fuzzification and defuzzification, and their performance evaluation, examples. Adaptive
fuzzy control design and performance evaluation, various approaches to design; Stability analysis of
fuzzy controllers.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Non-linear fuzzy control, FKBC as nonlinear transfer element, fuzzification and defuzzification, rule
base representation of transfer element, PID like FKBC and its rule base, sliding mode FKBC, and
its phase plane plots and rule base, Sugeno FKBC and its rule base.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book Alavala, C.R., “Fuzzy Logic And Neural Networks: Basic Concepts & Application ”, New Age
International
Reference book Ganesh, M., “ Introduction to Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic”, Prentice-Hall of India.
Pedrycz, W. and Gomide, F., “ An Introduction to Fuzzy Sets Analysis and Design”, Prentice-Hall
of India.
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [80]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS (EC 301) C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0) )

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. Help the learner to understand the behavior of signals and systems.
2. Understand basic of signals behaviors.

3. Help to understand how to convert a signal in one form to another form.

4. Learn about discrete and analog behaviors of signals and systems

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Calculate the convolution of two signals or systems.
2. Design a project based on communication.
3. Easily understand the properties of signals.
4. Design a communication system.

Unit -1 (7 Hours) BASICS OF SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS

Continuous time and discrete time systems, Properties of systems. Linear time invariant systems -
continuous time and discrete time. Properties of LTI systems and their block diagrams. Convolution,
Discrete time systems described by difference equations.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) FOURIER SERIES REPRESENTATION OF SIGNALS

Fourier series representation of continuous periodic signal and its properties, Fourier series
representation of Discrete periodic signal and its properties, Continuous time filters and Discrete
time filters described by Diff. equation.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) FOURIER TRANSFORM

The continuous time Fourier transform for periodic and aperiodic signals, Properties of CTFT.
Discrete time Fourier transform for periodic and aperiodic signals. Properties of DTFT. The
convolution and modulation property.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Z-TRANSFORM and LAPLACE TRANSFORM

Introduction. The region of convergence for the Z-transform. The Inverse Z-transform. Two
dimensional Z-transform. Properties of Z transform. Laplace transform, Properties of Laplace
Transform, Application of Laplace transform to system analysis.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) SAMPLING

Mathematical theory of sampling. Sampling theorem. Ideal and Real sampling. Interpolation
technique for the reconstruction of a signal from its samples. Aliasing. Sampling in freq. domain.
Sampling of discrete time signals.

List of Expt. 10
Text Book A.V. Oppenheim, A.S. Willsky and I.J. Young-"Signals and Systems", Prentice Hall of India Ltd.
Reference book 1. Taub and Schilling-"Principles of Communication System", Tata Mc-graw Hill.
2.Prokins and Manolakis-Digital Signal Processing: Principles algorithms *Applications,
Prentice Hall Pvt. Ltd

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [81]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 303 MICROWAVE ENGINEERING-I C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. 1. how to apply Maxwell’s equations to various canonical situations for free space, waveguides,
and cavity resonators.
2. how to characterize microwave systems and components in terms of network theory (Scattering
matrix, ABCD matrix, impedance matrix, etc.)
3. how to analyze and design tuning networks and matching transformers for microwave systems.

4. how to make fundamental measurements related to microwave engineering (VSWR, S parameters,

etc.)
5. how to interpret and manipulate graphical representations of microwave components and
systems via the Smith chart.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Able to apply electromagnetic theory to calculations regarding waveguides and transmission
lines.
2. Able to describe, analyze and design simple microwave circuits and devices e g matching
circuits, couplers, antennas and amplifiers.
3. Able to describe and coarsely design common systems such as radar and microwave
transmission links.
4. Able to describe common devices such as microwave vacuum tubes, high-speed transistors and
ferrite devices.
5. Able to handle microwave equipment and make measurements.
Unit -1 (7 Hours) WAVE GUIDES: Introduction of Microwaves and their applications. Rectangular Waveguides,
Solution of Wave equation in TE and TM modes. Power transmission and Power losses. Excitation
of modes in Rectangular waveguides, circular waveguides: Basic idea of TE and TM modes, field
patterns, TEM mode of propagation.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) WAVEGUIDE COMPONENTS: Scattering matrix representation of networks. Rectangular cavity
and circular cavity resonators. Waveguide Tees, Magic Tees. Hybrid rings. Waveguide corners,
Bends and twists. Directional couplers, Circulators and isolators.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) KLYSTRONS: Limitation of conventional vacuum tubes, Construction and operation of two cavity
and multicavity klystrons. Velocity modulation and electron bunching (analytical treatment),
Applegate diagram and applications of two cavity klystrons. Construction, working and operation of
Reflex klystron. Applications and practical considerations. Velocity modulation, power output and
frequency characteristics of a Reflex klystron. Electron admittance.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) TRAVELLING WAVE TUBES (TWT): Construction, operation and practical consideration of
helix type TWT. Introduction to CW power, pulsed dual mode TWT. Coupled cavity TWT.
Applications of TWT.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) MAGNETRON: Types of Magnetron. Construction, operation, analysis and practical consideration
of cavity or traveling wave magnetron. Introduction to coaxial, frequency angle and voltage tunable
magnetrons. Backward cross field oscillator, Forward wave cross field amplifier.

List of Expt. 10
Text Book Foundations For Microwave Engineering – R.E. Collin, R.E. Collin, Wiley
Reference book S.Y. Laio - 'Microwave devices and Circuits', Prentice-Hall of India.
H.J. Reich - 'Microwave Principles', East-West Press

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [82]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 305 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [83]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To introduce the basic structure and operation of operational amplifiers.
2. To teach the most common applications of operational amplifiers including converters and oscillators.

3. To design different types of filters

4. To introduce application specific linear ICs such as multipliers, data converters, Voltage regulators and
555 timer
5. To introduce some non linear applications of operational amplifiers giving emphasis on Phase Locked
Loop (PLL)
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. The students will have a thorough understanding of operational amplifiers.
2.They will have enough knowledge to design circuits using operational amplifiers for various
applications.

3. It will make them a clear understanding of linear and nonlinear

applications of operational amplifiers.

4. Student will be familiarized with application specific ICs such as Voltage regulators, PLL and 555
timer.
5. They will be able to implement theoretical concepts practically
Unit -1 (7 Hours) OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS: Basic differential amplifier analysis, Single ended and double
ended configurations, Op-amp configurations with feedback, Op-amp parameters, Inverting and
Non- Inverting configuration, Comparators, Adder.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER APPLICATIONS: Integrator, Differentiator, Voltage to

frequency and Frequency to voltage converters. Oscillators: Phase shift, Wein bridge, Quadrature,
square wave, triangular wave, saw tooth oscillators. Voltage controlled oscillators.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) ACTIVE FILTERS: Low pass, high pass, band pass and band reject filters, All pass filter,
Switched capacitor filter, Butterworth filter design, and Chebyshev Filter design.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) PHASE-LOCKED LOOPS: Operating Principles of PLL, Linear Model of PLL, Lock range,
Capture range, Applications of PLL as FM detector, FSK demodulator, AM detector, frequency
translator, phase shifter, tracking filter, signal synchronizer and frequency synthesizer, Building
blocks of PLL, LM 565 PLL.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) LINEAR IC’s: Four quadrant multiplier and its applications, Basic blocks of linear IC voltage
regulators, Three terminal voltage regulators, Positive and negative voltage regulators. The 555
timer as astable and monostable multivibrators. Zero crossing detector, Schmitt trigger.

List of Expt. 10
Text Book 1. OPAMP
and linear integrated circuits 2nd edition, PLHI by Ramakant A. Gayakwad. (1992)
2. Design with operation amplifiers and Analog Integrated circuits by Sergei Franco. (2007)
3. Integrated Electronics: Analog and Digital circuits & system by Millman & Halkias. (1972)
4. Linear Integrated Circuits by D.R.Chaudhary (WEL). (2007)
Reference book R.A. Gayakwad-Op-amplifiers and Linear ICs, Prentice Hall of India.
Taubay-Operational Amplifiers.
K.R. Botkar-Integrated Circuits. Pearson Education

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [84]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 307 ANALOG COMMUNICATION C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. The course provides a foundation for the students to develop an appreciation and an understanding of
the principles of communication Systems. To enable the students to understand the basic modulations,
types of modulations.
2. To understand the noise performance of AM & FM receivers and channel models. To understand the
basic issues that pertains to the transmission of signals over an AWGN channel
3. To understand basic Analog communication system theory and design, with an emphasis on system in
presence of noise.

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1.Understand the basic concept of information
2.Understand how information is put into electronic for storage and delivery.
3.Have detailed understanding of amplitude and frequency modulation and demodulation methods
including synchronous demodulation, nonlinear demodulation and phaselocked

4. Have an understanding of design considerations for multiple access/use spectrums and multiplexing
5. Have detailed understanding of Pulse modulation schemes with concept of Multiplexing and Sampling
Unit -1 (7 Hours) RANDOM VARIABLES AND OPERATIONS: Introduction, distribution and density functions,
discrete and continuous random variables, special distributions: binominal, Poisson, uniform,
exponential, normal, rayleigh.conditional distribution and density functions. Mean and variance,
moments, chebyshev’s inequality, Central limit theorem, characteristic functions and moment
generating function, covariance and correlation coefficient of single Random variable.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) AMPLITUDE MODULATION: Frequency translation, Recovery of base band signal, Spectrum
and power relations in AM systems. Methods of generation and demodulation of AM-DSB, AM-
DSB/SC and AM-SSB signals. Modulation and detector circuits for AM systems. AM transmitters
and receivers.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) FREQUENCY MODULATION: Phase and freq. modulation and their relationship, Spectrum and
band width of a sinusoidally modulated FM signal, phasor diagram, Narrow band and wide band
FM. Generation and demodulation of FM signals. FM transmitters and receivers.. Comparison of
AM, FM and PM. Pre emphasis and deemphasis. Threshold in FM, PLL demodulator.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) NOISE EFFECTS IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS: Resistor noise, Networks with reactive
elements, Noise temperature, Noise bandwidth, effective input noise temperature, Noise figure.
Noise figure and equivalent noise temperature in cascaded circuits. Calculation of signal-to-noise
ratio in SSB-SC, DSB-SC, DSB with carrier, Noise calculation of square law demodulator and
envelope detector. Calculation of S/N ratio in FM demodulators, Super heterodyne receivers.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) NOISE EFFECTS IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS: Resistor noise, Networks with reactive
elements, Noise temperature, Noise bandwidth, effective input noise temperature, Noise figure.
Noise figure and equivalent noise temperature in cascaded circuits. Calculation of signal-to-noise
ratio in SSB-SC, DSB-SC, DSB with carrier, Noise calculation of square law demodulator and
envelope detector. Calculation of S/N ratio in FM demodulators, Super heterodyne receivers.

List of Expt. 10
Text Book Modern Digital & Analog Communication Systems, Lathi, Oxford
Reference book 1. Analog Communication, Chandrasekhar, Oxford
2.An Introduction To Analog & Digital Communications, Haykins , Wiley
3. Analog Communication, K. N. Hari Bhat, Pearson
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [85]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 309 MICROPROCESSOR C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To learn the architecture of 8085 microprocessor

2. To learn the assembly language programming of 8085 microprocessor

3. To study the interrupt, InputOutput of 8085 microprocessor.

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. Students will become familiar with 8085 microprocessor architecture and programming.
2. Students get to know the interrupt I/O process of microprocessor.
3. Students will be able to do interfacing with peripherals.
Unit -1 (7 Hours) INTRODUCTION: CPU, address bus, data bus and control bus. Input/ Output devices,
buffers,encoders, latches and memories.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) 8085 MICROPROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE: Internal data operations and registers, pins and
signals, peripheral devices and memory organization, interrupts. CISC and RISC architecture
overview.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) 8085 MICROPROCESSOR INSTRUCTIONS: Classification, format and timing. Instruction
set.Programming and debugging, 8 bit and 16 bit instructions.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) 8085 MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACING: 8259, 8257, 8255, 8253, 8155 chips and their
applications. A/D conversion, memory, keyboard and display interface (8279).

Unit -5 (7 Hours) 8086/8088 MICROPROCESSOR: Hardware specifications, architecture, address spaces, clock
generator, bus controller and arbiter, Minimum and maximum mode. System Bus Timing. Assembly
language programming, addressing mode and instructions of 8086/8088, linking and execution of
programs. MACRO programming, assembler directives and operators.

List of Expt. 10
Text Book Microprocessors Architecture, Programming &Application, Ramesh S. Gaonkar, (2000)
Reference book 1. Introduction to Microprocessors, A.P. Mathur, Mc Graw Hill 2002

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [86]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC351 MICROWAVE ENGINEERING LAB C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To implement the theory concepts, which learnt in theory class.
2.. To calculate the various parameters of different microwave components.

3. To compare the theoretical data with practical data and to analysis the difference between them.

4. For practice on different components of microwave.

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Measure the various properties of various components.
2. Analysis the parameter of different components.
3. Work on Spectrum Analyzer
4. Work on different instruments which are used to perform the practical.
S.No. List of Experiments
Experiments 1 Study of various microwave components and instruments like frequency meter, attenuator,
detector and VSWR meter.
Experiments 2 To study mode characteristics of reflex klystron.
Experiments 3 Measurement of frequency and wavelength in a rectangular waveguide.

Experiments 4 Measurement of VSWR (small as well as large values) and reflection coefficient.

Experiments 5 Measurement of VSWR (small as well as large values) and reflection coefficient.
Experiments 6 To study V-I characteristics of Gunn Diode and depth of modulation of PIN diode
Experiments 7 To obtain the radiation pattern of an Horn antenna.
Experiments 8 To measure the gain of Horn antenna
Experiments 9 Study of Magic Tee, circulator, isolator
Experiments 10 To measure of Unknown load impedance.
List of Expt. 10
Text Book A.V. Oppenheim, A.S. Willsky and I.J. Young-"Signals and Systems", Prentice Hall of India Ltd.
Reference book S.Y. Laio - 'Microwave devices and Circuits', Prentice-Hall of India.
H.J. Reich - 'Microwave Principles', East-West Press.

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [87]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 353 INDUSTRY ORIENTED ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING DESIGN PROJECT LAB

C(L,T,P)= 2 (0,0,2+2)
Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
The objective of this lab is to study operational amplifier (op amp) and its parameters.
2. To enable the students to assemble the op amp circuits for various applications on brade board and test
them.

3.To design different 555 timer circuits.

4. To design amplifier using Bipolar Junction Transistor.

5. Simulation of these circuits with the help of appropriate software tools such as Multisim.

Expected The student will be able to

Outcome:
1. The students will have a thorough understanding of operational amplifiers.
2. They will be able to design circuits to meet desired specifications for various applications.
3.They will be familiarized with hardware as well as software simulation of circuits using active and passive
elements.
4. The students will have handson experience so that they are able to put theoretical concepts to practice.
5. This Laboratory can also support many experiments and new ideas which are evolved in the mind of
students.
Experiments 1 Op-Amp characteristics and get data for input bias current, measure the output-offset voltage and reduce
it to zero and calculate slew rate.
Experiments 2 Op-Amp in inverting and non-inverting modes.
Experiments 3 Op-Amp as scalar, summer and voltage follower.

Experiments 4 Op-Amp as differentiator and integrator.

Experiments 5 Design LPF and HPF using Op-Amp 741

Experiments 6 Design Band Pass and Band reject Active filters using Op-Amp 741.
Experiments 7 Design Oscillators using Op-Amp (i) RC phase shift (ii) Hartley (iii) Colpitts
Experiments 8 Design (i) Astable (ii) Monostable multivibrators using IC-555 timer
Experiments 9 Design Triangular and square wave generator using 555 timer.
Experiments 10 Design Amplifier (for given gain) using Bipolar Junction Transistor.
List of Expt. 10

Mode of Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Evaluation
Recomm. by BOS
on
Approved by AC
on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [88]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 355 MICROPROCESSOR LAB C(L,T,P)=1(0,0,2)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To learn assembly language programming related to Arithmetic, logical operation and jump instruction.
2. To learn assembly language programming related to Communication with memory and calling subroutine
and conversion.
3. To learn assembly language programming related to Display of data on address and data fields.

Expected The student will be able to

Outcome:
1. Students will be able to do programming on 8085 microprocessor.
2. Students will be able to do microprocessor based projects

Experiments 1 Study of 8085 microprocessor kit

Experiments 2 Addition of two 8 bit numbers with and without carry

Experiments 3 Subtraction of two 8 bit numbers with and without borrow

Experiments 4 Multiplication of two 8 bit number using successive addition and resistor shifting method

Experiments 5 Program to find ones compliment of 1 byte number

Experiments 6 Program to find ones compliment of 2 byte number
Experiments 7 Program to find MASK OFF for LSB and MSB compliment of 1 byte number
Experiments 8 Program to find out square of a number.

Experiments 9 Programs to find sum of first ten natural number involving data arrays

Experiments 10 Programs to Generating odd numbers.

Experiments 11 Programs to Data transfer schemes
Experiments 12 Programs to Sorting of odd/even numbers.
Experiments 13 Programs to Finding largest and smallest numbers.
Experiments 14 Programs to Arrange data array in ascending / descending order

Experiments 15 Programs using stack

Experiments 16 Programs using subroutine.
Experiments 17 Debugging of programs using single stepping on kit
List of Expt. 17
Mode of Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination
Evaluation
Recomm. by BOS
on
Approved by AC
on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [89]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 357 COMMUNICATION LAB C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1.The purpose of the lab is to train the students to design and implement communication systems, function
and responses of the each block.
2. To study experimentally the working of modulation schemes using discrete electronic components.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Understand the concept of Modulation and demodulation
2. Provide the real time experience to the super heterodyne receiver and response of each stage.
3. Provide the applications of Pulse modulation with concept of Multiplexing.

S. No. List of Experiments

1. Harmonic analysis of a square wave of a modulated wave form.
Observe the Amplitude modulated wave form and measure modulation index. Demodulation of AM
2.
signal.
3. Generation and Demodulation of DSB – SC signal.
Modulate a sinusoidal signal with high frequency carrier to obtain FM signal. Demodulation of the
4.
FM signal.
To observe the following in a transmission line demonstrator kit:
(a) The propagation of pulse in non reflecting transmission line.
5. (b) The effect of losses in transmission line.
(c) Transmission with standing waves on a Transmission line.
(d) The resonance characteristics of a half-wave length long X-mission line.
(a) To observe the operation of sampling and sample and hold circuits.
6. (b) To study the effect of sampling time (sampling pulse width).
(c) To study the effects of changing the sampling frequency and observing aliasing phenomena.
7. To study and observe the operation of a super heterodyne receiver.
8. To study and observe the amplitude response of automatic gain controller (AGC ).
9. PAM, PWM and PPM: Modulation
10. PAM, PWM and PPM: Demodulation.
List of Expt. 10
Text Book Modern Digital & Analog Communication Systems, Lathi, Oxford
Reference book 1. Analog Communication, Chandrasekhar, Oxford
2.An Introduction To Analog & Digital Communications, Haykins , Wiley
3. Analog Communication, K. N. Hari Bhat, Pearson
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [90]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

COMPUTER SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE (CP 302) (3-0-0-3)

Version 1.1
Prerequisite FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTERS
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. Help the learner to understand concept of compuer architecture
2. Understand basic concept of memory
3. Understand different concept of addressing mode
4. Learn about different architecture
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Understand different architecture of computer
2. Desgin the electronics instruments
3. Concept of I/O organization
4. Application of computer
Unit -1 (7 Hours) REGISTER TRANSFER LANGUAGE
: Data movement amount registers, Data movement from/to memory, arithmetic and logic micro
operations. Concept of bus and timings in register transfer.
Unit -2 (7 Hours) CPU ORGANISATION:
Addressing Modes, Instruction Format, CPU organization with large registers, stacks and handling
of interrupts and subroutines Instruction pipelining. ARITHMATIC ALGORITHM: Array
multiplier, Booth's algorithm, Adition/Subtraction for sign Magnitude and 2's complement numbers.
Unit -3 (7 Hours) MICROPROGRAMMED CONTROL Unit:
Basic Organization of micro-programmed controller, Horizontal and Vertical formats, Address
sequencer.
Unit -4 (7 Hours) MEMORY ORGANISATION
Concept of RAM/ROM, basic cell of RAM, Associative memory, Cache memory organization,
Vertical memory organization.
Unit -4 (7 Hours) I/O ORGANISATION
Introduction to Peripherals and their interfacing Strobe based and handshake-based communication,
DMA based data transfer, I/O processor.
List of Expt. ****
Text Book ****
Reference book M. Morris manno- 'Computer Architecture and Organization', Mc-Graw Hill.
1. Heuring-Computer System Design and Architecture, Pearson Education.
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [91]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

CP 315 ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. Be familiar with basic techniques of algorithm analysis
2. Be familiar with writing recursive methods
3. Master the implementation of linked data structures such as linked lists and
binary trees
4. Be familiar with advanced data structures such as balanced search trees, hash
tables, priority queues and the disjoint set union/find data structure
5. Be familiar with several sub-quadratic sorting algorithms including quicksort,
mergesort and heapsort
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Basic ability to analyze algorithms and to determine algorithm correctness and
time efficiency class.
2. Master a variety of advanced abstract data type (ADT) and data structures and
their implementations.
3. Master different algorithm design techniques (brute‐force, divide and conquer,
greedy,
4. Ability to apply and implement learned algorithm design techniques and data
structures
Unit -1 (7 Hours) ADVANCED TREES - Definitions and operations on weight balanced trees (Huffman trees), 2-3
trees and Red-Black trees. Augmenting Red-Black trees to dynamic order statistics and interval tree
applications. Operations on disjoint sets and its Union-Find problem. Implementing sets,
discitionerics, priority queues and concatenable queues using 2-3 trees.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) MERGEABLE HEAPS - Mergeable Heap operations, binomial trees, implementing binomial
heaps and its operations. 2-3-4- trees and 2-3-4 heaps. Structure and potential function of Fibonacci
heap. Implementing Fibonacci Heap.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) GRAPH THEORY DEFINITIONS - Definitions of Isomorphism, Components, Circuits,

Fundamental Circuits, Cut-sets, Cut-Vertices, Planer and dual graphs, Spanning trees, Kuratovski’s
two graphs.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) GRAPH THEORETIC ALGORETHMS - Algorithms for connectedness, finding all spanning
trees in a weighted graph and planarity testing. Breadth first and depth first search, topological sort,
strongly connected components and, articulation point.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) APPLICATION OF GRAPHS- Single source shortest path and all pair shortest path algorithms.
Min-Cut Max-Flow theorem of network flows, Ford-Fulkerson Max Flow algorithms.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book Narsingh Deo- Graph Theory with Applications to Engineering and Computer Sicience, Prentice
Hall of India.
Cormen- Introduction to Algorithms, Prentice Hall of India.

Reference book Aho A.V., Hopcrpft J.E. and Ullman J.D.-The Design and Analysis of Computer Algorithms,
Addition-Wesley.
Horwitz and Sawhni-fundamentals of Data Structures, Galgotia Book source.
Wilson-Introduction to Graph Theory, Pearson Education.

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [92]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

MA 301 COMPUTER ORIENTED MATHEMATICAL METHODS C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [93]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. recognize that mathematics is an art as well as a powerful foundational tool of
science with limitless applications.

2. demonstrate an understanding of the theoretical concepts and axiomatic

underpinnings of mathematics and an ability to construct proofs at the
appropriate level.

3. demonstrate competency in mathematical modeling of complex phenomena,

problem solving and decision making.

4. demonstrate a level of proficiency in quantitative and computing skills sufficient

to meet the demands of society upon modern educated women as global leaders.

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. Formulate and analyze mathematical and statistical problems,
precisely define the key terms, and draw clear and reasonable
conclusions
2. Read, understand and construct correct mathematical and statistical proofs and
use the library and electronic data-bases to locate information on
mathematical problems
3. Explain the importance of mathematics and its techniques to solve real life
problems and provide the limitations of such techniques and the validity of the
results
Unit -1 (7 Hours) MATRIX COMPUTATION: Algebra of matrix, Inverse of a matrix, Rank of a matrix, Matrix
inversion by Gauss elimination, Computer programs for matrix inversion.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) SOLUTION OF LINEAR EQUATIONS: Cramer’s rule, Gauss elimination, Gauss Jordan
elimination and Gauss Seidal iterative method and their implementation in C.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) SOLUTION OF NON-LINEAR EQUATIONS: Interval bisection method, Secant method,
Regula- Falsi method, Curve fitting, Method of least squares and their implementation in C.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) SOLUTION OF DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS: Euler’s method, Modified Euler’s method,
Runge Kutta method of fourth order, Solution of partial differential equation with special reference
to heat equation, Laplace equation and wave equation Milne’s and their implementation in C.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) STATISTICAL METHODS: Curve fitting methods – method of least squares, fitting a straight
line, parabola. Correlation and Linear regression.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book V.Rajaraman-Computer Oriented Numerical Methods, Prentice Hall of India.
Reference book B.S. Grewal-Higher Engineering Mathematics
J.L. Bansal-Numerical Analysis
Balasubramanyam-Numerical Methods.
E.V. Krishnamurthy-Numerical Methods.
Gaur and Kaul-Higher Engineering Mathematics

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [94]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 209 BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. To make the students understand that the human subsystems are analogous to engineering systems and
the generation of bioelectric signals in the human body. To measure these signals and perform the
processing for further use.
2. The graduates gain the knowledge about various instruments used for biomedical applications. The
basic principle, construction and working of instruments of prime importance for diagnostic and
therapeutic use will be studied
3 To make the students understand the importance of modern health monitoring systems and advanced
imaging and scanning devices.
4. To provide knowledge about biological problems that requires engineering expertise to solve them.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Students will be imparted a basic understanding of biological mechanisms of living organisms from the
perspective of engineers. In addition, the course is expected to encourage engineering students to think
about solving biological problems with engineering tools.
2. Students shall be able to understand the importance of instrumentation in the field of biomedical and
apply its principles to measure variables of prime importance for the human health.
3 Students will be able to understand the working and design of instruments used for biomedical
applications.
Unit -1 (7 Hours) Introduction: Specifications of bio-medical instrumentation system, Man-Instrumentation system
Components, Problems encountered in measuring a living system. Basics of Anatomy and
Physiology of the body. Bioelectric potentials: Resting and action potentials, propagation of action
potential, The Physiological potentials – ECG, EEG, EMG, ERG, EOG and Evoked responses.
Electrodes and Transducers: Electrode theory, Biopotential Electrodes – Surface electrodes, Needle
electrodes, Microelectrodes, Biomedical Transducer.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Cardiovascular Measurements: Electrocardiography – ECG amplifiers, Electrodes and Leads, ECG
–Single channel, Three channel, Vector Cardiographs, ECG System for Stresses testing, Holter
recording, Blood pressure measurement, Heart sound measurement. Pacemakers and Defibrillators.
Patient Care and Monitoring: Elements of intensive care monitoring, displays, diagnosis, Calibration
and Reparability of patient monitoring equipment.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Respiratory system Measurements: Physiology of Respiratory system. Measurement of breathing
mechanism – Spirometer. Respiratory Therapy equipments: Inhalators, Ventilators and Respirators,
Humidifiers, and Nebulizers and Aspirators. Nervous System Measurements: Physiology of nervous
system, Neuronal communication, Neuronal firing measurements.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Ophthalmology Instruments: Electroretinogram, Electro - oculogram, Ophthalmoscope, Tonometer

for eye pressure measurement. Diagnostic techniques: Ultrasonic diagnosis, Eco - cardiography,
Eco-encephalography, Ophthalmic scans, X-ray and Radio-isotope diagnosis and therapy, CAT-
Scan, Emission computerized
tomography, MRI.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Bio-telemetry: The components of a Bio-telemetry system, Implantable units, Telemetry for ECG
measurements during exercise, for Emergency patient monitoring. Prosthetic Devices and Therapies:
Hearing Aides, Myoelectric Arm, Dia-thermy, Laser applications in medicine.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book 1. R. S. Khandpur, “Biomedical Instrumentation”, TMH
Reference book 1. Cromwell, “Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements” PHI
2. J. G. Webster, “Bio- Instrumentation”, Wiley
3. S. Ananthi, “A Text Book of Medical Instruments”, New Age International
4. Carr and Brown, “Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology”, Pearson
5. Pandey and Kumar, “Biomedical Electronics and Instrumentation”, Kataria

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [95]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015

Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [96]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 211 AUDIO VIDEO SYSTEM C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. Identify the problem, formulate and analyze engineering alternatives, and solve the problem
individually as well as in a team environment;
2. Assume management and leadership roles in the audio technology industry
3. Communicate effectively in a professional engineering environment;

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. apply the knowledge, techniques, skills, and modern tools of their disciplines;
2. apply current knowledge and adapt to emerging applications of mathematics, science,
engineering, and technology

Unit -1 (7 Hours) Fundamentals of Audio-Video Recording and Playback Techniques Methods of sound recording &
reproduction, optical recording, CD recording, CD & DVDplayer, MP3 player, MPEG player, audio
standards.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Fundamentals of Studio Acoustics and Advancements in Audio Technology Studio acoustics &
verberation, acoustic chambers, P.A. system for auditorium, Cordless microphone system, special
types of speakers & microphones, satellite radio.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Elements of a television system Picture and sound transmission and reception, CCIR-B
standards ,aspect ratio, horizontal and vertical resolution, video bandwidth and interlaced scanning ,
composite video, signal, H & V sync details, VSB transmission and channel bandwidth: Modulation
of picture and sound signals, positive and negative modulation.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Colour signal transmission and reception TV camera tubes ,Composite color signals, compatibility
considerations, frequency interleaving process, Low level IF modulated color TV transmitter block
diagram & Color TV receiver ,color mixing theory, luminance, hue and saturation, color difference
signals, chromaticity diagram , color signal transmission- bandwidth and modulation of color
difference signals, coders and decoders of NTSC , PAL – D & SECAM, Color Picture Tubes,
picture tubes purity & convergence, automatic degaussing

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Digital television Introduction to Digital T.V., Principle of Digital T.V., Digital T.V. signals &
parameters, Digital T.V. Receiver, MPEG2, JPEG H & G audio & video standards, Digital
T.V.Recording/Broadcasting Technique. Component coding ,MAC signals ,MAC encoding
format ,scanning frequencies D2-MAC Packet Signal ,Duobinary Coding ,HDTV Standards &
Compatibility ,colorimetric characteristics & parameters of HDTV systems , LCD TV System :LCD
Technology , LCD Matrix types & operations , LCD screen for TV LCD color Receiver, Plasma TV
System : Plasma & conduction of charge ,Plasma TV screen ,Signal processing in Plasma TV,
Plasma color Receiver, Satellite TV, DTH Receiver System, CCTV, CATV, working of block
converter,: IR Remote control

List of Expt. nil

Text Book Modern Television Practice – Principles, Technology and Service – R.R. Gulati, NewAge
International Publication, Edition III, 2006
Reference book Monochrome and Color TV – R.R. Gulati, New Age International Publication, 2002.
3. Color Television Theory and Practice – S.P. Bali, TMH, 1994.
4. Television and Video Engineering - A.M. Dhake, 2nd Edition.
5. Basic Television and Video Systems – B. Grob and C.E. Herndon, McGraw Hill, 1999.
6.Audio-Video Engineering – R.C.Jaiswal.

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [97]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 302 MICROWAVE ENGINEERING-II C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To learn about the microwave measurements
2. To introduce about the different microwave transmission lines.
3. To analysis the different microwave network
4. To study the different semiconductor devices this is used in microwave.
5. To understand the concept of MIC technology.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Measure the different parameters of different microwave components
2. Analysis the different microwave transmission lines.
3. Design and analysis the different microwave two/ multi port networks
4. Analysis the semiconductor devices of microwave.
5. Fabricate and measure the components using MIC technology.
Unit -1 (7 Hours) MICROWAVE MEASUREMENTS: Detection of microwaves, Microwave power measurement,
Impedance measurement, Measurement of scattering parameters, Frequency measurement, VSWR
measurements.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Introduction to microstrip lines, Parallel striplines, Coplanar striplines, Shielded striplines, Slot
lines, Integrated Fin line, Non-radiative guide, Transitions, Bends and Discontinuities.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) MICROWAVE NETWORK ANALYSIS: Impedance and Admittance matrices, Scattering
matrix, Reciprocal networks and Loss less networks parameters, ABCD Matrix, Equivalent circuits
for Two port Network, Conversions between two port network Signal flow graphs, Discontinuities
in waveguides and microstrip.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) MICROWAVE SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES: Construction, Operation and Practical

applications of PIN diode, varactor and Tunnel diode, Gunn diode, IMPATT, TRAPTT diodes, BJT,
JFET, MESFET, CCD, MASER and LASER.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) MONOLITHIC MICOWAVE INTEGRATED CIRCUITS: Introduction, Materials, MMIC

Growth,MOSFET fabrication, Thin film formation, Hybrid integrated circuit fabrication,
Advantages and Difficulties of MICs.

List of Expt. 10
Text Book Microwave Engineering, Annapurna Das, Sisir Das, TMH
Reference book 3. Microwave Devices And Circuits, Samuel Y. Liao, Pearson
4. Microwave Engineering, Pozar, Wiley
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [98]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 306 DIGITAL COMMUNICATION C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To develop understanding of the modulation and demodulation techniques, understanding the design
and development of modulation systems.Different Carrier systems for transmission of signals. Error
probability in Pulse code modulation system during transmission.
2. To develop the understanding of different type of coding of signals, how the coding is done. Different
systems of coding And to understand thespectrum.
3. To design framework for different digital modulation techniques for signal processing and evaluation
of these different techniques, what errors can occur during signal processing.
4. To develop understanding about the influence of noise on communication signal capacity of different
communication channel to transmit error free data and evaluate this with help of different theories
5. To design different coding techniques and understand different coding techniques how the information
is coded into digital signal and how they are decoded at receiver end. Analysis of different coding system
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. After completion of this unit Student will able to understand modulation and demodulation
systems, differentiate between PCM and DM and toknow their specific usage in specific
application. how the data is transferred through different kinds of digital communication system
.
2. Students will able to understand different type of coding of signals distinguish between source
coding and channel coding , how the coding is done.
3. Able To compare and contrast the ASK, BPSK, BFSK, QPSK, MSK digital carrier modulation
schemes in terms of occupied bandwidth and complexity. framework for different digital modulation
techniques for signal processing
4. Students will be able To apply the basics of Information Theory to calculate channel capacity and
other measures.
5. They will be proficient in applying the different coding techniques
Unit -1 (7 Hours) PCM and DELTA MODULATION SYSTEMS: Uniform and Non-uniform quantization. PCM
and delta modulation, Signal to quantization noise ratio in PCM and delta modulation. DPCM,
ADM, T1 Carrier System, Matched filter detection. Error probability in PCM system

Unit -2 (7 Hours) BASE BAND TRANSMISSION: Line coding (RZ, NRZ): Polar,Bipolar,Manchester,AMI. Inter
symbol interference, Pulse shaping, Nyquist criterion, Raised cosine spectrum.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) DIGITAL MODULATION TECHNIQUES: Geometric interpretation of

signals,Orthogonalization. ASK, BPSK, BFSK, QPSK, MSK modulation techniques and Coherent
detection of these techniques. Calculation of error probabilities

Unit -4 (7 Hours) INFORMATION THEORY: Amount of Information, Average Information, Entropy, Information
rate, Increase in Average information per bit by coding, Shannon's Theorem and Shannon's bound,
Capacity of a Gaussian Channel, BW-S/N trade off,

Unit -5 (7 Hours) CODING: Coding and decoding of Information, Hamming code, Single Parity-Bit Code, Linear
Block code, cyclic code and convolutional code.

List of Expt. 10
Text Book 1. Analog And Digital Communication, Hwei Hsu, Debjani Mitra, TMH
2. Digital Commnunication, Amitabha Bhattacharya, TMH
Reference book 5. Analog And Digital Communication, Sudakshina Kundu, Pearson
6. Digital Communication, Sklar & Ray, Pearson
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [99]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 308 CONTROL SYSTEMS C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To understand the different type of systems and their properties..
2. To analyse a system response in time domain and its characteristics
3. To analyse a system response in frequency domain and its characteristics
4. To understand the concept of stability in different domain.
5. To have a knowledge of state variables and concepts of controllability and observability
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Design a system which meets required specifications based on basic concept.
2. Analyse errors in the system and have ability to reduce it using different techniques
3. Design a stable system.
4. check the controllability and observability of a system

Unit -1 (7 Hours) CONTROL SYSTEMS ANALYSIS and COMPONENTS: Examples and application of loop
and close loop systems. Brief idea of multivariable control system, Brief idea of Z-transform and
digital control systems. Differential equations. Determination of transfer function by block diagram
reduction technique and signal flow graph method

Unit -2 (7 Hours) TIME RESPONSE ANALYSIS OF FIRST ORDER and SECOND ORDER SYSTEMS:
Transient response analysis. Steady state error and error constants. Dynamic error and dynamic error
coefficient, Performance Indices.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) FREQUENCY DOMAIN METHODS: Bode plot, Design specification in frequency domain and
their co-relation with time domain.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) STABILITY OF THE SYSTEM: Absolute stability and relative stability. Routh’s stability
criterion, Hurwitz criterion. Root locus method of analysis. Polar plots, Nyquist stability criterion. M
and N loci, Nicholas charts.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) STATE VARIABLE ANALYSIS: Concepts of state, state variable and state model. State models
for linear continuous time systems. Brief idea of state variable analysis in discrete time domain.
Transfer functions, Solution of state equation. Concepts of controllability and observability.

List of Expt. 10
Text Book 1. Modern control Engineering, Ogata, Pearson.(2009)
2. Nise’s Control System Engineering, Rajeev Gupta, Wiley (2011)
Reference book Control Systems: Principles & Design, M. Gopal, TMH 2002
Singh & Janardhanan Modern control engineering, Cengage learning 2010
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [100]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 310 INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS C(L,T,P)=4(3,1,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To get an overview of different types of power semiconductor devices and their switching
Characteristics
2. To understand the operation, characteristics and performance parameters of controlled rectifiers
3. To study the operation, switching techniques and basics topologies of DC-DC Switching
Regulators.
4. To learn the different modulation techniques of pulse width modulated inverters and to
Understand harmonic reduction methods
5. To study the operation of AC voltage controller and motors.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. understand the basics of power electronics devices
2. design enhanced version of rectifier and inverters
3. have a handful knowledge of power supplies and convertors
4. understand the basic concepts of different types of motor controls
5. utilise the stepper motor in different environment
Unit -1 (7 Hours) SEMICONDUCTOR POWER DEVICES - Basic characteristics and working of Power Diodes,
Diac, SCR, Triac, Power Transistor, MOSFETs, IGBT, and GTO.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) RECTIFIERS and INVERTERS - Working principles of single and three phase bridge rectifiers,
Voltage and current source inverters.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) POWER SUPPLIES: Principle of operation of choppers. Step up, Step down, Switch Mode Power
Supply: Fly back converter, forward/buck converter, Boost converter and buck-boost converter.
Uninterruptible Power Supply.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) MOTOR CONTROL: Introduction to speed control of DC motors using phase controlled
converters and choppers, Basic idea of speed control of three phase induction motors using voltage
and frequency control methods.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) STEPPER MOTOR: Variable reluctance, Permanent magnet and hybrid stepper motors. Induction
and dielectric heating control.

List of Expt. 10
Text Book Power Electronics Principles & Applications, Joseph Vithayathil, TMH , (2010).
Reference book Industrial Electronics And Control, Ttti, TMH 2001
Power Electronics: Converters Applications., Mohan, Robbins, Wiley 1995
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [101]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC304 ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To learn the architecture and assembly language programming of 8086 microprocessor
2. To study the analog interfacing of peripherals
3. To study the digital interfacing of peripherals
4. To get introduced to various processor configurations.

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. Students will become familiar with 8086 microprocessor architecture and programming
2. Students will be able to do analog interfacing of peripherals
3. Students will be able to do digital interfacing of peripherals
4. They will become familiar to do microprocessor based projects

Unit -1 (7 Hours) 8086 ARCHITECTURE- Hardware specifications, Pins and signals, Internal data operations and
Registers, Minimum and maximum mode, System Bus Timing, Linking and execution of
Programs,Assembler Directives and operators.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) SOFTWARE and INSTRUCTION SET- Assembly language programming: addressing mode and
instructions of 8086, MACRO programming, 8086 interrupts.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) ANALOG INTERFACING: A/D and D/A converter interfacing, keyboard and display interfacing,
RS 232 and IEEE 488 communication standards.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) DIGITAL INTERFACING: Programmable parallel ports, Interfacing microprocessor to keyboard
and alphanumeric displays, Memory interfacing and Decoding , DMA controller.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) MULTIPROCESSOR CONFIGURATIONS - Multiuser / Multitasking operating system

concepts, 8086 based Multiprocessor systems. Introduction and basic features of 286, 386, 486 and
Pentium processors.

List of Expt. 10
Text Book Douglas V. Hall “Microprocessors and Interfacing Programming and Hardware” Tata McGraw Hill.
(2000).
Reference book A. Ray & K. Bhurchandi. “Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals. Tata Mc Graw Hill,
2012
A Nagoor Kani “Microprocessors and Microcontrollers” Mc Graw Hill Education 2ed. 2012
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [102]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 352 DIGITAL COMMUNICATION LAB C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. For students to be able to understand, analyze, and design fundamental digital communication
systems.
2. To prepare the graduates to understand the experimental skills to apply suitable modulation
schemes and coding for various applications
3. Interpretation of analog signaling aspects of digital systems and data communications through
experience in using contemporary test instruments to generate and display signals in relevant
laboratory setups. Use of oscilloscopes, pulse and function generators, baseband spectrum
analyzers, desktop computers, terminals, modems, PCs, and workstations in experiments on
pulse transmission impairments, waveforms and their spectra, modem and terminal
characteristics, and interfaces..
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. The students will be able to define the terms piezo, Pyroand ferroand antiferroelectric and
explain the interrelationships between the same and will be able to describe the polarisation
behavior of a ferroelectric material as a function of temperature and of applied stress. This will
include an understanding of the Curie temperature.
2. The students will be able to explain the meaning of physical quantities related to magnetism,
magnetic field, magnetic induction, magnetic moment, magnetization, magnetic susceptibility,
and discuss their interrelations
3. The students will be able to explain the origin of bandgaps within the nearly free electron
model and illustrate the difference between insulators,semiconductors and metals based on the
value of the Fermi energy.
4. The students will be able to describe the characteristics of different classes of superconducting
materials, different theories of conductive,superconductivity and their ranges of validity in detail
describing the difference between good conductors, perfect conductors and superconductor
5. An understanding of the structure property relationships in nanomaterials as well as the concepts,
not applicable at larger length scales, that need to be taken into consideration for nanoscience and
nanotechnology. Introduce the student to synthesis, identification and characterization,properties,
functionalization and use of solid materials and nanomaterials such as nanoparticles, carbon
nanotubes and nanoporous materials.
S. No. List of Experiments
(a) To observe sampling of analog signal. Identify and solve the aliasing problem.
1.
(b) To observe the Transmission of two signals over a single channel using sampling methods.
2. TDM-PAM: Modulation and demodulation.
3. Operation of a PCM encoder and decoder.
4. TDM-PCM: Modulation and demodulation.
Observe the performance of a Delta modulation system and to derive from it a delta sigma
5.
modulation system.
To generate and study the various data formatting schemes (Unipolar, Bi-polar, Manchester,AMI
6.
etc.).
Generate ASK signals, with and without carrier suppression. Demodulation of these two types of
7.
modulated signal.
Generate the FSK wave forms and demodulate the FSK signals based on the properties of (a) Tuned
8.
circuits (b) PLL
9. Generate the PSK signals and demodulate it.
Simulation using any virtual Instrumentation Software:
10. To carry out convolution in both continuous time and discrete time systems.
11. Companding and multiplexing of PCM signals.
12. Perform various keying Techniques: PSK, ASK, FSK and MSK.
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [103]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 356 INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS LAB C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To analyse the working and different parameters of SCR and Diac
2. To implement the theoretical concepts to the power devices in laboratory.
3. To implement the performance of different inverters and converters.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Design different inverters and converters using advanced techniques
2. Utilize the SCR and Diac in industries and related area.
3. Design the various components used in electronics area using power devices
S.NO. EXPERIMENTS
1. Study the characteristics of SCR. 1.1 Observe the terminal configuration. 1.2 Measure the
breakdown voltage. 1.3Measure latching and holding current. 1.4 V-I characteristics
2. Study the characteristics of SCR. 1.1 Observe the terminal configuration. 1.2 Measure the
breakdown voltage. 1.3Measure latching and holding current. 1.4 V-I characteristics
3. Study and obtain the waveforms for single-phase half-wave controlled converter
4. Study and obtain the wave forms for single-phase half controlled symmetrical and asymmetrical
bridge converters
5. Study and obtain the waveforms for single-phase fully controlled bridge converter
6. Study and obtain the waveforms for voltage-commutated chopper
7. Study and obtain the wave forms for current-commutated chopper
8. Perform experiment of single phase PWM inverter.

9. Perform experiment on buck, boost and buck-boost regulators

10. Perform experiment on Motor control- loop and closed loop.

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [104]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 354 SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB-I C(L,T,P) =2(0,0,2)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To understand the generation of continuous as well as discrete types of periodic and aperiodic
signals. Knowing output of LTI systems by application of any of this type of signal at the input.
2. To enable the students to understand various Probability Distribution functions used in
communication and signal processing area.
3. . To enable the students to understand various Signal design concepts by writing programs in
MATLAB
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Understanding MATLAB programming to solve practical problems
2. Understanding modeling and simulation in MATLAB environment.
S. No. List of Experiments
Simulation in MATLAB Environment:
Generation of continuous and discrete elementary signals (periodic and non-periodic) using
1.
mathematical expression.
2. Generation of Continuous and Discrete Unit Step Signal.
3. Generation of Exponential and Ramp signals in Continuous & Discrete domain.
4. Continuous and discrete time Convolution (using basic definition).
5. Adding two given signals. (Continuous as well as Discrete signals)
6 Subtracting two signals (Continuous as well as Discrete signals)
7 To generate uniform random numbers between (0, 1).
8 To generate a random binary wave.
9 To generate random sequences with arbitrary distributions, means and variances for following :
(a) Rayleigh distribution
(b) Normal distributions: N(0,1).
(c) Gaussion distributions: N (mx, σx2)

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [105]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

CP 318 INFORMATION PROTECTION and SECURITY C(L,T,P) =2(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. To understand intellectual property rights & law of trademarks

2. To understand patent law &international patent law

3. States intellectual property rights & law of trademarks

4. Will be able to identify the infringement of different laws basing on ownership,

transfers, duration, registration and searching

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. how you select appropriate techniques to tackle and solve problems in the
discipline of information security management;

2. why security and its management are important for any modern organisation;

3. how an information security management system should be planned, documented,

implemented and improved, according to the BSi standard on information security
management.how you select appropriate techniques to tackle and solve problems in
the discipline of information security management; why security and its
management are important for any modern organisation; how an information
security management system should be planned, documented, implemented and
improved, according to the BSi standard on information security management.
Unit -1 (7 Hours) Introduction to security attacks, services and mechanism, introduction to cryptography.
Conventional Encryption:Conventional encryption model, classical encryption techniques-
substitution ciphers and transposition ciphers, cryptanalysis, stereography, stream and block ciphers.
Modern Block Ciphers: Block ciphers principals, Shannon’stheory of confusion and diffusion,
fiestal structure, data encryption standard(DES), strength of DES, differential and linear crypt
analysis of DES, block cipher modes of operations, triple DES, IDEA encryption and decryption,
strength of IDEA, confidentiality using conventional encryption, traffic confidentiality, key
distribution, random number generation.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Introduction to graph, ring and field, prime and relative prime numbers, modular arithmetic,
Fermat’s and Euler’stheorem, primality testing, Euclid’s Algorithm, Chinese Remainder theorem,
discrete logarithms. Principals of publickey crypto systems, RSA algorithm, security of RSA, key
management, Diffle-Hellman key exchange algorithm,introductory idea of Elliptic curve
cryptography, Elganel encryption.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Message Authentication and Hash Function: Authentication requirements, authentication functions,
message authentication code, hash functions, birthday attacks, security of hash functions and
MACS, MD5 message digest algorithm, Secure hash algorithm(SHA). Digital Signatures: Digital
Signatures, authentication protocols, digital signature standards (DSS), proof of digital signature
algorithm.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Authentication Applications: Kerberos and X.509, directory authentication service, electronic mail
security-pretty good privacy (PGP), S/MIME

Unit -5 (7 Hours) IP Security: Architecture, Authentication header, Encapsulating security payloads, combining
security associations, key management. Web Security: Secure socket layer and transport layer
security, Secure ElectronicTransaction (SET). System Security: Intruders, Viruses and related
threads, firewall design principals, trusted systems.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [106]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

List of Expt. nil

Text Book 1. Daswarte.Y, Jajodia.S –Security and protection in Information Processing Systems,
Springer
Reference book 1. William Stalling – Cryptography and Network Security, Willey

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [107]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

CP 232 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS C(L,T,P) = 2(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
To study and develop a generic interactive distributed multimedia framework, which will take advantage
of recent advances in a number of related areas such as: multimedia modelling and development,
middleware platforms and coordination models, parallel and distributed software engineering, digital
libraries, and networking techniques.
To tailor the functionality of this framework so that it is suitable for cultural exploration across national
and regional boundaries.
To technologically build particular prototypes of these regional Electronic Roads.

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

. Apply soft skills in work and career related activities
To make use of fundamental concepts and formulate best practices
Apply technical concepts and practices in specialized areas
Unit -1 (7 Hours) Introduction to Multimedia Systems: Architecture and components, multimedia distributed
processing model, synchronization, orchestration and quality of service architecture.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Audio and Speech: Data acquisition, sampling and quantization, human speech production
mechanism, digital model of speech production, analysis and synthesis, psycho-acoustics, low bit
rate speech compression, MPEG audio compression.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Images and Video: Image acquisition and representation, composite video signal, NTSC, PAL and
SECAM video standards; Bi-level image compression standards, JPEG and MPEG.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Multimedia Communication: Fundamentals of data communication and networking, bandwidth
requirements of different media; Real time constraints: Audio latency, video data rate; Multimedia
over LAN and WAN, multimedia conferencing.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Hypermedia Presentation: Authoring and publishing, linear and nonlinear presentation, structuring
information, different approaches of authoring hypermedia documents, hypermedia data models and
standards.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book 1. Li, Z.N. and Drew, M.S., “Fundamentals of Multimedia”, Pearson Education.
Reference book Hillman, D., “Multimedia Technology and Application”, Galgotia Publication.
Steinmetz, R., “Multimedia Computing, Communication and Applications”, Pearson Education.
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [108]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

CP 242 OPERATING SYSTEMS

C(L,T,P) = 2(3,0,0)
Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
A program that is executed by the processor that frequently relinquishes control and must
depend on the processor to regain control.
A program that mediates between application programs and the hardware
A set of procedures that enable a group of people to use a computer system.
A program that controls the execution of application programs
An interface between applications and hardware
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Disassemble and reassemble a working computer
2. Handle and repair components in a safe manor for both the student and the component
3. Evaluate a non-working computer system and suggest repairs or upgrades
4. Identify hardware in a computer system
5. Convert between decimal, binary, and hexadecimal numbering systems
Unit -1 (7 Hours) Fundamental Concepts of Operating System: Operating system functions and
characteristics, historical evolution of operating systems, issues in operating system
design. Process abstraction, process address space, process management, system
calls, threads, process hierarchy..

Unit -2 (7 Hours) CPU Scheduling: Levels of scheduling, comparative study of scheduling

algorithms, multiple processor scheduling. Deadlocks: Characterization, prevention
and avoidance, deadlock detection and recovery

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Concurrent Processes: Critical section problem, semaphores, monitors, inter-
process communication, message passing mechanisms. Memory Management:
Storage allocation methods, virtual memory concept, demand paging, page
replacement algorithms, segmentation, thrashing.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) File Systems: Functions, file access and allocation methods, directory system, file
protection mechanisms, implementation issues, file system hierarchy.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Device Management: Hardware organization, device scheduling policies, device
drivers.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book 1. Silberscharz, A. and Galvin, P.B., “Operating System Concepts”, 7th Ed.,
Addison-Wesley.
Reference book Tanenbaum, A., “Modern Operating Systems”, Prentice-Hall of India.
Nutt, G., “Operating Systems”, Addison-Wesley.
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student
seminar/written examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [109]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 415 IMAGE AND VIDEO PROCESSING C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
provide students with a broad set of skills in this rapidly growing area,
prepare students for further in-depth study of this field.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
Apply principles and techniques of digital image processing in applications related to
digital imaging system design and analysis
Analyze and implement image processing algorithms.
Gain hands
Unit -1 (7 Hours) INTRODUCTION: Imaging in ultraviolet and visible band. Fundamental steps in image
processing. Components in image processing. Image perception in eye, light and electromagnetic
spectrum, Image sensing and acquisition using sensor array.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS: Image sampling and quantization, Representing digital
images, Spatial and gray-level resolution, Aliasing and Moiré patterns, Zooming and Shrinking
digital images.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) IMAGE RESTORATION: Image restoration model, Noise Models, Spatial and frequency
properties of noise, noise probability density functions, Noise - only spatial filter, Mean filter
Statistic filter and adaptive filter, Frequency domain filters - Band reject filter, Band pass filter and
Notch filter.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) IMAGE COMPRESSION: Compression Fundamentals - Coding Redundancy, Interpixel

redundancy, Psycho visual redundancy and Fidelity criteria. Image Compression models, Source
encoder and decoder, Channel encoder and decoder, Lossy compression and compression standards.
color space formats, scaling methodologies (like horizontal, vertical up/down scaling). Display
format (VGA, NTSC, PAL).

Unit -5 (7 Hours) EXPERT SYSTEM AND PATTERN RECOGNITION: Use of computers in problem solving,
information representation, searching, theorem proving, and pattern matching with substitution.
Methods for knowledge representation, searching, spatial, temporal and common sense reasoning,
and logic and probabilistic inferencing. Applications in expert systems and robotics

List of Expt. nil

Text Book Rafael C. Gonzalez-Digital Image Processing, Pearson Education Asia
Reference book Kenneth R. Castleman-Digital Image Processing, Pearson Education Asia.
Nick Effard-Digital Image Processing, Pearson Education Asia.
Jain A.K.-Digital Image Processing, Prentice hall of India.
Sonka, Hlavac and Boyle-Image Processing. analysis and machine Vision, Thomas Learning.

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [110]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 401 ANTENNA AND WAVE PROPAGATION C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
To provide an introduction to the fundamental principles and basic parameters of antenna.
To study various antennas arrays.
To study different types of antennas and to understand antenna parameter measurements.
To understand the mechanism of radio wave propagation including ground and space waves.
To study ionospheric propagation and different factors affecting wave propagation.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
The students will have a thorough understanding of antennas and their types.
Student will be able to distinguish the properties and parameters of antenna such as radiation pattern,
radiation impedance, directivity, antenna
gain, effective area.
They will have enough knowledge to design an antenna system, including the shape of the antenna, feed
property, the requirement on the arrangement of the radiating elements in an array, given the radiation
parameters such as radia tion pattern, operating frequency, transmit/receive power.
It will make them a clear understanding of the mechanism involved in radio wave propagation.
They will be able to implement theoretical concepts practically

Unit -1 (7 Hours) ANTENNA FUNDAMENTALS - Antenna parameters, Radiation from a current element in free
space. Quarter and half wave antenna. Reciprocity theorem. Resonant and non-resonant antenna.
Effective length and aperature, gain, beamwidth, directivity, radiation resistance, efficiency,
polarization, impedance and directional characteristics of antenna, antenna temperature.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) ANTENNAS - V and Rhombic antennas, Folded dipole, Yagi-Uda antenna, Frequency independent
antennas, Log-periodic antennas,UHF and Microwave antennas- Antenna with parabolic reflectors,
Horn and Lens antennas, Helical antennas, Square and Circular loop antennas, Fundamentals of Slot
and Microstrip antennas..

Unit -3 (7 Hours) ANTENNA ARRAYS - Two element array, N-element linear arrays, Broadside, End fire,collinear
and combination arrays, Multiplication of patterns, Binomial arrays. Effect of ground on antennas,
Antenna loading. Antenna Measurements - Antenna impedance, radiation pattern, gain, directivity,
polarization and phase measurements

Unit -4 (7 Hours) RADIO WAVE PROPAGATION - Mechanism of radio wave propagation, Reflection, Refraction
interference and diffraction of radio waves. Theory of ground wave, space wave and sky wave
propagation. Plane earth reflection, Reflection factors for horizontal and vertical polarizations. Duct
propagation and tropospheric scattering.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Various Ionospheric layers. Characteristics of ionosphere and its effects on wave propagation.
Critical frequency, Virtual height, skipzone and maximum usable frequency. Multiple hop
transmission. Oblique and vertical incidence transmission. Effect of earth's magnetic field, solar
activity and meteorological conditions on wave propagation.

List of Expt. 10
Text Book 1. Sisir. Das and A. Das, Antenna and wave propagation, Tata McGrawHill
Education Pvt. Ltd, (2013) . 2. A.R. Harish and M. Sachidananda, Antennas
and Wave Propagation, Oxford Univ. Press, Edition (2011
Reference book 1. J.D. Kraus, Antennas, Tata McGrawHill,
2nd Edition.(1999)
2. E.C. Jordan and K.G. Balmain, Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems, PrenticeHall
of India, 2nd Edition.(1986)
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [111]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 403 WIRELESS COMMUNICATION C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
To familiarize students with the fundamental concepts and terminology about wireless
communication
To make students aware about the propagation phenomena of wireless signals.
To make students aware about the line of sight Microwave communicatio
To make students aware about the mobile and wireless networks. Likes – GSM, WLL, Mobile IP,
Wireless access protocol. Wireless LAN’s:
Technology, IEEE 802.11 standards and Blue tooth. Broadband Wireless 802.16.
To make students learning and study about the satellite communication.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
An ability to understand the fundamental concept of wireless communication.
An ability to know the concepts about propagation phenomena of wireless signals.
An ability to understand the design concepts about line of sight Microwave communication.
An ability to design and function of cellular wireless networks. Likes – GSM, WLL, Mobile IP,
Wireless access protocol. Wireless LAN’s:Technology, IEEE 802.11 standards and Blue tooth.
Broadband Wireless 802.16.
An ability to understand and know the working of the concepts of satellite communication.
Unit -1 (7 Hours) PROPAGATION PHENOMENA - Fundamentals of fading, Multipath channels, Spread Spectrum
signals: Direct-sequence spread spectrum signals, p-n sequences, Frequency-hopped spread
spectrum signals, Code-division multiplexing.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) LINE OF SIGHT MICOWAVE COMMUNICATION- Link Engineering, Frequency planning,
Free space loss, Fresnel zone clearance bending of radio beam, Effective earth radius, Building
blocks of Transmitter and Receiver.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) MULTIPLE ACCESS TECHNIQUES - FDMA, TDMA and CDMA with reference to mobile
radio and satellite systems. TDMA based networks. CDMA based networks,

Unit -4 (7 Hours) CELLULAR WIRELESS NETWORKS-, GSM: Introduction, overview of the GSM systems,
GSM codec, channel coding and interleaving, radio like control. Cordless systems and WLL, Mobile
IP, Wireless access protocol. Wireless LAN’s: Technology, IEEE 702.11 standards and Blue tooth.,
Broadband Wireless 702.16

Unit -5 (7 Hours) SATELLITE COMMUNICATION - Elements of satellite communication: Frequency bands,

Transmission and multiplexing. Modulation, Multiple access. Satellite orbit and description- orbital
period and velocity, effects of orbital inclination, Azimuth and elevation, Coverage angle and slant
range, Geostationary orbit, Satellite description. Earth Station antenna, high-power amplifier, low-
noise amplifier, up converter, down converter, monitoring and control, reliability. Satellite Link:
basic link analysis,

List of Expt. 10
Text Book William Stallings, Wireless Communication and Networks, Pearson Education (2010).
Reference book Singal, T.L, Wireless Communication, Tata McGraw Hill.
W.C.Y. Lee , Mobile Cellular Telecommunications , Tata McGraw Hill.
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [112]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 405 MICROCONTROLLER AND EMBEDDED SYSTEMS C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
Introduces the use, characterization, analysis, troubleshooting methods and programming of
microcontrollers and embedded systems with a focus on application.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Program, build and test a microcontroller system.

2. Interface a microcontroller system to user controls and other electronic systems.

3. Describe the internal architecture of microcontroller systems, including counters, timers, ports, and
memory.
Unit -1 (7 Hours) THE 8051 MICROCONTROLLER: Introduction, The 8051 microcontroller hardware. I/O pins,
Port, External memory. Counters and Timers, Serial data. Interputs.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) 8051 ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE PROGRAMMING: Addressing modes, External data moves,
push and pop opcides, Logical operations, Byte level and bit level logival operations. Arithmetic
operations, Jump and call instructions, Interrupts and returns.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) REAL TIME CONTROL: Interrupts, Multiple sources of interrupts, Non maskable sources of
interrupts, Interrupt structure in 8051,Timers,Free running counter & Real Time control ..

Unit -4 (7 Hours) SYSTEM DESIGN AND INTRODUCTION TO REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS:
Serial I/O interface, Parallel I/O ports interface, Digital and Analog interfacing methods, LED array,
keyboard, Printer, Flash memory interfacing. Round robin with interrupts, RTOS Architecture, Task
and task states, Semphores and shared data.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDED SYSTEM: Application of Microcontrollers in interfacing,

Robotics, MCU based measuring instruments. Real Time Operating System for System Design,
Multitasking System, Task Definition in a Multitasking System, Round Robin Scheduling, Full Pre-
emptive Scheduling, Basic study and Features of Commercial RTOS : WINCE and Embedded
Linux.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book K.N. Ayala-The 8051 Microcontroller. Penram International.
Reference book M.A. Mazidi and J.G. Mazidi-The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems, Pearson Education
Asia.
David simon-An Embedded software Primer. Pearson Education Asia.
J.W. Valvano Brooks/Cole-Embedded Microcomputer Systems Thomson LearningTM

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [113]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 409 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING

C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To know about. Sampling is usually carried out in two stages, discretization and quantization..
2. To know about the Convolution of discretetime
signals simply becomes multiplication of their ztransforms.
Systematic method for finding
the impulse response of LTI systems
2. To design IIR filter design using approximation of derivative method and impulse invariant
method.
3. To design a digital FIR filter using Window method and To design digital filters on paper and
implement the design by using MATLAB.
filtering is to improve the quality of signal or to extract information from signal
4. To know about the discrete Fourier transform (DFT) and FFT and how to converts a finite list
of equally spaced samples of a function into
the list of coefficients of a finite combination of complex sinusoids.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Able to understand Discrete time processing of Continuoustime
signals, Continuous time Processing of discrete signals, changing the
sampling rate using discretetime
Processing
2. Understand circular convolution, its relationship to linear convolution, and how circular
convolution can be achieved via the discrete Fourier transform.
3. Able to implement digital filters in a variety of forms:Direct
form I &II, Parallel, Cascade and lattice structure
4. Able to design a digital FIR filter using Window method.
5. Able to analyze signals using the discrete Fourier transform (DFT).Able to understand the
decimation in time and frequency FFT algorithms for efficient computation of the DFT.
Unit -1 (7 Hours) SAMPLING - Discrete time processing of Continuous-time signals, continuous-time processing of
discrete-time signals, changing the sampling rate using discrete-time processing.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) TRANSFORM ANALYSIS OF LTI SYSTEMS - Introduction, The frequency response of LTI
systems, System functions for systems characterized by LCCD (Linear Constant Coefficient
Difference) equations, All-pass system, Minimum-Phase systems, Linear systems with linear phase.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) STRUCTURES FOR DISCRETE-TIME SYSTEMS- Block diagram and signal flow graph
representation of LCCD (LCCD – Linear Constant Coefficient Difference) equations, Basic
structures for IIR and FIR systems, Transposed forms.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) FILTER DESIGN TECHNIQUES - Introduction, Analog filter Design: Butterworth and
Chebyshev.IIR filter design by impulse invariance and bilinear transformation. Design of FIR filters
by Windowing: Rectangular, Hanning, Hamming and Kaiser.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) The Discrete Fourier transforms (DFT), Properties of the DFT, Linear Convolution using DFT.
Efficient computation of the DFT: Decimation–in-Time and Decimation-in frequency FFT
Algorithms. Processing of speech signals: Vocoders, linear predictive coders.

List of Expt. 10
Text Book 1. Proakis, Manolakis, “Digital Signal Processing: Principals, Algorithms And Applications”, 4th ed.,
Pearson Education. (2006)
2. Oppenheim, Schafer, “Discrete Time Signal Processing”, 3rd ed. , PHI (2010)
Reference book
Schafer, Buck-Discrete Time signal Processing, Pearson Education Asia.
Prokis and Monolakis-Digital Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithms and Application, Prentice
hall of India.
S.K. Mitra-Digital Signal Processing. Tata Mc-Graw Hill.
Rabiner and Gold-Theory and Applications of Digital Signal Processing, Prentice Hall of India.
Lathi-Signal Processing and Linear System, Oxford Univ Pren.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [114]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [115]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 451 SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB-II C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To enable the students to understand various Digital Signal Processing Concepts.
2. To enable design digital filters and implement the design using MATLAB.
3. To enable the students to understand various system modeling using Simulink.
4. To enable the students to understand various real time DSP applications using TMS320C67xx DSP
Kits.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Be able to apply the MATLAB programming to solve practical DSP problems.
2. Be able to design a digital FIR and IIR filters using MATLAB.
3. Be able to design a digital FIR filters using TMS320C67xx DSP Kits.
4. Be able to apply the Filter design toolbox to solve practical problems.
S. No. List of Experiments
Modeling and simulation using MAT LAB
1. To carry out convolution in both continuous time and discrete time systems.
Realising a given block diagram having multiplier, adder/subtractor and system
2. (Discrete/Continuous)
with given Impulse response. Calculating output for given input.
3. Perform various keying Techniques: PSK, ASK, FSK & MSK.
4. To simulate the transmitter and receiver for BPSK
5. To design and simulate FIR digital filter (LP/HP).
6. To design and simulate IIR digital filter (LP/HP).
DSP Lab using TMS320C6XXX DSP Kits
7. To study the architecture of TMS320C6XXX DSP kits using Bloom with DSP.
8. To generate wave form (SINE, COSINE, SQUARE & TRIANGULAR).
9. Verification of Sampling Theorem.
10 Verification of linear/circular convolution.
List of Expt. 10

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [116]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 453 MICROCONTROLLER LAB C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
To introduce to students the basics of microprocessor and microcontroller
Programming and their applications.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
The students will be equipped with the basic knowledge of microprocessor and
microcontroller interfacing and their applications.
S. No. List of Experiments
1. Write a program to add two 2-byte numbers with a 3-byte sum.
2. Write a program to add an array of 8 numbers using loop.
3. Write a program to convert temperature from Fahrenheit to Centigrade.
4. Implement a sequencer traffic light controller.
5-6. Implement real time interrupt.
7-8. Interface microcontroller with stepper motor and move motor by given steps.
9-10. Interface, test and control LED display with Microcontroller.
11-12. Implement a watchdog timer and test the same to check infinite loop.
List of Expt. 12

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [117]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS C(L,T,P) =2(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. To educate students with fundamental concepts of Data Base Design

2.To analyze Data Base design methodology

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. Brief knowledge about SQL Fundamentals.
2. Unary & Binary table operations.
3. Able to handle with different Data Base languages.
4. Table View, Log & Triggers.
5. Introduction to different Database packages(Oracle/ MySql/ DB2/ etc)
6. Commit & Rollback.
7. Handling online Transactions.
8. Database connectivity with front-end.
9. Embedded and Nested Queries.
10. Mini Database project.
Unit -1 (7 Hours) Introduction to Databases and Transactions- What is database system, purpose of database system,
view of data, relational databases, database architecture, transaction management, The importance of
data models, Basic building blocks, Business rules, The evolution of data models, Degrees of data
abstraction.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Database design and ER Model:overview, ER-Model, Constraints, ER-Diagrams, ERD Issues, weak
entity sets, Codd’s rules, Relational Schemas, Introduction to UML Relational database model:
Logical view of data, keys, integrity rules. Relational Database design: features of good relational
database design, atomic domain and Normalization (1NF, 2NF, 3NF, BCNF).

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Relational algebra: introduction, Selection and projection, set operations, renaming, Joins, Division,
syntax, semantics. Operators, grouping and ungrouping, relational comparison. Calculus: Tuple
relational calculus, Domain relational Calculus, calculus vs algebra, computational capabilities.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) What is constraints, types of constrains, Integrity constraints, Views: Introduction to views, data
independence, security, updates on views, comparison between tables and views SQL: data
definition, aggregate function, Null Values, nested sub queries, Joined relations. Triggers.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Transaction management: ACID properties, serializability and concurrency control, Lock based
concurrency control (2PL, Deadlocks),Time stamping methods, optimistic methods, database
recovery management.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book A Silberschatz, H Korth, S Sudarshan, “Database System and Concepts”, fifth Edition
McGraw-Hill ,
Reference book Rob, Coronel, “Database Systems”, Seventh Edition, Cengage Learning.

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [118]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 407 VLSI DESIGN C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
To introduce the principles of VLSI Design which are used in practical world for Integrated Circuit
manufacturing .
To familiarize students with the fundamental concepts and terminology of fabrication of NMOS and
CMOS Devices
To understand the advantage of CMOS Technology and to understand how the VHDL language works in
IC Technology
To provide a thorough understanding and working knowledge of design, implementation, analysis and
comparison of IC designing and
implementation of it in real world

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

Understand the general introduction to VLSI design and fabrication process of NMOS and CMOS circuits.
How the MOSFET works by studying electrical properties of MOS circuits and CMOS logic circuits.
To understand how to design the different logic gates using CMOS technology and designing of Memory
latches and Registers.
Understanding of the back end tool of VLSI and layout designing

Unit -1 (7 Hours) INTRODUCTION TO MOS TECHNOLOGY- Basic MOS transistors, Enhancement Mode
transistor action, Depletion Mode transistor action, NMOS and CMOS fabrication

Unit -2 (7 Hours) BASIC ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF MOS CIRCUITS- Ids versus Vds relationship,
Aspects of threshold voltage, Transistor Transconductance gm. The nMOS inverter, Pull up to Pull-
down ratio for a NMOS Inverter and CMOS Inverter (Bn/Bp), MOS transistor circuit Model, Noise
Margin.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) CMOS LOGIC CIRCUITS- The inverter, Combinational Logic, Nand Gate NOR gate, Compound
Gates, 2 input CMOS Multiplexer, Memory latches and registers, Transmission Gate, Gate delays,
CMOS-Gate Transistor sizing, Power dissipation.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Basic physical design of simple Gates and Layout issues. Layout issues for inverter, Layout for
Nand and NOR Gates, Complex Logic gates Layout, Layout optimization for performance.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Introduction to VHDL, Prolog and other design tools. VHDL Code for simple Logic gates, flip-
flops, shift registers.

List of Expt. 10
Text Book Principles of CMOS Vlsi Design, Neil H.E.Weste, Pearson
Reference book Stephen Brown and Zvonlo Veranesic-Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design, Tata Mc-
Graw Hill.

Schafer, Buck-Discrete Time signal Processing, Pearson Education Asia.

Prokis and Monolakis-Digital Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithms and Application, Prentice
hall of India.
S.K. Mitra-Digital Signal Processing. Tata Mc-Graw Hill.
Rabiner and Gold-Theory and Applications of Digital Signal Processing, Prentice Hall of India.
Lathi-Signal Processing and Linear System, Oxford Univ Pren.

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [119]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 411 IC TECHNOLOGY C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To provide an overview of the different processes involved in wafer preparation along with the
methods which makes wafer suitable for fabrication purpose.
2. To provide the understanding of kinetics involved in oxidation of SiO2 and diffusion of various
dopants needed in fabrication.
3. To provide knowledge of the deposition of dielectric and polysilicon thick layer using chemical
vapour deposition. Further, the epitaxial
4. To provide the knowledge of photo/optical lithography and dry & wet etching,
5. To provide the knowledge of VLSI process integration using contact and interconnect metallization.
Further, different IC Technology isintroduced along with their comparison.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. The students will be familiar with wafer prepration mehods. They can understand the
requirement of different processing steps used to improve wafer properties prior to fabrication.
2. They will be able to understand the advantages of depositing oxide layer over the wafer
surface along with kinetics of oxidation and diffusion.
3. They will be able to understand the process involved in thick and thin films along with the
advantages/disadvantages of these layers.
4. They will understand the steps involved in designing of particular circuit over wafer surface
using lithography, masking and etching.
5. They will understand different IC technologies and their comparison. Further, they will
understand why the CMOS technology is best suited for fabrication.
Unit -1 (7 Hours) INTRODUCTION TO TECHNOLOGIES- Semiconductor Substrate-Crystal defects, Electronic
Grade Silicon, Czochralski Growth, Float Zone Growth, Characterization and evaluation of
Crystals; Wafer Preparation- Silicon Shaping, Etching and Polishing, Chemical cleaning.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) DIFFUSION and ION IMPLANTATION- Ficks diffusion Equation in One Dimension, Atomic
model, Analytic Solution of Ficks Law, correction to simple theory , Diffusion in SiO2. Ion
Implantation and Ion Implantation Systems Oxidation. Growth mechanism and Deal-Grove Model
of oxidation, Linear and Parabolic Rate co-efficient, Structure of SiO2, Oxidation techniques and
system, Oxide properties.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION and LAYER GROWTH- CVD for deposition of
dielectric and polysilicon – a simple CVD system, Chemical equilibrium and the law of mass
action, Introduction to atmospheric CVD of dielectric, low pressure CVD of dielectric and
semiconductor. Epitaxy-Vapour Phase Expitaxy, Defects in Epitaxial growth, Metal Organic
Chemical Vapor Deposition, Molecular beam epitaxy.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) PATTERN TRANSFER- Introduction to photo/optical lithography, Contact/ proximity printers,
Projection printers, Mask generation, photoresists. Wet etching, Plasma etching, Reaction ion
etching.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) VLSI PROCESS INTEGRATION- Junction and Oxide Isolation, LOCOS methods, Trench
Isolation, SOI; Metallization, Planarization. Fundamental consideration for IC Processing, NMOS
IC Technology, CMOS IC Technology, Bipolar IC Technology.

List of Expt. 10
Text Book 1.Vlsi Technology, Sze, TMH
2. Semiconductor Devices: Modelling And Technology, Nandita Dasgupta, Amitava Dasgupta, PHI
3. Fundamentals Of Semiconductor Fabrication, Gary S. May, S.M.Sze, John Wiley & Sons
4. Semiconductor Devices: Physics And Technology, Simon M. Sze, John Wiley & Sons
5. Introduction To System Design Using Integrated Circuits, Sonde, B.S., New Age International
Reference book S.M. Sze-VLSI Technology, Tata Mc-Graw Hill.
D. Nagchoudhary-principles of Microelectronic Technology, Wheeler Publishing.
Stephen A Campbell-The Science and Engineering of Microelectronic Fabrication, Oxford
University Press.
Hong Xiao-Introduction to Semiconductor Manufacturing, Prentice Hall India.
Kang- CMOS circuit design, Tata Mc-Graw Hill.
Razoni-Design of CMOS Analog Integrated Circuit.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [120]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [121]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 402 OPTICAL COMMUNICATION C(L,T,P) =3(3,1,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1.To provide a general introduction of basic optical communication and lay the foundation to understand
the various fabrication processes in optical fibers and the basic materials information used for optical
fibers
2. To study about optical sources like LED and LASER Diodes
3 To learn the methods for optical detectors like PIN and Avalanche photo diodes..
4. To give knowledge of link design for optical fiber communication systems and introduce methods for
optical couplings, joints, connectors,
multiplexers and their applications.
5. To learn the laboratory measurement methods of various optical parameters and as well as field method
using OTDR equipment
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1.An ability to understand the principle of optical wave propagation, characteristics of different types of
optical fibers and its manufacturing techniques with use of different types of materials
2. An ability to know the use of appropriate optical source for particular industrial applications with
optimum efficiency
3. An ability to understand the different techniques of optical detection and receivers use in optical fiber
engineering
4. An ability to know the process of optical joints, splicing, connectors, coupling and multiplexing to
design the optical link for particular
applications.
5. An ability to understand the laboratory and field measurement techniques of different optical
parameters for link design.
Unit -1 (7 Hours) OPTICAL FIBERS - Basic optical laws and definitions, Principles of light propagation in fibers,
Ray theory, Optical fiber modes and configurations, Step index and graded index fibers, Monomode
and multimode fibers, Fiber materials, fiber fabrication, Fiber optic cables. Attenuation, signal
distortion in optical fibers, Dispersion-intra modal and inter modal, Dispersion shifted and flattened
fiber.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) OPTICAL SOURCES - LED’s- Structure, Materials, Characteristics, Modulation, Power and
efficiency, Laser Diodes - Basic concept, Hetro Structure, properties and modulation.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) OPTICAL DETECTORS - PIN and Avalanche photo diodes, photo detector noise, detector
response time, Avalanche multiplication noise. Photo diode materials. Fundamental of Optical
Receiver Operation.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) OPTICAL FIBER COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS- Source to fiber coupling, fiber to fiber
joints, fiber splicing, fiber connectors. Principal components. Link design calculation, Applications,
Wavelength division multiplexing.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) OPTICAL FIBER MEASUREMENTS: Measurements of Fiber attenuation, Dispersion, refractive
index profile, Numerical aperture and diameter.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book J.M. Senior, Optical Fiber Communication: Principles and Practice, Pearson Education. (2011).
Reference book 1. R.P. Khare, Fiber Optics & Optoelectronics, Oxford Publications. (2010) .
2. Gerd keiser, “Optical communications Essentials”, ISBN: 00714120402,
McGrawHill
publication, 2nd edition (2003).
3. Joseph C Palais, Fiber Optics Communication, PHI.
4. A.Ghatak & K.Thygarajan, Introduction to Fiber Optics, Cambridge University Press.

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [122]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 404 RADAR AND TV ENGINEERING C(L,T,P) =4(3,1,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To get the knowledge of working of principle Radar and its components, frequency range, application
2. To get the knowledge of working of principles of different types of Radar and relative comparison. Use
of radar in navigational add and air
traffic control.
3. To get the knowledge of working principles of black and white Television engineering, Composite
video signal and its generation and
processing for broadcasting
4. To get the knowledge of different circuits used in TV transmitter and receiver.
5. To get the working principle of color TV, color signal generation and processing for transmission.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1 Understand the working of Radar. The terminology used in Radar engineering
2 Understand the working of Black & white as well as color TV. The terminology used in TV engineering.
3 Able to design different TV circuits..
4. Able to diagnose different Faults in TV receiver.

Unit -1 (7 Hours) RADAR - Radar Block diagram, frequencies and applications. Radar range equation. Continuous
wave (CW) and FM radar; Moving target indicator (MTI): Delay line cancellers, blind velocity
Pulse Doppler Radar. Tracking radar sequential lobbing, Conical scan and monopulse radar, Types
of display, Radar receivers, Noise figure.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) NAVIGATIONAL AIDS - Principle of operation of Radar direction finder and range
system.LORAN system, DME, TACAN, Aircraft landing systems.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) TV ENGINEERING- Theory of scanning standards, Principles of Monochrome and colour T.V.
system (PAL, SECAM, NTSC). Composite video signal analysis. T.V Cameras: Image orthicon,
plumbicon, vidicon. CCD camera tubes. Types of Monochrome and colour picture tubes, set-up
adjustments. LCD and Plasma displays

Unit -4 (7 Hours) . TV ENGINEERING- Theory of scanning standards, Principles of Monochrome and colour T.V.
system (PAL, SECAM, NTSC). Composite video signal analysis. T.V Cameras: Image orthicon,
plumbicon, vidicon. CCD camera tubes. Types of Monochrome and colour picture tubes, set-up
adjustments. LCD and Plasma displays

Unit -5 (7 Hours) . TV RECEIVER: Functional block diagram of T.V. receiver, R.F. Tuner, I.F. amplifier, Video
detector, video amplifier, AGC, Synch. Separation, Sync. Processing and AFC. Deflection
oscillators, vertical and horizontal deflection and sound system circuits. EHT generation. Common
faults and their diagnosis. Basic idea of HDTV, DBS-TV and 3D-TV.

List of Expt. 10
Text Book Radar Principles, By Peyton Z. Peebles, Oxford
• Radar HandBOOK, By Merrill I. Skolnik, Oxford
• Television Engineering And Video System, By Rg Gupta, TMH
• Television & Video Engineering, By Dhake, TMH
• Modern Television Practice – Principle, R.R. Gulati, New Age
• Monochrome And Colour Tv, By R.R. Gulati, New Age
• Components, And Circuits HandBOOK (Hardcover), By Ferril Losee, New Age
Reference book M.I.Skolink - 'Introduction to Radar System', Mc-Graw Hill.
N.S. Nagaraja - 'Elements of Electronic navigation', Tata Mc-Graw hill.
R.R. Gulati - Monochromic and Colour Television, Wiley Eastem.
Dhake - television Engineering. Tata Mc-Graw Hill

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [123]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015

Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [124]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 454 WIRELESS COMMUNICATION LAB C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To conduct the experiment on antenna kit to find out characteristics of different types of antennas.
2. To study and design antenna using software.
3. To study the working and calculate parameters on radar and CDMADSSS trainer kit.
4. To make the satellite link and transmit & receive audio and video signal.
5. To study the GPS receiver working.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. An ability to find out the characteristics parameters of different types of antennas..
2. An ability to understand the antenna software and simulate the program to find out results.
3. An ability to understand the concept and find out parameter results of radar and CDMA techniques..
4. An ability to setup a satellite link and broadcasting audio & video signals.
5. An ability to understand principle of GPS system and its application in various systems.
S. No. List of Experiments
1. PART I:Measurement of antenna characteristics:
Radiation Pattern on polar plots, Beam width and Gain of main lobe for the following types of
antennas.
Half wave and quarter wave dipole
Folded dipole
Yagi UDA multiple element folded dipole
Hertz Antenna
End fire array and broad side array

2. PART-II: Measurement of antenna characteristics:

Helix antenna
Paraboloid reflector antenna
Loop antenna
Ground plane antenna
Log periodic antenna
Rhombus antenna
Slot antenna
3. Demonstration of modeling of wire antenna using appropriate design software.
4. Simulation of antenna arrays using appropriate software.
5. Design and testing of microstrip rectangular patch antenna using appropriate software.
6. Investigate the transmission characteristics of the link and measure the gain of the microstrip patch
antennas. Draw the antenna radiation diagram.
7. Radar Trainer: Working of Doppler radar, velocity of moving object, time and frequency
measurement and other applications.
8. Study of LED TV Trainer
9. To perform Modulation, Demodulation and BER measurement using CDMA – DSSS Trainer.
10. To establish analog/digital communication link and transmit and receive three signals (audio, video,
tone) simultaneously using Satellite Communication Trainer.
11. To study GPS Receiver, establishing link between GPS satellite and GPS trainer and measure of
latitude and longitude

List of Expt. 11
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [125]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 452 VLSI AND OPTICAL FIBER LAB C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1. To develop the understanding that, how to design schematic level circuit of a digital integrated circuit
basic building blocks using EDA tools.
2. To familiarize the students with the designing of layouts for digital circuits.
3. To develop the understanding of the static and dynamic characterization and power dissipation
performance evaluation of logic circuits.
4. To provide detailed understanding of VHDL modeling, simulation, and synthesis and FPGA
implementation of digital integrated circuit micro and macro building blocks.
5. To develop ability of establishing optical fibre analog and digital links.
6. To develop the understanding of performance evaluation of components of analog and digital optical
fibre links
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1.Knowing schematic level design, implementation, performance characterization and component level
parameter optimization of digital IC basic building blocks.
3. Layout designing and parasitic extraction and performance evaluation of layouts of digital logic circuits.
4. VHDL modeling and FPGA implementation of digital IC building blocks.
5. Understanding of frontend and backend EDA design tools
6.Establishing analog and digital link and performance evaluation of these links.
S. No. List of Experiments
1. To set up Fiber Optic Analog link.
2. To set up fiber Optic Digital link.
3. Measurement of Propagation loss and numerical aperture.
4. Characterization of laser diode and light emitting diode.
5. Xilinx Simulation of VHDL Programming of Adders and Subtractors.
6. Xilinx Simulation of VHDL Programming of Encoder and Decoder
7. Xilinx Simulation of VHDL Programming of MUX and DEMUX
8. Xilinx Simulation of VHDL Programming of Code Converter
9. Xilinx Simulation of VHDL Programming of Flip Flops
10. Xilinx Simulation of VHDL Programming of Shift Registers
11. Xilinx Simulation of VHDL Programming of Counters

12. Xilinx Simulation of VHDL Programming of Finite State Machines.

List of Expt. 12
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written
examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [126]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

CP 419 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE C(L,T,P) =2(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
Use various symbolic knowledge representation to specify domains and reasoning tasks of a situated
software agent.
o Use different logical systems for inference over formal domain representations, and trace how a
particular inference algorithm works on a given problem specification.
o Understand the conceptual and computational trade-offs between the expressiveness of different
formal representations.
Transferable skills: Upon completion, students will be able to:
o Use key logic-based techniques in a variety of research settings;
o communicate scientific knowledge at different levels of abstraction.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
Use and apply current technical concepts and practices in core computing and information technologies.
Analyze a problem, and identify and define the computing requirements appropriate to its solution.
Design, implement, and evaluate computer based systems, processes, components, and programs both in
teams and individually to meet desired outcomes.
Unit -1 (7 Hours) INTRODUCTION TO AI KNOWLEDGE- Importance of AI, Knowledge Base System
Knowledge organization and manipulation, Conceptual Introduction to LISP and other AI
programming Languages.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION- Syntax Semantics, Inference Rules, Non-deductive

Inference methods, and representations using rules, forward chaining and backward chaining. Fuzzy
Logic and Natural languages computations. Probabilistic Reasoning. Object Oriented
Representations.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) KNOWLEDGE ORGANIZATION and MANIPULATION- Search and control strategies,
matching techniques, knowledge organization and management, Genetic Algorithms based search
techniques.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) KNOWLEDGE SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE- Rule based, non-production, uncertainty

knowledge system building tools.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) KNOWLEDGE ACQUISITION- General Concepts, learning by induction.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book AI and ES- Dan W.Patterson, Prentice Hall of India.

Reference book Luger- Artificial Intelligence, Pearson Education.

Jockson- Introduction Expert Systems, Pearson Education
Rich and Knigh- Artifical Intelligence, Tata Mc-Graw Hill.

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [127]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

REMOTE SENSING C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. To provide exposure to students in gaining knowledge on concepts and applications leading to modeling
of earth resources management using Remote Sensing

2. To acquire skills in storing, managing digital data for planning and development.

3. To acquire skills in advance techniques such as hyper spectral, thermal and LiDAR scanning for
mapping, modeling and monitoring.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Fully equipped with concepts, methodologies and applications of Remote Sensing Technology.

2. Prepare the candidates for National and Global Employability

3. Acquire skills in handling instruments, tools, techniques and modeling while using Remote Sensing
Technology

4. It empowers the candidate with confidence and leadership qualities.

Unit -1 (7 Hours) Overview of Remote Sensing Technology - An Introduction History, Concepts, Conventional
methods of survey, Advantages of Remote Sensing. Physics of Remote Sensing - Electromagnetic
energy, EMR interaction-atmospheric, atmospheric scattering, skylight & Haze, Solar and
Terrestrial Radiation. Spectral Response Patterns ó reflectance of Earth surface features in different
wavelength regions of the EMR

Unit -2 (7 Hours) History of Space Imagery - Sensors, Types of Satellites, MeteorologicaL Satellites, Remote Sensing
in India, Future Missions, Overview of imageries from various satellites- LANDSAT, IRS series,
SPOT, MODIS, TERRA, IKONOS, ERS Etc.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Data Acquisition systems - IFOV, Scanners and Scanning mechanisms, Data formats, Satellite
Orbits. Optical Remote Sensing - Types of Resolution, Types of sensors and Platforms

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Thermal Remote Sensing: Basics concepts, Thermal Inertia: Temperature From Radiance Values -
Thermal Sensors, Scanners, Optomechanical CCD Arrays. Microwave Remote Sensing : Basic
Concepts, Micro Wave Sensors – Micro Wave Radiometers - Geometric Characteristics, Spectral,
Spatial resolution, SLAR, SAR Satellite Altimeters - Scatterometer and Airborne Sensors.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Principles of Image Interpretation: Decoding of Different Imagery – Elements of Image
Interpretation - Techniques of Visual Interpretation.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book Alexay Bunkin & Konstantin Volia.K, - Laser Remote Sensing of the Ocean Methods &
Publications. John & Wiley & Sons, N.Y.
Reference book American Society Of Photogrammetry, 1983: Manual Of Remote Sensing (2nd Edition), ASP Falls
Church, Virginia

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [128]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 406 DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN USING VHDL C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1.To introduce fundamentals of hardware description language
2. To understand the different circuit building blocks of combinational circuits with coding.
3. To understand the different circuit building blocks of sequencial circuits with coding.
4. To understand the design of different sequencial circuits with specific machine i.e. Moore and Mealy
etc.
5. To introduce the use and organization of memory in VHDL
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Enable students to model a digital System
2. Ability of the student to write VHDL model independently
3. The course will able to deliver information and design concept of Moore and Meelay Finite state
machines and their practical application in Vending Machine
Unit -1 (7 Hours) INTRODUCTION – Fundamental and history of various hardware description language, Design
flow of ASICs and and standard logic circuits using software.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) COMBINATIONAL CIRCUIT BUILDING BLOCKS- Multiplexer, Decoders, encoders, Code
Converters, VHDL Code for Combinational Circuits.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) SEQUENCIAL CIRCUITS: VHDL code for Flip-Flops, shift registers, Counters.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) SYNCHRONOUS/ ASYNCHRONOUS SEQUENCIAL CIRCUITS: Mealy and Moore type
FSMs, VHDL Code for Mealy and Moore Machines, VHDL Codes for Serial Adder, Vending
Machine.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN- Building Block circuits, Memory organization, SRAM, Design
examples of divider, Multiplier, Shifting and Sorting Operations, Clock Synchronization, CPU
organization and design concepts.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book Stephen Brown and Zvonki Vranesic-Fundamentals of Digital Logic circuit VHDL Design, Tata
Mc-Graw Hill.

Reference book Z.Navabi-Analysis and Modeling of Digital Systems, Tata Mc-Graw Hill.
D.L.Perry-VHDL 3rd cd., Tata Mc-Graw Hill.
Morris Mano-Digital Logic and Computer Design, Prentice Hall of India.

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [129]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

NANOELECTRONICS C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
To learn and understand basic and advance concepts of nanoelectronics.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
The students should be able to understand basic and advanced concepts of nanoelectronic devices, sensors
and transducers and their applications in nanotechnology.
Unit -1 (7 Hours) QUANTUM DEVICES Charge and spin in single quantum dots- Coulomb blockade– Electrons in mesoscopic
structures - single electron transfer devices (SETs) – Electron spin transistor – resonant tunnel diodes, tunnel
FETs - quantum interference transistors (QUITs) - quantum dot cellular automata (QCAs) - quantum bits
(qubits).

Unit -2 (7 Hours) NANOELECTRONIC DEVICES Electronic transport in 1,2 and 3 dimensions- Quantum confinement - energy
subbands - Effective mass - Drude conduction - mean free path in 3D - ballistic conduction - phase coherence
length - quantized conductance - Buttiker-Landauer formula- electron transport in pn junctions - short channel
NanoTransistor –MOSFETs - Advanced MOSFETs - Trigate FETs, FinFETs - CMOS.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) MOLECULAR NANOELECTRONICS Electronic and optoelectronic properties of molecular materials -
Electrodes & contacts – functions – molecular electronic devices - elementary circuits using organic molecules-
Organic materials based rectifying diode switches – TFTs- OLEDs- OTFTs – logic switches.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) SPINTRONICS Spin tunneling devices - Magnetic tunnel junctions- Tunneling spin polarization - Giant
tunneling using MgO tunnel barriers - Tunnel-based spin injectors - Spin injection and spin transport in hybrid
nanostructures - spin filters -spin diodes - Magnetic tunnel transistor - Memory devices and sensors -
ferroelectric random access memory- MRAMS -Field Sensors - Multiferro electric sensors- Spintronic
Biosensors.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) NANOELECTRONIC ARCHITECTURES AND COMPUTATIONS Architecture Principles: Mono and Multi
processor systems – Parallel data processing – Power Dissipation and Parallelism – Classic systolic arrays -
Molecular devices-properties - Self-organization – Size dependent - limitations. Computation: Monte Carlo
Simulations- Computational methods and Simulations from ab initio to multiscale Modeling- Modeling of
Nanodevices.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book 1. Introduction to Nanoelectronics: Science, Nanotechnology, Engineering, and Applications by
Vladimir V. Mitin, Viatcheslav
Reference book 2. Nanotechnology and Nanoelectronics - Materials, Devices, Measurement Techniques by
Wolfgang Fahrner

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [130]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

CP 430 COMPUTER NETWORKS C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1 To familiarize students with the fundamental concepts and terminology about Computer Networking and
about the Queuing Model systems
2. To make students aware about the Data link layer.

3. To make students aware about the Medium layer.

4.. To make students aware about the Network layer.
5. To make students aware about the ATM Networks.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1 Understand the Fundamental concept of Computer Networking and
2. Understand the concepts about Data link layer.
3 Understand the concepts of Medium layer.
4. Understand the concepts of Network layer.

5. Understand the concepts of ATM Networks.

Unit -1 (7 Hours) QUEUING THEORY- Network, Network Protocols, Edge, Access Networks and Physical Media
Protocol Layers and their services models, Internet Backbones, NAP's and ISPs

Unit -2 (7 Hours) DATA LINK LAYER- Application Layer: Protocol and Service provided by application layer,
transport protocols. The World Wide Web.
HTTP, Message formats, User Server Interaction and Web caches.
FTP commands and replies.
Electronic Mail, SMTP, Mail Message Formats and MIME and Mail Access Protocols
DNS The internet's directory service DNS records and Message.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) MEDIUM LAYER- Transport Layer: Transport Layer Service and Principles, Multiplexing and
Demultiplexing applications,
Connectionless Transport. UDP Segment structure and UDP Checksum. Principles of Reliable Data
Transfer-Go back to N and Selective Repeat.
Connection Oriented Transport TCP Connection and Segment Structure, Sequence Numbers and
acknowledgement numbers, Telnet, Round trip time and timeout. TCP connection management

Unit -4 (7 Hours) NETWORK LAYER- Network Layer and Routing: Network service model, Routing principles. Link
State routing Algorithm, A distant Vector routing and OSPF algorithm.
Router Components; Input Prot, Switching fabric and output port. IPV6 Packet format. Point To
Point Protocol (PPP), transition States, PPP Layers-Physical Layer and Data Link Layer, Link
Control Protocols. LCP Packets and options.
Authentication PAP and CHAP, Network Control Protocol (NCP).

Unit -5 (7 Hours) ATM NETWORKS- Sonet/SDH: Synchronous Transport Signals. Physical configuration-SONET
Devices, Sections, Lines and Paths.
SONET Layers-Photonic Layer, section layer, line layer, path layer and device layer relationship.
Sonet Frame format. Section overhead, Line overhead and path overhead. Virtual Tributaries and
types of VTs.

List of Expt. 10
Text Book 1. Computer Network, Leon And Garcia, TMH
2.Data Communication And Networking(Sie), Forouzan, TMH
3.Computer Network, Tanenbaum, Pearson
4. Computer Networking, Kurose, Pearson
5. Computer Networking And Inernet, Halsell, Pearson
6. Digital Telephony, 3rd Ed, James Irvine & David Harle, Wiley
7. Line Communication System: Telecommunication Switching Approach, Das, Apurba,
New Age
8. Telecommunication Switching And Networks, Gnanasivam, New Age
Reference book 1. Computer Network, Leon And Garcia, TMH

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [131]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

2.Data Communication And Networking(Sie), Forouzan, TMH

3.Computer Network, Tanenbaum, Pearson

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [132]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

CP 457 Computer Networks LAB C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The objective of the course are:
1.To study fundamental of protocol architecture.
2. To design and develop the algorithms for various network.
3. To simulate the network protocols to find the desire result.
4. To study the LAN training kit to find the throughput of protocols.
5. To study fundamental of protocol architecture.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1 An ability to understand the various types of protocols and their uses.
2. An ability to various algorithms of different tasks.
3. An ability to make program to simulate the protocol architecture to find throughputs.
4. An ability to install different sever for different uses.
S.No. List of Experiments
1. The lab is to be conducted in Perl programming language, Perl works on all platforms (including
windows)
2. Write few basic programs of Perl.
a. A Hello World Program
b. Write a program to add to 10 numbers.
c. Write a program of reading input from the keyboard and displaying them on monitor.
d. Write a program to take two strings as input and compare them
3. To understand advance constructs of Perl
e. Write a program to create a list of your course (all theory courses in current semester) using array
and print them.
f. Write a program to accept ten number, store it into a hash table (Perl have itself) and when asked
by user tell him that number exists or not. (do not store duplicate numbers)
g. Write a program to compute the number of lines in a file.
4. Find the IP address of a host or turn an IP address into a name.
5. Connect to an FTP server and get or put files. Automate the one-time transfer of many files to
download the file everyday, which have changed since yesterday. (use Net: FTP)
6. Write a program to send mail. The programs should monitor system resources like disk space and
notify admin by mail when disk space becomes dangerously low. (use Net: mail)
7. Fetch mail from a POP3 server (use Net: pop 3)
8. Find out who owns a domain (use Net: whois, Whois is a service provided by domain name
registration authorities to identify owners of domain names)
9. Test whether a machine is alive. machine can be specified using IP address or domain name of
machine.
10. You have a URL that fetch its content from a Perl script, convert it to ASCII text (by stripping
html tags) and display it.
11. Writing a TCP Client, Writing a TCP Server and communicate some data over TCP
List of Expt. 10
Text Book 1. Computer Network, Leon And Garcia, TMH
2.Data Communication And Networking(Sie), Forouzan, TMH
3.Computer Network, Tanenbaum, Pearson
4. Computer Networking, Kurose, Pearson
5. Computer Networking And Inernet, Halsell, Pearson
6. Digital Telephony, 3rd Ed, James Irvine & David Harle, Wiley
7. Line Communication System: Telecommunication Switching Approach, Das, Apurba,
New Age
8. Telecommunication Switching And Networks, Gnanasivam, New Age
Reference book 1. Computer Network, Leon And Garcia, TMH
2.Data Communication And Networking(Sie), Forouzan, TMH
3.Computer Network, Tanenbaum, Pearson

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [133]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015

Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [134]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 501 MOS VLSI C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. To bring both Circuits and System views on design together.
2. It offers a profound understanding of the design of complex digital VLSI circuits,
computer aided simulation and synthesis tool for hardware design.

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. To be aware about the trends in semiconductor technology, and how it impacts scaling
and performance.
2. Able to learn Layout, Stick diagrams, Fabrication steps, Static and Switching
characteristics of inverters
3. Synthesis of digital VLSI systems from register-transfer or higher level descriptions in
hardware design languages.
4. To understand MOS transistor as a switch and its capacitance. 5. Student will be able to
design digital systems using MOS circuits.

Unit -1 (7 Hours) PROCESS FLOW and MASKING STEPS FOR MOS and CMOS TECHNOLOGIES,
Lambda based design rules. (1) Electrical behavior of MOS transistors, (2) Latch up in CMOS
technology

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Layer properties of various conducting layers in MOS technology (diffusion, poly-silicon and
metal): Sheet resistance, relative capacitance.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Fundamental time constant (t) for a technology. Design and analysis of NMOS (enhancement and
depletion) and CMOS inverters; rationing of transistor size, logic threshold, logic low voltage level,
rise and fall of delays.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) DESIGN OF BASIC GATES IN NMOS TECHNOLOGY. CMOS logic design styles: static
CMOS logic(and, NOR gates), complex gates, domino logic, pseudo NMOS logic ,clocked
CMOS(C2 MOS) logic.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) STRUCTURED LOGIC DESIGN: Programmable arrays. Design of latches and flip-flops, static
memory cell and dynamic memory cell. MOS scaling theory and scaling of interconnection.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book Sung-Mo Kang and Yusuf Leblebici, CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits Analysis and Design,
McGraw-Hill, 1998.
Reference book 1. Neil H.E.Weste and Kamran Eshraghian, Principles of CMOS VLSI Design, Addison
Wesley, 1998.
2. Rabaey et al., Digital Integrated Circuits, Pearson India, 2002.
3. K. Martin, Digital Integrated circuit design, Oxford University press, 2001.
4. A.Mukherji, Introduction to nMOS and CMOS VLSI system design, Prentice Hall Inc.,
5. C.Mead and L.Conway, Introduction to VLSI systems, Addison Wesley, 1986.
6. Glasser and Dobberpuhl, Design and analysis of VLSI circuits, Addison Wesley, 1985

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [135]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 502 COMPUTER-AIDED VLSI DESIGN C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. Introductory course about cad vlsi
2. Different stages in VLSI Design flow
3. Front-end VLSI Design
4. FPGA Design flow
5. CAD for VLSI Design -2
6. Transistor level design issues
7. Logic Synthesis and Static Timing Analysis
8. High-speed circuits and processor architectures
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Establish comprehensive understanding of the various phases of CAD for digital
electronic systems, from digital logic simulation to physical design, including test
and verification.
2. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of fundamental concepts in CAD.
3. Demonstrate knowledge of computational and optimization algorithms and tools
applicable to solving CAD related problems.
4. Establish capability for CAD tool development and enhancement.

Unit -1 (7 Hours) INTRODUCTION : Why design ICs? Technology and economics for IC manufacturing. COMOS
technology-circuit techniques,Power consumption,Design and testability. IC Design Techniques-
Hierarchical design,Data abstraction and computer aided design

Unit -2 (7 Hours) TRANSISTORS and LAYOUT : Design Rules-Fabrication Errors,Scalable design rules, SCMOS
design rules and typical process parameters. Layout Design and Tools-Layout for Circuits,Stick
Diagrams,Hierarchical Stick Diagrams,Layout Design and Analysis Tools and Automated Layout.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) SEQUENTIAL MACHINES: Latches and FlipFlops-Categories of memory elements,Latches and
Flip-Flops. Sequential Systems and clocking disciplines-One phase systems for Flip-Flops, Two-
phase systems for Latches,Advanced clocking analysis and clock generation.Sequential system
Design-structural specification,State Transition Graph,Tables and State assignment.Power
optimization. Design validation and sequential testing.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) SUBSYSTEM DESIGN :Subsystem Design Principles-Pipelining and Data paths. Combinational
shifter,Adders ALUs and Multipliers.High Density Memory-ROM,Static RAM, Three-Transistor
DRAM and one transistor DRAM.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) CHIP DESIGN :Design Methodologies.Kitchen Timer chip-Timer specification and
Architecture,Architecture Design.Logic design,layout design and Design Validation.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book Wayne Wolf: CMOS VLSI Design, PHI, 2008
Reference book J Bhaskar: VHDL Design,
Nawabi: VHDL Design,

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [136]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 503 VLSI TECHNOLOGY C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. To learn in detail about the fabrication of BJT and MOSFET transistors..
2. All the unit process steps involved in planar process starting from silicon crystal
growth to packaging of circuits has to be deal in depth.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. To gain enough knowledge about the basic process of fabrication.
2. Students are expected to design VLSI circuits by keeping technological process
constraints in mind.

Unit -1 (7 Hours) Crystal growth & wafer preparation. Processing considerations: Chemical cleaning, getting the
thermal Stress factors etc.
Epitaxy : Vapors phase Epitaxy Basic Transport processes & reaction kinetics, doping & auto
doping, equipments, & safety considerations, buried layers, epitaxial defects, molecular beam
epitaxy, equipment used, film characteristics, SOI structure.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Oxidation : Growth mechanism & kinetics, Silicon oxidation model, interface considerations,
orientation dependence of oxidation rates thin oxides. Oxides. Oxidation technique & systems dry &
wet oxidation. Masking properties of SiO2.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Diffusion : Diffusion from a chemical source in vapor form at high temperature, diffusion from
doped oxide source, diffusion from an ion implanted layer.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Lithography : Optical Lithography: optical resists, contact & proximity printing, projection
printing, electron lithography: resists, mask generation. Electron optics: roster scans & vector scans,
variable beam shape. X-ray lithography: resists
& printing, X ray sources & masks. Ion lithography

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Etching : Reactive plasma etching, AC & DC plasma excitation, plasma properties, chemistry &
surface interactions, feature size control & apostrophic etching, ion enhanced & induced etching,
properties of etch processing. Reactive Ion Beam etching, Specific etches processes: poly/polycide.
Trench etching,

List of Expt. nil

Text Book “ Sze, ” Modern Semiconductor Device Physics”, John Wiley & Sons, 2000.

Reference book
1. B.G. Streetman, “Solid State Electronics Devices”, Prentice Hall, 2002.
2. Chen, “VLSI Technology” Wiley, March 2003.
3. SK Gandhi, VLSI fabrication principles, John Wiley 1983

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [137]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 505 System Level Design and Modeling of Digital System C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. disciplines for robust digital logic and signaling (e.g., restoration, clocking,
handshaking)
2. where delay, energy, area, and noise arises in gates, memory, and interconnect
3. how to model these physical effects both for back-of-the-envelope design (e.g.
RC and Elmore delay) and detailed simulation (e.g., SPICE)
4. the nature of tradeoffs in optimization
5. how to design and optimize logic, memory, and interconnect structures at the
gate, transistor, and wire level
6. how technology scales and its impact on digital circuits and computer systems

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. Be able to use VLSI design methodologies to understand and design complex digital
systems.
2. Be able to create circuits that realize specified digital functions.
3. Be able to identify logic and technology-specific parameters to control the functionality,
timing, power, and parasitic effects.Be able to complete a significant VLSI design project
having a set of objective criteria & design constraints.

Unit -1 (7 Hours) Sequential Logic Design- Introduction, Basic Bistable Memory Devices,additional bistable devices,
reduced characteristics and excitation table for bistable devices.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Synchronous Sequential Logic Circuit Design: Introduction, Moore, Mealy and Mixed type
Synchronous State Machines. Synchronous sequential design of Moore, Melay Machines,
Synchronous Counter Design.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Data path and Control design. Algorithmic State Machine: An Algorithm with inputs, digital
solution, Implementation of traffic light controller, ASM charts, Design Procedure for ASMs.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Introduction to programmable logic devices: PALs, PLDs, CPLDs and FPGAs.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Introduction to VHDL: Data types, Concurrent statements, sequential statements, behavioral
modelling.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book Zvi Kohavi, Switching and Finite Automata Theory, Tata McGraw-Hill.

Reference book 1. Digital System Design, Ercegovic, Wiley.

2. Richard S. Sandige, Modern Digital Design, McGraw-Hill, 1990.
3. Navabi. Analysis and modeling of digital systems. McGraw Hill, 1998.
4. Perry. Modeling with VHDL. McGraw Hill, 1994.

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [138]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 507 ADVANCED COMPUTER COMMUNICATION C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. Build an understanding of the fundamental concepts of computer networking.
2. Familiarize the student with the basic taxonomy and terminology of the computer
networking area.
3. Allow the student to gain expertise in some specific areas of networking such as
the design and maintenance of individual networks.
4. Introduce the student to advanced networking concepts, preparing the student for
entry Advanced courses in computer networking.

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. Independently understand basic computer network technology.

2. Understand and explain Data Communications System and its components.

3. Identify the different types of network topologies and protocols.

4. Enumerate the layers of the OSI model and TCP/IP. Explain the function(s) of each
layer.
5. Identify the different types of network devices and their functions within a network.
6. Understand and building the skills of subnetting and routing mechanisms.
Unit -1 (7 Hours) Introduction to Reference Models: Introduction to data communication. Concept of analog and
digital signals. Bandwidth. Network architecture. Basics of OSI and TCP/IP reference models.
Example architecture of other reference models.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Transmission media: Wired and wireless connectivity. FDM, TDM and CDMA. Circuit and packet
switching. Frame relay and ATM switching. ISDN.
Local area network protocols. IEEE standards for LAN. Fibre optic networks. Satellite networks.
Data link layer design issues: its functions and protocols.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Protocol and Packet format:

Internet protocol. Routing algorithms. Congestion control algorithms. IP addressing schemes.
Internetworking and sub-netting. Transport and application layer design issues. Connection
management. Transport protocol on top of X.25. File transfer and access management.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Quality of Services:

In ATM, IETF integrated services model, Differentiated services Model. Flow identification, Packet
Classifiers and Filters, Scheduling. Factors affecting QOS parameters and service categories. QOS
classes.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Network Management:

Network Management protocol; SNMP, CMIP, Issues in the management of large networks.
Multicast: IGMP, PIM, DVMRP.Concept of Traffic and service. Traffic and service characteristics
of voice and video data. ATM Traffic descriptors and QOS parameters. Elements of ATM Traffic
management-Traffic contracting, policing and shaping. Ion Beam etching, Specific etches processes:
poly/polycide. Trench etching,

List of Expt. nil

Text Book Stallings: Data communication and Networking
Reference book
1. Charle Kaufman, Radia Perlman, Mike Specines, Uyless Black "Computer Networks:
Protocols Standards and Interfaces " PHI.
2. K.C. Mansfield,J.L. Antonakos " An introduction to computer networking" PHI.
3. Network Systems Design using Network Processor, Douglas Comer, Pearson Education,
ISBN 81-7808-994-7
4. IXP 1200 programming, Erik J. Johnson and Aaron Kunze, Intel Press.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [139]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [140]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 504 ANALOG ICS C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. The operation of the MOS transistor
2. Understand the behaviour of the MOS transistor in circuits
3. Understand how MOS transistors are modelled for CAD tools
4. The analysis of the Single stage amplifiers

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. To analyze quantitatively the behaviour of MOS transistor in various regions of
operation
2. Use the time domain and frequency domain concepts in analysing the circuits

3. To design a CMOS based system, component, or process within realistic

constraints.

Unit -1 (7 Hours) REVIEW OF MOS TRANSISTOR operation models and equivalent circuits. Single-Stage
Amplifiers, Differential Amplifiers. Passive and Active Current Mirrors: Cascode Current mirror,
Wilson Current mirror.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) THEORY and DESIGN OF MOS OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER, Complete CMOS operational
amplifier including frequency compensation. Comparators and Voltage Reference Sources.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) SWITCHED CAPACITOR CIRCUITS: Principles of operation of Switched Capacitor Circuits,
Switched Capacitor Filters.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) D/A and A/D CONVERTERS.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) NONLINEAR ANALOG CIRCUITS: Timers, Function generators, Multipliers and PLL

List of Expt. nil

Text Book P. R. Gray and R. G. Meyer. Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits. McGraw Hill, NY,
1994.
Reference book 1. 2. A. B. Grebene, Bipolar and MOS analog integrated circuits design. John Wiley, 1984.
2. 3. S. Soclof. Analog Integrated Circuits. Prentice Hall Inc. , 1985.

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [141]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC506 ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. Sampling, aliasing and the relationship between discrete and continuous signals
2. Review of Fourier transforms, the Z-transform, FIR and IIR filters, and
oscillators
3. Filter implementation techniques, structures and numerical round-off effects
4. Filter design techniques
5. Auto-correlation, cross-correlation, and power spectrum estimation techniques
6. Linear prediction
7. Wiener filters, LMS adaptive filters, and applications.
8. Multi-rate signal processing and subband transforms.
9. Time-frequency analysis, the short time Fourier transform, and wavelet
transforms.

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. Understanding of the relationship between time and frequency domain
interpretations and implementations of signal processing algorithms
2. Understand and be able to implement adaptive signal processing algorithms
based on second order statistics
3. Be familiar with some of the most important advanced signal processing
techniques, including multi-rate processing and time-frequency analysis
techniques.

Unit -1 (7 Hours) Signals and signal Processing: characterization & classification of signals, typical Signal
Processing operations, example of typical Signals, typical Signals Processing applications.
Time Domain Representation of Signals & Systems: Discrete Time Signals, Operations on
Sequences, the sampling process, Discrete-Time systems, Time-Domain characterization of
LTI Discrete-Time systems, state-space representation of LTI Discrete-Time systems, random
signals.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Transform-Domain Representation of Signals: the Discrete-Time Fourier Transform, Discrete
Fourier Transform, DFT properties, computation of the DFT of real sequences, Linear Convolution
using the DFT. Z-transforms, Inverse z-transform, properties of z-transform, transform domain
representations of random signals

Unit -3 (7 Hours) FIR FILTERS DESIGN: Symmetric and antisymmetric linear phase. FIR filter by rectangular,
triangular and Blackman window functions.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) FINITE WORD LENGTH EFFECTS IN FIR and IIR DIGITAL FILTERS: Quantization, round off
errors and overflow errors.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) MULTI RATE DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING: Concepts, design of practical sampling rate
converters, Decimators, interpolators. Polyphase decompositions.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book Prokis and Monolakis-Digital Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithms and Application, Prentice
hall of India.
Reference book 1. 1. Schafer, Buck-Discrete Time signal Processing, Pearson Education Asia.
2. 3. S.K. Mitra-Digital Signal Processing. Tata Mc-Graw Hill.
3. 4. Rabiner and Gold-Theory and Applications of Digital Signal Processing, Prentice Hall
of India.

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [142]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [143]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC508 SYNTHESIS OF DIGITAL SYSTEM C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. To learn about state-of-the-art techniques and algorithms for synthesis and
verification of digital systems.
2. Topics in synthesis cover high-level and architectural synthesis, decision and
word-level diagrams, combinational logic optimization, and sequential
optimization.
3. Topics in verification include: formal and simulation based verification
techniques; combinational and sequential equivalence checking; model and
property checking; satisfiability (SAT); and functional test generation.

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. An ability to describe, design, simulate, and synthesize computer hardware using
the Verilog hardware description language.

2. An ability to rapidly design combinational and sequential logic that works.

3. An ability to rapidly design complex state machines (present in all practical

computers) that work.

4. An ability to synthesize logic and state machines using an Automatic Logic

Synthesis program.

5. An ability to implement state machines using Field-Programmable Gate Arrays.

6. An ability to design high-speed computer arithmetic circuits

7. An ability to design a computer so that it can test itself with built-in circuitry.

Unit -1 (7 Hours) ROLE OF CAD IN DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN, levels of design and description such as
behavioral, structural and physical;

Unit -2 (7 Hours) TECHNOLOGICAL ALTERNATIVES; languages for design description and modeling at
various levels;

Unit -3 (7 Hours) SRAM and DRAM CELL DESIGN: Basic Cell Structures, modeling and design Equations.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) CAD TOOLS FOR SYNTHESIS,OPTIMIZATION, simulation and verification of design at
various levels as well as for PLAs, gate arrays etc.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) SPECIAL REALIZATIONS and STRUCTURES such as microprogrammes

List of Expt. nil

Text Book G. D. Micheli. Synthesis and optimization of digital systems.
Reference book 1. 2. Dutt, N. D. and Gajski, D. D. High level synthesis, Kluwer, 2000.
2. 3. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson and R. L. Rivest, “Introduction to Algorithms,”
McGraw-Hill, 1990.
3. 4. N. Deo, Graph Theory, PH India.

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [144]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 601 EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. Describe what makes a system a real
2. Explain the presence of and describe the characteristics of latency in real
3. Summarize special concerns that real-time systems present and how these
concerns are addressed

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. Understand and design embedded systems and real-time systems for real-
time systems:
2. Identify the unique characteristics of real-time systems
3. Explain the general structure of a real-time system
4. Define the unique design problems and challenges of real-time systems
5. Apply real-time systems design techniques to various software programs.

Unit -1 (7 Hours) EMBEDDED COMPUTING- Microprocessors, embedded design process, system description
formalisms. Instruction sets- CISC and RISC; CPU fundamentals- programming I/Os, co-
processors, supervisor mode, exceptions, memory management units and address translation,
pipelining, super scalar execution, caching, CPU power consumption.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) EMBEDDED COMPUTING PLATFORM- CPU bus, memory devices, I/O devices, interfacing,
designing with microprocessors, debugging techniques., Program design and analysis- models of
program, assembly and linking, compilation techniques, analysis and optimization of execution time,
energy, power and size.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) PROCESSES and OPERATING SYSTEMS- multiple tasks and multiple processes, context
switching, scheduling policies, inter-process communication mechanisms.s.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) HARDWARE ACCELERATORS- CPUs and accelerators, accelerator system design., Networks-
distributed embedded architectures, networks for embedded systems, network-based design,
Internet-enabled systems.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) SYSTEM DESIGN TECHNIQUES- design methodologies, requirements analysis, system analysis
and architecture design, quality assurance.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book 1. Wolf, W. Computers as components- Principles of embedded computing system design.
Academic Press (Indian edition available from Harcourt India Pvt. Ltd., 27M Block
market, Greater Kailash II, New Delhi-110 048.

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [145]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 605 MICRO-ELECTRONICS C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. This subject covers the basics of digital logic circuits and design.
2. Through the basic understanding of Boolean Algebra and Number systems , it
introduces the student to the fundamentals of combination logic design and then
to sequential circuits(both synchronous and asynchronous). Memory systems are
also covered.
3. There is an introduction to VHDL
4. Students will be provided with an opportunity to implement the PLD based
designs(using both schematic capture and VHDL) in actual chips.

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

The students will be able to design, simulate , built and debug complex
combinational and sequential circuits based on an abstract functional
specification.

Unit -1 (7 Hours) INTRODUCTION TO VLSI, circuits Asics and Moore's Law. Microelectronic Design, Styles,
four phases in creating Microelectronics chips computer Aided Synthesis and Optimization.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Graph Theory : Algorithms Review of Graph Definitions and Notations Decision and Optimization
Problems, Shortest and Longest Path Problems, Vertex Cover, Graph, Coloring, Clique covering and
partitioning Algorithms Boolean Algebra and Representation of Boolean Functions, binary Decision
diagrams. Satisfiability and cover problems.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) HARDWARE MODELING: Introduction to Hardware Modeling Language, State Diagrams. Data
flow and Sequencing Graphs. Compilation and Behavioral Optimization Techniques. Circuits
Specifications for Architectural Synthesis Resources and constraints. Fundamental Architectural
Synthesis Problems Temporal Domain Scheduling Spatial Domain Binding Hierarchical Models and
Synchronization Problem. Area and performance estimation-Resource Dominated circuits and
General Circuits.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) SCHEDULING ALGORITHMS: Model for Scheduling Problems, Scheduling without Resource,
Constraints-Unconstrained Scheduling ASAP Scheduling Algorithms Latency. Constrained
Scheduling. ALAP scheduling. Under Timing Constraints and Relative Scheduling with Resource
Constraints Integer Linear Programming Model, Multiprocessor Scheduling, Heuristic Scheduling
Algorithms (List Scheduling). Force Directed Scheduling.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) TWO LEVEL COMBINATION LOGIC OPTIMIZATION: Logic Optimization Principles-
Definitions, Exact Logic Minimization, Heuristic, Logic Minimization, and Testability Properties
Operations on Two level logic Cover-positional Cube Notation, Functions with Multivolume inputs
and list oriented manipulation. Algorithms for logic minimization.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book G. D. Micheli. Synthesis and Optimization of Digital Systems.

Reference book 1. Dutt, N. D. and Gajski, D. D. High level synthesis, Kluwer, 2000.
2. T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson and R. L. Rivest, “Introduction to Algorithms,” McGraw-
Hill, 1990.
3. 4. J Bhaskar: VHDL Design
4. 5. Nawabi: VHDL Design

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [146]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 615 MICRO-ELECTRO-MECHANICAL-SYSTEMS (MEMS) C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. To gain a fundamental understanding of standard microfabrication techniques
and the issues surrounding them.
2. To know the major classes, components, and applications of MEMS
devices/systems and to demonstrate an understanding of the fundamental
principles behind the operation of these devices/systems
3. apply knowledge of microfabrication techniques and applications to the design
and manufacturing of an MEMS device or a microsystem

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. Students will be able to understand working principles of currently available
microsensors, actuators, and motors, valves, pumps, and fluidics used in
microsystems.
2. Students will be able to apply scaling laws that are used extensively in the
conceptual design of microdevices and systems. Students will be able to
differentiate between the positive and negative consequences of scaling down
certain physical quantities that are pertinent to microsystems.
3. Students will be able to use materials for common microcomponents and devices.
4. Students will be able to choose a micromachining technique, such as bulk
micromachining and surface micromachining for a specific MEMS fabrication
process.
5. Students will be able to understand the basic principles and applications of
micro-fabrication processes, such as photolithograpy, ion implantation, diffusion,
oxidation, CVD, PVD, and etching.

Unit -1 (7 Hours) system-level design methodology, Equivalent Circuit representation of MEMS, signal-conditioning
circuits, and sensor noise calculation.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) MEMS & Microsystems, Typical MEMS and Micro system products — features of MEMS, The
multidisciplinary nature of Microsystems design and manufacture, Applications of Microsystems in
automotive industry, health care industry,
aerospace industry, industrial products, consumer products and telecommunications.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Introduction, Photolithography, Ion-implantation, diffusion, oxidation, CVD, PVD, etching and
materials
used for MEMS, Some MEMS fabrication processes: surface micro-machining, bulk
micromachining, LIGA process, LASER micro machining, MUMPS, FAB-less fabrication.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) MEMS devices: The cantilever beam. Microwave MEMS applications:Scheduling, Heuristic
Scheduling Algorithms (List Scheduling). Force Directed Scheduling.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) MEM switch design considerations. The micro-machined transmission line. MEMS-based
microwave circuit and system.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book Microelectromechanical (MEM) Microwave Systems by Hector J.De Los Santos,
Artechhouse
Reference book 1. An Introduction to Microelectromechanical System by Nadim Maluf, Artechhouse
2. Tai — Ran Hsu, “MEMS and Micro Systems : Design and Manufacture”, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2002
3. Boca Raton, “MEMS and NEMS: Systems, Devices and Structures”, CRC Press, 2002
4. J. W. Gardner and V. K. Vardan, “Micro Sensors MEMS and SMART Devices”, John
Wiley, 2002

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [147]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [148]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 603RECONFIGURABLE COMPUTING C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. This course introduces some fundamental and advanced computer and
reconfigurable computing architectures including CISC, RISC and VLIW. FPGA
technology is used as the basis for describing different forms of reconfigurable
computing architectures that are becoming increasingly important in many
consumer and industrial applications.
2. Specific emphasis will be given to the understanding of computer arithmetic
architectures and methods which are used in the design of embedded systems the
fundamental principles behind the operation of these devices/systems
3. The module uses practical design examples using both C and VHDL to illustrate
the material.

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. An understanding of basic computer architecture including CISC, RISC and

VLIW processors.
2. An understanding of pipelining and cache techniques for improving performance.

3. An understanding of other common processing architectures such as SIMD and

MIMD.

4. An understanding of computer arithmetic standards, methods and algorithms.

5. An understanding of reconfigurable architectures including CPLD, FPGA and

coarse-grained devices and how to programme them using VHDL.

6. An understanding of heterogeneous architectures.

7. An overview of custom, ASIC, Platform ASIC and SoC technologies

Unit -1 (7 Hours) Evolution of programmable devices: Introduction to and-OR structured Programmable Logic
Devices PROM, PLA, PAL and MPGAs; Combinational and sequential circuit realization using
PROM based Programmable Logic Element (PLE); Architecture of FPAD, FPLA, FPLS and FPID
devices.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) FPGA Technology: FPGA resources - Logic Blocks and Interconnection Resources; Economics and
applications of FPGAs; Implementation Process for FPGAs Programming Technologies – Static
RAM Programming, Anti Fuse Programming, EPROM and EEPROM Programming Technology;
Commercially available FPGAs - Xilinx FPGAs, Altera FPGAs; FPGA Design Flow Example –
Initial Design Entry, Translation to XNF Format, Partitioning, Place and Route, Performance
Calculation and Design Verification.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Technology Mapping for FPGAs: Logic Synthesis - Logic Optimization and Technology Mapping;
Lookup Table Technology Mapping - Chortle-crf Technology Mapper, Chortle-d Technology
Mapper, Lookup Table Technology Mapping in mis-pga, Lookup Table Technology Mapping in
Asyl and Hydra Technology Mapper; Multiplexer Technology Mapping - Multiplexer Technology
Mapping in mis-pga.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Logic Block Architecture: Logic Block Functionality versus Area-Efficiency - Logic Block
Selection, Experimental Procedure, Logic Block Area and Routing Model and Results.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Routing for FPGAs: Routing Terminology; Strategy for routing in FPGAs; Routing for Row-Based

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [149]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

FPGAs - Segmented channel routing, 1-channel routing algorithm, K – channel routing algorithm
and results.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book FPGA Based System Design by Wayne Wolf published by Pearson Education

Reference book 1. Digital System Design Using Programmable Logic Devices by Parag K Lala published by
BS publications
2. 3. Field-Programmable Gate Arrays by Stephen Brown published by Kluwer Academic

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [150]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 514 ANTENNA THEORY AND TECHNIQUES C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. The course provides the fundamentals in the theory and practice of antenna
design and the antenna deployment in the modern wireless telecommunication
systems.
2. The theory of electromagnetic radiation is introduced and the fundamental
antenna parameters are explained.
3. The principles of analysis and design of antenna arrays are discussed. Special
attention is paid to antennas popular in mobile (cellular, satellite)
telecommunications.
4. The fundamental limitations of electrically small antennas as well as the
principles of smart antennas are briefly introduced through seminar sessions.

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.

2. An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.

3. An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
4. An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
5. An ability to communicate effectively.
6. The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions
in a global and societal context.

Unit -1 (7 Hours) Review of the theory of electromagnetic radiation. Introduction to various antenna types wire, loop
and helical antennas, analysis using assumed current distribution.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Aperture antennas: slot, wave guide, horn, and reflector antennas. Analysis using field equivalence
principle and Fourier transform methods. Linear arrays. Traveling wave and broadband antennas.
Antenna measurements.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Printed antennas: Feeding methods, transmission line and cavity models, analysis and design of
rectangular and circular microstrip antenna. Arrays: pattern synthesis, planar arrays, phased arrays,
Phased Array Antenna Design , Active antennas and arrays, Paraboloidal reflector antenna, different
feed configurations, shaped beam antennas, lens antenna.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Microstrip Lines: Introduction; Overview of strip transmission lines; methods of microstrip
analysis; dispersion on microstrip line; planar waveguide model; microstrip discontinuities,
junctions and associated circuit elements; microstrip loss; technology.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Antennas for biomedical, mobile and infrared detectors.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book Practical Microstrip Design and Applications: Gunter Kompa; Artech House.

Reference book Antenna Theory, by Balanis

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [151]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC513 WIRELESS DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. To study those aspects of digital communication systems that are unique to
these systems.
2. The theory of modulation and demodulation technique.
3. Basics of CDMA and characterization of signals.

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.

2. An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.

3. An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
4. An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
5. An ability to communicate effectively.
6. The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering
solutions in a global and societal context.

Unit -1 (7 Hours) Principles of data transmission: Characterization of communication signals, signal space
representation, equalization,

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Binary communication systems (ASK. PSK, FSK, QPSK, QAM and M-ary modulation techniques
and their representation.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Coherent and non coherent detection, carrier and symbol synchronization, bits vs symbol error
probability, bandwidth efficiency.) , SNR error rates, comparison of various system, carrier and
clock synchronization, Based pulsed Transmission, Nyquist criterion, Partial response signaling,
Channel characterization, Effect of Inter symbol Interference, Equalization, Linear Equalization and
decision feedback equalization.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Spread Spectrum signals, synchronization of spread spectrum signals, Spread spectrum modulation:
Pseudo noise sequences, Generaton of PN sequence Frequency hopped spread spectrum signals, DS
and FH spread spectrum, Direct sequence spread spectrum signsls and their applications,

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Basics of CDMA, Applications of CDMA to cellular communication systems, Second and third
generation CDMA systems/ standards. Multicarrier CDMA, Synchronization and
demodulation .Diversity techniques and rake receiver.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book B.P. Lathi-"Communication Systems:, John Wiley.

Reference book 1. Louch-Digital and analog Communication, Pearson Education.

2. Tomasi-Electronic Communication. Pearson Education
3. Proakis-"Digital Communication" Tata Mc-Graw Hill.
4. Sklar-"Digital Communication" Pearson Education.
5. P. Chakarbarti-"Principles of Digital Communication" Danpatrai and Sons.
Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [152]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 515 MOBILE AND CELLULAR COMMUNICATION C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [153]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. To enable the student to synthesis and analyze wireless and mobile cellular
communication systems over a stochastic fading channel.
2. To provide the student with an understanding of advanced multiple access
techniques.
3. To provide the student with an understanding of diversity reception techniques
4. To give the student an understanding digital cellular systems (GSM, cdmaOne,
GPRS, EDGE, cdma2000, W-CDMA, and LTE)

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. By the end of the course, the student will be able to analyze and design wireless
and mobile cellular systems.
2. By the end of the course, the student will have the ability to work in advanced
research wireless and mobile cellular programs

Unit -1 (7 Hours) Introduction: Components of Mobile Communication systems, Operation of cellular system,
Trunking Efficiency, Concept of Frequency reuse, Multipath propagation, Short term and Long term
fading, Frequency selective fading, Signal Propagation Models.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Co-Channel Interference, Techniques for reducing Co-Channel Interference, Diversity Techniques,
Other Interferences-Adjacent Channel Interference, Near End Far End Interference, Cross talk,
Interference between systems, Hand off Techniques, Antennas for Base Station and Mobile Units

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Analog cellular Mobile System: Channel structures, RF power level, Modulation, Spectrum and
channel Designation, Network control activity, System operation , Principal functions, Mobile
scanning, registration, Call origination, Call receipt, Handoff, call termination, security and
Identification, Supervisory Audio Tone (SAT) Signalling Tone (ST), Signalling Format.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Digital Cellular Mobile Systems: Digital v/s Analog cellular systems, Modulation, ARQ Technique,
Digital Speech coding, Digital Mobile Telephony, channel Equalization, Multiple Access Schemes-
FDMA, TDMA, CDMA.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Introduction to Analog and Digial MARR, WLL system, 3-G Systems, Mobile Computing.
Example systems: AMPS, MATS-D, CD-900, GSM

List of Expt. nil

Text Book Wireless Communications by T. S Rappaport, IEEE Press

Reference book 1. Mobile and Cellular Telecommunication by W.C.Y Lee. McGrawhill

2. Wireless and Mobile Communication Systems by D.P Agarwal and Qing Anzen,
Thomson Press

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [154]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC516 INFORMATION THEORY, CODING AND COMMUNICATION THEORY

C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. It offers an introduction to the quantitative theory of information and its applications
to reliable, efficient communication systems.
2. Topics include mathematical definition and properties of information, source coding
theorem, lossless compression of data,
3. Topics include optimal lossless coding, noisy communication channels, channel
coding theorem, the source channel separation theorem, multiple access channels,
broadcast channels, Gaussian noise, and time-varying channels.

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

The course provides a general introduction to the topic of Information Theory with a focus
on the application of Information Theory to communications in general and on channel
coding and capacity in particular.

Unit -1 (7 Hours) Concept of Information and Entropy, Shanon’s theorms, Channel capacity Self information,
Shannon’s fundamental coding theorems, Differential entropy and mutual information for discrete
and continuous ensembles, Discrete and Continuous entropy, Mutual and joint information,
Redundancy, source coding, Source encoding andchannel encoding, Error detection and Correction,
Various codes for channel coding, Rate distortion theory, Rate Distortion functions.. Error Control
coding for wireless fading channels, Channel Estimation and Adaptive channel coding, Joint Source
and Channel coding.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Introduction to Algebra: Groups, fields, Binary field arithmetic, Basic properties of Galois field GF
(2m) and vector spaces.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Channel coding and decoding: Run length limited codes, Linear block codes LBC, systematic linear
codes and optimum coding for Binary symmetric channel, cyclic code, BCH code, MDS codes,
BCH codes , generalized BCH codes,..

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Convolution code: Coding and Decoding, Distance bounds, Performance bounds, Trellis coded
modulation, TCM Decoders, TCM for AWGN and Fading Wireless Channels, Performance
comparison, Reed-Solomon code. The Generator and parity check matrices, Syndrome decoding and
Symmetric channels, Hamming codes, Weight enumerator, Perfect codes, Idempotent andMattson
Solomon polynomials, justeen codes, Viterbi decoding algorithm. Performance of linear block

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Non binary Linear Block Codes, Hard and soft decision decoding, Coding and Decoding of BCH,
Reed Solomon Codes, Turbo codes: Coding, Decoding Algorithms, Performance comparison ,
Interleaver design

List of Expt. nil

Text Book Manolakis.G.Proakis; Digital Communication
Reference book 1. Ranjan Bose; Information Theory Coding and Cryptography
2. Stephen G. Wilson; Digital Modulation and Coding

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [155]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 509 TESTING AND FAULT TOLERANCE C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
To provide students with an understanding of fault tolerant computers, including both the
theory of how to design and evaluate them and the practical knowledge of real fault
tolerant systems.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
The students will be able to design, simulate , built and debug complex combinational and
sequential circuits based on an abstract functional specification.
Unit -1 (7 Hours) PHYSICAL FAULTS and THEIR MODELING; Stuck at Faults, Bridging Faults; Fault
collapsing; Fault Simulation: Deductive, Parallel, and Concurrent Fault Simulation. Critical Path
Tracing;

Unit -2 (7 Hours) ATPG FOR COMBINATIONAL CIRCUITS: D-Algorithm, Boolean Differences, PODEM
Random, Deterministic and Weighted Random Test Pattern Generation; Aliasing and its effect on
Fault Coverage. PLA Testing, Cross Point Fault Model and Test Generation.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) MEMORY TESTING Permanent Intermittent and Pattern Sensitive Faults, Marching Tests; Delay
Faults. ATPG for Sequential Circuits: Time Frame Expansion ; Controllability and Observability
Scan Design, BILBO , Boundary Scan for Board Level Testing ;

Unit -4 (7 Hours) BIST and TOTALLY SELF CHECKING CIRCUITS.System Level Diagnosis: Introduction;
Concept of Redundancy, Spatial Redundancy, Time Redundancy, Error Correction Codes.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) RECONFIGURATION TECHNIQUES; Yield Modeling, Reliability and effective area
utilization.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book Abramovici, M., Breuer, M. A. and Friedman, A. D. Digital systems testing and testable design.
IEEE press (Indian edition available through Jayco Publishing house), 2001.

Reference book Bushnell and Agarwal, V. D. VLSI Testing. Kluwer.

Agarwal, V. D. and Seth, S. C. Test generation for VLSI chips. IEEE computer society press.

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [156]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC510 ISSUES IN DEEP SUB-MICRON CMOS IC DESIGN C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
To introduce students to deep-submicron and nanotechnology aspects in CMOS VLSI
Design
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
a student is expected to be able to design and analyze digital circuits, understand transistor
operations, circuit families, area-power-performance analysis, layout design techniques,
signal integrity analysis, memory design and clocking issues. Students are also expected
to understand various design methodologies such as custom, semi-custom, standard cell,
arrayed logic, sea-of-gates.
Unit -1 (7 Hours) Introduction to concept of design, design methodologies, semi-custom and custom design
approaches.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Data path and control design.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Elements of device and circuit simulation, logic simulation, Stick diagram and representation

Unit -4 (7 Hours) layout of ICs, lambda based design rules, Deep submicron interconnects modeling and synthesis.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Topics in design-yield and redundancy, low power design techniques.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book Raguram, R. Modeling and Simulation of Electronic circuits. PHIndia, 1996.

Reference book Weste and Eshraghian. Principles of CMOS VLSI design. Addison Wesley
A.Mukherji. Introduction to NMOS and CMOS VLSI system design. Prentice Hall Inc., 1986

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [157]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 511 MEMORY DESIGN AND TESTING C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
Different memory devices like, RAM, ROM, PROM, EPROM, EEPROM, etc.
Different terms like: read, write, access time, nibble, byte, bus, word, word length,
address, volatile, non-volatile etc. How to implement combinational and
sequential circuits using ROM
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
Describe the technology used in the construction of digital memory, and assess the quality
of various memory types. Draw the schematic of a static and dynamic memory cell and
explain in details the process of reading and writing a bit of information in it. Draw the
schematic of a typical sense amplifier and explain how it works. Draw a schematic of a
simple (2-3 bit) NOR/NAND NMOS address decoder and explain how it decodes a given
address.
Unit -1 (7 Hours) Review of MOS Structure, Scaled Down MOSFET and CMOS Processing.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Processing for Memories: Multipoly Floating Gate and Control Gate, Trench Capacitors and thin
Oxide. Inverter Design: Choice of W/L and Noise Margin Calculation, Cascode and Differential
Inverters.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) SRAM and DRAM Cell Design: Basic Cell Structures, modeling and design Equations.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Sense Amplifiers: Necessity for Sense Amplifiers, Voltage and Current Sense Amplifiers, Reference
Voltage Generation, Influence of Sense Amplifier on cell Architecture.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Peripheral Circuits. Memory Testing: Modeling, Introduction to Functional Testing and Built in
Self-Test.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book Sung-Mo Kang and Yusuf Leblebici, CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits Analysis and Design,
McGraw-Hill, 1998.

Reference book A.Mukherji, Introduction to nMOS and CMOS VLSI system design, Prentice Hall Inc

Glasser and Dobberpuhl, Design and analysis of VLSI circuits, Addison Wesley, 1985.

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [158]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 512 ADVANCED IC TECHNOLOGY C(L,T,P) = 3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
As part of this course, students will understand the physical, electrical, and optical
properties of semiconductor materials and their use in microelectronic circuits. Relate
the atomic and physical properties of semiconductor materials to device and circuit
performance issues. Develop an understanding of the connection between device-level
and circuit-level performance of microelectronic systems.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
Compute carrier concentrations for semiconductor materials under a variety of
conditions.
Compute conductivity and resistivity of semiconductor materials under a variety of
conditions.
Compute terminal voltage and current characteristics for pn junction diodes under a
variety of conditions.
Compute terminal voltage and current characteristics for bipolar transistors under a
variety of conditions.
Compute terminal voltage and current characteristics for MOS transistors under a variety
of conditions.
Unit -1 (7 Hours) INTRODUCTION: Tools for technological processing in microelectronics. Survey of methods for
analysis of microelectronic materials and devices.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) CLASSIFICATION OF DIFFERENT TOOLS for bulk, surface and thin film characterization.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) FABRICATION OF NANOSCALE and SUBMICRON STRUCTURES: Physical and chemical
techniques for nanomaterial synthesis, Assembling and self organization of nanostructures,

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Nanoscale manipulation, Nanotube and wire formation, Importance of size distribution control,
size measurement and size selection.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Fabrication of hetrostructure in submicron and quantum level for microelectronic and optical
applications

List of Expt. nil

Text Book S. M. Sze, VLSI Technology, McGRAW-HILL, 1988.
Reference book 1. AB Glaser, GE Subak-Sharpe, Integrated circuit engineering, Reading MA, Addison
Wesley 1977
2. D. Nagchoudhuri, Principles of Microelectronic Technology, Wheeler Publishing, 1998.
3. Stephen A. Campbell, The Science and Engineering of Microelectronic Fabrication,
Oxford University Press, 1996.
4. SK Gandhi, VLSI fabrication principles, John Wiley 1983.

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [159]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC517 MOBILE COMPUTING C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. Basics of mobile communications and how the signals encoded and decoded
2. To enable the student to synthesis and analyze wireless and mobile cellular
communication systems over a stochastic fading channel.
3. To give the student an understanding digital cellular systems (GSM, cdmaOne,
GPRS, EDGE, cdma2000, W-CDMA, and LTE)

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

3. By the end of the course, the student will be able to analyze and design wireless
and mobile cellular systems.
4. By the end of the course, the student will have the ability to work in advanced
research wireless and mobile cellular programs
5. To gain the knowledge about bluetooth technology which are used in wireless
technology.

Unit -1 (7 Hours) Introduction

Computing Paradigms – Mobile Computing – Pervasive Computing – Distributed Computing –
Centralized Computing – Network Computing – Types of Wireless Networks – Wireless
Communication Technology – Signal Encoding – Spread Spectrum Technology – LOS Tower
Design.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Wireless Networking System

Cellular Networks – 2G , 3G. CDMA and GSM. Satellite System – Broadcast System – Cordless
System – Wireless Local Loop – MPLS.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Wlan Standards

Wireless LAN Technology – Architecture and Standards – Hyper LAN – Blue Tooth Architecture –
Wideband Wireless Local Access – Wireless ATM, PAN

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Network Issues

Adhoc Network – Characteristics – Performance Issues – Routing Protocols in Mobile and Wireless
Networks – Table Driven Routing, On-Demand Routing Protocols – Mobile IP – DHCP – Mobile
TCP

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Application Issues

Concepts for working with wireless applications. WAP – WML. Mobile Database – Content
Management. Wireless Network Simulators – Case Study.

List of Expt. Nil

Text Book Kaveh Pahlavan and Krishnamoorthy, P., Principles of Wireless Networks, 2002., Pearson
Education
Reference book 1. Anna Hac, Mobile Telecommunication Protocols for Data Networks, 2003, John Wiley
and Son, Ltd
2. Jochen Schille, Mobile Communications, 2003, Pearson Education Asia
3. William Stalling, Wireless Communication and Networking, 2002, Pearson Education
Asia
4. Mark Beaulieu, Wireless Internetworking Applications and Architecture, 2002, Addison
Wesley, Newyork

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [160]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 518 TELECOMMUNICATION SWITCHING and NETWORK MANAGEMENT

C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. To introduce to students the latest development of Telecommunication systems
2.
To provide an introduction to, and an understanding of the architecture and major
design issues relating to switching systems.

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. Understand the need for switching systems and their evolution from analogue to
digital.
2. Understand the Public Switched Telephone Network
3. Understand private networks

4. Understand integrated networks.

Unit -1 (7 Hours) Principles of circuit switching & signaling schemes, space time & space time division switching,
single
stage & multi stage switching network. Traffic engineering and teletraffic theory.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Markov processes representing traffic, calculation of blocking probability..

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Modeling and analysis of important media access control protocols: ALOHA, slotted
ALOHA,CSMA,CSMA/CD.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) LAN: Ethernet, token ring, FDDI.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) B-ISDN architecture, B-ISDN protocols, ATM traffic & congestion control, signaling, routing and
addressing, Internetworking: switches, bridges, routers, gateways. ATM switching.

List of Expt. Nil

Text Book W. Stalling, Data and Computer Communications, 6e, Pearson Education
Reference book W. Stalling, Wireless Communications and Network, 2e, Pearson/PHI Education

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [161]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 522 MICROSTRIP ANTENNAS FOR WIRELESS SYSTEMS

C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. The basic idea about the microwave components.
2. The complete knowledge about the micristrip patch antenna.
3. The complete knowledge about design and analysis of microstrip antenna

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. To design the microstrip patch antenna with using the antenna parameter.

2. Complete knowledge about the full wave analysis and active smart microstrip
antennas
3. Can design the analytical model for microstrip antenna.

Unit -1 (7 Hours) Microstrip radiators, printed dipole, slot, traveling wave, aperture coupled microstrip antennas,
various microstrip antenna configurations

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Rectangular, Circular disk, ring, Triangular patch antennas and their design. Feed networks for
microstrip antennas and arrays.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Analytical models for microstrip antennas. Transmission line model, Cavity Model, Multiport
Network Model, Model for Coaxial probe in microstrip antenna. Full wave analysis of microstrip
antennas

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Active and smart microstrip antennas,.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Design and analysis of microstrip antenna arrays

List of Expt. Nil

Text Book W. Stalling, Data and Computer Communications, 6e, Pearson Education
Reference book W. Stalling, Wireless Communications and Network, 2e, Pearson/PHI Education

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [162]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 551 DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LAB C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
Explain the elements of digital system abstractions such as digital representations of
information, digital logic, Boolan algebra, state elements and finite state machine
(FSMs).
Design simple digital systems based on these digital abstractions, using the "digital
paradigm" including discrete sampled information.

Use the "tools of the trade": basic instruments, devices and design tools.

Work in a design team that can propose, design, successfully implement and report on
a digital systems project.
Communicate the purpose and results of a design project in written and oral
presentations.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
Describe how analog signals are used to represent digital values in different logic
families, including characterization of the noise margins.
Create the appropriate truth table from a description of a combinational logic function.
Discuss how to interface digital circuits with analog components (ADC, DAC, sensors,
etc.).
Learn how to write test-benches and perform verification of the relatively
complex digital system.
S. No. List of Experiments
PART-I:
Design, implement and experiment with digital system, this will include ASIC design, FPGA based
1-6 design. design of relevant hardware and software for microcontroller ,processor and DSP based
embedded system.
PART-II:
Custom design and simulation of different higher level analog and digital circuits using advance
7-12.
EDA tools like Tanner Spice S-edit and L- edit
List of Expt. 12

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [163]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 552 MODELING AND SIMULATION LAB C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
The purpose of this course is to provide in-depth treatment on methods and
techniques in discrete-time signal transforms, digital filter design, optimal filtering,
power spectrum estimation, multi-rate digital signal processing, DSP architectures,
which are of importance in the areas of signal processing, control and
communications.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
The topics covered in this course provide comprehensive foundation for other more
specialized areas in signal processing, control, and communications. At the end of the
course, students would be able to apply fundamental principles, methodologies and
techniques of the course to analyze and design various problems encountered.
EXPERIMENTS USING TMS320C6XXX DSP KITS
1. FIR Digital Filter Design
2. IIR Digital Filter Design
3. FFT of a given signal
4. Plot PSD/Power Spectrum of a signal
5. Discrete Cosine Transform
6. Adaptive Filter Design using Standard LMS Algorithm
7. Speech analysis using L.P.C.
List of Expt. 7

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [164]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 553 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM LAB C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
To verify the function of digital modulation and multiplexing techniques using
Simulink for different channel characteristics.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
After the completion of the course, student will have hands-on
experience that enable the design of digital communication links
from transmitter to the receiver in single or multi-channel
configurations.
PART Contents of the Subject
1. PCM and LINK ANALYSIS Link establishment, Noise on PCM link, Error detection, BER
calculation, Error correction, TDM.
2. To study ASK Digital Modulation and Demodulation
3. To study FSK Digital Modulation and Demodulation
4. To study PSK Digital Modulation and Demodulation
5. To study QPSK Digital Modulation and Demodulation
6. To study MSK Digital Modulation and Demodulation
7. CDMA Modulation, Demodulation
8. DSSS Modulation, Demodulation
9. SIMULATION IN MATLAB ENVIRONMENT for BPSK
10. SIMULATION IN MATLAB ENVIRONMENT for QPSK
11. SIMULATION IN MATLAB ENVIRONMENT for FSK
12. To study and perform GSM system
List of Expt. 7

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [165]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 607 COMBINATORIAL OPTIMIZATION C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. Building a weighted sum of the objectives and solving the single objective
problem
2. To give a well-defined sense to the “min” in the mathematical formulation, a
context should be posed =Several definitions of optimality
3. Algorithm to find the optimal path

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. emphasis on theoretical results and algorithms with provably good performance,
in contrast to heuristics.
2. Find the optimum or shortest path using algorithm

Unit -1 (7 Hours) Optimization problem- Convex sets and functions. The SIMPLEX algorithm- forms of linear
programming problem, geometry of LP, Organization of Tableau.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Computational considerations for simplex algorithm Duality- dual of LP, Dual simplex problem.
Primal-dual algorithm.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Algorithms and complexity- shortest path, max-flow, Dijkshtra’s algorithm, min-cost flow,algorithm
for graph search and matching; Spanning trees and matroids;.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Integer Linear programming, Greedy algorithm,

Unit -5 (7 Hours) approximation algorithms; branch-and-bound; dynamic programming

List of Expt. nil

Text Book Papadimitriou and Steiglitz, Combinatorial optimization, PH India, 2001.
Reference book Nemhauser and Wolsey, Integer and Combinatorial optimization, Wiley International

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written

examination
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [166]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 609 SATELLITE COMMUNICATION C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. The first of the primary course objectives is to understand how mission dictates
orbit.This will require the student to understand the basics of orbital mechanics,
the types of satellite orbits, the location of ground stations, and the look angles
from ground stations to the satellite. User footprints will also be covered.
2. The second primary objective is to use and understanding of link budget
equations to provide sufficient margin for performance.This includes examining
the various types of modulation, error correcting codes, and encryption.
3. The third primary objective is to examine concepts of satellite networking.This
includes mobile satellite systems for voice and internet communication, data
networks, and scientific data.

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. The student should be good at fundamentals of satellite communications link
design and provides an overview of practical considerations.
2. Existing systems are described and analyzed, including direct broadcast satellites,
VSAT links, and Earth-orbiting and deep space spacecraft.
3. Topics include satellite orbits, link analysis, antenna and payload design,
interference and propagation effects, modulation techniques, coding, multiple
access, and Earth station design

Unit -1 (7 Hours) Introduction:, Orbital mechanics and launching, satellite Channel

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Earth station and satellite sub systems, Transponder and utilization,

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Satellite link: design and analysis, multiplexing techniques, Earth station design and relay links,

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Multiple accesses for satellite links: FDMA, TDMA CDMA and DAMA, propagation effects, DBS-
TV, GPS.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) VSAT: Network architecture access control protocol and link analysis, Lower Earth Orbit satellites

List of Expt. Nil

Text Book Satellite communication by prett
Reference book 1. Satellite communication by D.C. Agrawal
2. Satellite communication by Robert M. Gagliardi

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [167]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 611 WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. Sensors are typically capable of wireless communication and are significantly
constrained in the amount of available resources such as energy, storage and
computation.
2. This course provides a broad coverage of challenges and latest research results
related to the design and management of wireless sensor networks.
3. Covered topics include network architectures, node discovery and localization,
deployment strategies, node coverage, routing protocols, medium access
arbitration, fault-tolerance, and network security.

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. Architect sensor networks for various application setups.

2. Explore the design space and conduct trade-off analysis between performance
and resources.
3. Assess coverage and conduct node deployment planning.
4. Device appropriate data dissemination protocols and model links cost.
5. Determine suitable medium access protocols and radio hardware.
6. Prototype sensor networks using commercial components.

Unit -1 (7 Hours) WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS: Introduction, Smart environments, the physical layer in
WSN, WSN medium access control and link layer protocols

Unit -2 (7 Hours) COMMUNICATION NETWORKS: Network architecture, Network Topology, Communication

Protocols and Routing, Power Management, Network Structure and Hierarchical Networks,
Historical Development and Standards

Unit -3 (7 Hours) SMART SENSORS: IEEE 1451 and Smart Sensors, Transducers and Physical Transduction
Principles, Sensors for Smart Environments,Commercially Available Wireless Sensor Systems

Unit -4 (7 Hours) WSN SERVICES:Self-Organization and Localization, topology control and routing, data-centric
and content-based routing, Quality of Service and transport protocols, in-network aggregation and
WSN security.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) SIGNAL PROCESSING and DECISION-MAKING: signal processing and decision-making,
Signal Conditioning, Digital Signal Processing, Decision-Making and User Interface Building and
Home Automation

List of Expt. Nil

Text Book William Stallings, “Wireless Communications and Networks”, ISBN: 0131918354, Prentice Hall;
2nd edition, November 12, 2004.
Reference book 1. R. Frank, Understanding Smart Sensors, 2nd Ed., Artech House, Norwood, MA, 2000.
2. Ivan Stojmenovic Wireless Sensor Networks: Challenges and Opportunities
3. C.W. de Silva, Control Sensors and Actuators, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1989.
4. F.L. Lewis, Optimal Estimation, Wiley, New York, 1986.
5. F.L. Lewis, Applied Optimal Control and Estimation, Prentice-Hell, New Jersey, 1992.
6. F.L. Lewis, C.T. Abdallah, and D.M Dawson, Control of Robot Manipulators, Macmillan, New
York, Mar. 1993.
7. Murthy and Manoj, "Ad Hoc Wireless Networks: Architectures and Protocols," ISBN 0-13-
147023-X, Pearson 2004

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [168]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [169]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 613 ADVANCED OPTICAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. Basics of the optical fibres and optical communication.
2. Basic introduction of the optoelectronic source.
3. Optical sensors application and vital role in the communication

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. To gain the knowledge about the optical fibres used in communication.

2. Ability to design the the optical fibres used according to the application.
3. Students can easily understand the WDM concept in the optical fibres.

Unit -1 (7 Hours) Optoelectronic Sources: Introduction, Fundamental Aspects of Semiconductor physics, The p-n
junction, Current Densities and Injection Efficiency, Injection Luminescence and the Light Emitting
Diode, The Hetero-junction,
Optoelectronic Detectors: Introduction, Principle of Optoelctronic Detection, Types of
Photodiodes, Photoconducting Detectors, Noise Considerations

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Optoelectronic Modulators: Introduction, Electro-optic Modulators, Acousto Optic Modulators,
Application areas of Optoelectronic Modulators,

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Optical Amplifiers: Introduction, Semiconductor Optical Amplifiers, Erbium Doped Fiber
Amplifiers, Application areas of Optical Amplifiers

Unit -4 (7 Hours) WDM: Introduction, Concepts of WDM and DWDM, Passive Components and Active Components

Unit -5 (7 Hours) FIBER OPTIC SENSORS: Introduction, Classification of Fiber Optic Sensors: Intensity
modulated, phase modulated and spectrally modulated sensors, Distributed Fiber Optic Sensors,
Fiber Optic Smart Structures, Industrial Applications of Fiber Optic Sensors

List of Expt. Nil

Text Book Fiber Optics and Optoelectronics by RP Khare, Oxford Univ, Press, 2004
Reference book Fundamentals of Fiber Optics in Teleecommication and Sensor Systems by Bishnu P. Pal, New Age
International, 1992

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [170]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 508 EC 521 Real Time Systems and Software C(L,T,P) =3 (3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
to bring students into the position to analyze and (partially) design real-time systems, and
conduct research in the area of real-time systems.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. explain and apply the fundamental concepts and terminology of real

2. explain and address the fundamental problems of real

3. analyze real
4. design a real

5. identify and assess the relevant literature and research trends of real
Unit -1 (7 Hours) Introduction, Real-time Versus Conventional Software, Computer Hardware for Monitoring and
Control, Software Engineering Issues. Process and State-based Systems model, Periodic and
Sporadic Process, Cyclic Executives, CE definitions and Properties, Foreground-Background
Organiazations, Standard OS and Concurrency – Architectures, Systems Objects and Object-
Oriented Structures, Abstract Data Types, General Object Classes.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Requirements and Design Specifications: Classification of Notations, Data Flow Diagrams, Tabular
Languages, State Machine, Communicating Real Time State Machine- Basic features, Timeing and
clocks, Sementics Tools and Extensions, Statecharts-Concepts and Graphical Syntax, Semantics and
Tools.
Declarative Specifications: Regular Expressions and Extensions, Traditional Logics-Propositional
Logic, Predicates, Temporal logic, Real time Logic

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Deterministic Scheduling : Assumptions and Candidate Algorithms, Basic RM and EDF Results,
Process Interactions-Prority Inversiotn and Inheritance.
Execution Time Prediction: Measurement of Software by software, Program Analysis with Timing
Schema, Schema Concepts, Basic Blocks, Statements and Control, Schema Practice, Prediction by
optimisation, System Interference and Architectural Complexities

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Timer Application, Properities of Real and ideal clocks, Clock Servers – Lamport’s Logical clocks,
Monotonic Clock service, A software Clock server, Clock Synchronization- Centralized
Synchronization, Distributed Synchronization

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Programming Languages: Real Time Language Features, Ada-Core Language, Annex Mechanism
for Real Time Programming, Ada and Software Fault Tolerance, Java and Real-time Externsions,
CSP and Occam.
Operating Systems: Real Time Functions and Sevices, OS Architectures-Real Time UNIX and
POSIX, Issues in Task management- Processes and Threads, Scheduling, Synchronization and
communication.

List of Expt. Nil

Text Book Real – Time Systems and software by Alan C. Shaw ; John Wiley & Sons Inc

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

EC 523 EC 523 Digital Image Processing C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [171]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. The basic fundamental of Digital Image Processing and the basics of sampling
and quantization.
2. The basics of image transforms algorithm
3. The complete procees of image processing, how the image enhanced
restorted,image compression and image segmentation.

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. To gain the complete knowledge about the fundamentals of digital image
processing.
2. To know the complete knowledge about the how an image produce.
3. To gain the knowledge about the colour image processing

Unit -1 (7 Hours) Introduction And Digital Image Fundamentals : Digital Image Representation, Fundamental
Steps in Image Processing, Elements of Digital image processing systems, Sampling and
quantization, some basic relationships like neighbours, connectivity, Distance measure between
pixels, Imaging Geometry.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Image Transforms : Discrete Fourier Transform, Some properties of the two-dimensional fourier
transform, Fast fourier transform, Inverse FFT..

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Image Enhancement : Spatial domain methods, Frequency domain methods, Enhancement by
point processing, Spatial filtering, Lowpass filtering, Highpass filtering, Homomorphic filtering,
Colour Image Processing.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Image Restoration : Degradation model, Diagnolization of Circulant and Block-Circulant Matrices,
Algebraic Approach to Restoration, Inverse filtering, Wiener filter, Constrained Least Square
Restoration, Interactive Restoration, Restoration in Spatial Domain

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Image Compression : Coding, Interpixel and Psychovisual Redundancy, Image Compression
models, Error free comparison, Lossy compression, Image compression standards.
Image Segmentation : Detection of Discontinuities, Edge linking and boundary detection,
Thresholding, Region Oriented Segmentation, Motion based segmentation.

List of Expt. Nil

Text Book A.K. Jain, “Fundamental of Digital Image Processing”, PHI.
Reference book 1. Rosefield Kak, “Digital Picture Processing”,

2. W.K. Pratt, “Digital Image Processing”,

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [172]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 653 VLSI DESIGN LAB C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
The course objective is to introduce the fundamental principles of VLSI circuit design
and to examine the basic building blocks of large-scale digital integrated circuits.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
The students will be able to design logic circuit layouts for both static CMOS and
dynamic clocked CMOS circuits, to extract the analog parasitic elements from the layout
and analyze the circuit timing using a logic simulator and an analog simulator, to insert
elementary testing hardware into the VLSI chip, to analyze VLSI circuit timing using
Logical Effort analysis and to estimate and compute the power consumption of a VLSI
chip.
PART Contents of the Subject
PART-I:
Draw the Layout; do circuit partitioning, placement and routing, circuit compaction, check DRC,
1-6 Circuit co-ction and finally post layout simulation for different combinational and sequential
circuits.
PART-II:
Use the feature of automation test program generation, multilevel logic synthesis for design smaller
7-12. application chips like multi bit parallel adder priority encoder, general purpose register, ALU,
microcontroller/ dsp processor/ traffic light controller /sequential adder etc.
List of Expt. 12

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [173]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 655 CAD of RF and Microwave Circits C (L,T,P) =2(0,0,3)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
To educate students with the knowledge of MOS transistor with their design, operation,
characterization and design of combinational logic circuits, sequential logic circuits and
dynamic logic circuits practically by which they can be able to design circuits like ALU.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Design Entry & simulation of Multiplexer circuit with test bench & functional
verification.
2. Design Entry & simulation of D flip-flop circuit with test bench & functional
verification.
3. Synthesis, P&R and Post P&R simulation for Full adder, Concepts of FPGA
floor plan, critical path, design gate count, I/O configuration and pin assignment
to be discussed.
4. Generation of configuration/fuse files for 4:1 multiplexer & D flip-flop &
implementation of the hardware using FPGA.
5. Design a schematic and simple layout for CMOS Inverter, parasitic extraction
and simulation.
6. Design a schematic and simple layout for CMOS NOR gate, parasitic extraction
and simulation.
7. Design a schematic and simple layout for CMOS NAND gate, parasitic
extraction and simulation.
8. Design an ALU with limited instructions.
9. Design a schematic and simple layout for Full Adder, & simulation.
PART Contents of the Subject
PART-I:
1 Introduction to Simulation Software
PART-II:
CAD of Circular, Rectangular, Triangular Patch Antenna Square and Other RF
2-5
circuits.
List of Expt. 5

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [174]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 525
EC 525 ADVANCE SIGNAL THEORY C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)
Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. The complete knowledge about the representation of signals.
2. Construction of orthogonal signals and basic representation of random process.
3. The topics includes the basics of noise present in the signals during transmission

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. To gain the complete knowledge about the signals representation

2. Complete knowledge about the filtering process.

3. To know how the signals theory are important in the wireless technology.

Unit -1 (7 Hours) Representation of deterministic signals: Orthogonal representation of signals. Dimensionality of

signal spaces. Construction of orthogonal basis functions.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Random Processes: Definition and classification, stochastic integrals, Fourier transforms of random
processes, stationary and non-stationary processes, correlation functions. Ergodicity, power spectral
density, transformations of random processes by linear systems.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Representation of random processes (via sampling, K-L expansion and narrow band
representations).

Unit -4 (7 Hours) special random processes :white Gaussian noise, Wiener-Levy process, Poisson process, shot-noise
process, Markov process.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Optimum Filtering: Matched filters for deterministic signals in white and colored Gaussian noise.
Wiener filters for random signals in white and colored Gaussian noise

List of Expt. Nil

Text Book Fundamentals Of Signals And Systems,M.J. Roberts ,Wiley
Reference book Signals And Systems,P Rao,Tmh • Signals And Systems: A Simplified Approach,Ganesh
Rao ,Pearson
1. Signals And Systems: Continuous And Discrete,Roger E Ziemer, Phi
2. Signals And Systems
3. Signals And Systems,Ravi Kumar, ,Phi

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [175]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 529 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES C(L,T,P) = 3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. To understand the theory of optimization methods and algorithms developed
for solving various types of optimization problems

2. To develop and promote research interest in applying optimization techniques

in problems of Engineering and Technology

3. To apply the mathematical results and numerical techniques of optimization

theory to concrete Engineering problems.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
(1) basic theoretical principles in optimization;
(2) formulation of optimization models;
(3) solution methods in optimization;
(4) methods of sensitivity analysis and post processing of results
(5) applications to a wide range of engineering problems
Unit -1 (7 Hours) Introduction: Historical development, application to engineering problems, statement of
optimization, classification of optimization, examples of optimization problems.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Linear Programming: Graphical method, simplex method, revised simplex method, Big-M method,
2- phase method, alternate optimal solutions, unbounded LPs

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Degeneracy and convergence, duality in linear programming, sensitivity analysis, dual simplex
method, Transportation, assignment and other applications.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Non-Linear Programming: Unconstrained optimization techniques, direct search methods (Fibonacci
method, golden section, quadrature and cubic interpolation) descent methods, constrained
optimization, direct and indirect methods, optimization with calculm, kuhn-tucker conditions.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Dynamic Programming: Multistage decision process, principles of optimality, computational
procedures in dynamic programming

List of Expt. nil

Text Book Hiller and Lieberman, Introduction to Operation Research (Seventh Edition) Tata McGrawHill
Publishing Company Ltd

Reference book Ravindren Philips and Solberg, Operation Research Principles and Practice (Second Edition) John
Wiley & Sons.

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [176]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 619 EC 619 ESTIMATION THEORY C(L,T,P) = 3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

Unit -1 (7 Hours) Hypothesis testing: bayes, minimax and Neyman-Pearson criteria. Types of estimates and error
bounds.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Parameter Estimation: Least square, generalized and recursive least square, estimator properties
including error bounds and convergence.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) MES, ML and MAP estimators. General Gaussian problem.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Detection and estimation in colored noise. Elements of sequential and non-parametric detection.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Applications to communication, radar and sonar systems.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book S.M. Kay, Fundamentals of Statistical Signal Processing: Estimation Theory. Englewood Cliffs, NJ:

Reference book • H.V. Poor, An Introduction to Signal Detection and Estimation, 2nd ed. New York: Springer-
Verlag.
• Gelman, J.B. Carlin, H.S. Stern, and D.B. Rubin, Bayesian Data Analysis, 2nd ed. New York:
Chapman & Hall.
• L. Wasserman, All of Statistics. New York: Wiley.

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [177]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 623 COGNITIVE RADIO NETWORK C(L,T,P)=3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
Cognitive radio has emerged as a promising technology for maximizing the utilization
of the limited radio bandwidth while accommodating the increasing amount of services
and applications in wireless communication networks. The objective of this course is to
present the principles and applications of cognitive radio technology and the related
protocol engineering issues for the next generation wireless communication networks.
As a graduate-level course, it will combine extensive reading and in-class discussion of
the research literature with in-depth research projects done by the students.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to know that
The rapid proliferation of wireless technologies is expected to increase the demand for
radio spectrum by orders of magnitude over the next decade. This problem must be
addressed via technology and regulatory innovations for significant improvements in
spectrum efficiency and increased robustness and performance of wireless devices.
Unit -1 (7 Hours) INTRODUCTION TO SOFTWARE DEFINED RADIO
Definitions and potential benefits, software radio architecture evolution, technology tradeoffs and
architecture implications

Unit -2 (7 Hours) SDR ARCHITECTURE

Essential functions of the software radio, basic SDR, hardware architecture, Computational
processing resources, software architecture, top level component interfaces, interface topologies
among plug and play modules,.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) INTRODUCTION TO COGNITIVE RADIOS

Marking radio self-aware, cognitive techniques – position awareness, environment awareness in
cognitive radios, optimization of radio resources, Artificial Intelligence Techniques.

Unit -4 (7 Hours) COGNITIVE RADIO ARCHITECTURE

Cognitive Radio – functions, components and design rules, Cognition cycle – orient, plan, decide
and act phases, Inference Hierarchy, Architecture maps, Building the Cognitive Radio Architecture
on Software defined Radio Architechture.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) NEXT GENERATION WIRELESS NETWORKS

The XG Network architecture, spectrum sensing, spectrum management, spectrum mobility,
spectrum sharing, upper layer issues, cross – layer design.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book  1. Joseph Mitola III,”Software Radio Architecture: Object-Oriented Approaches to Wireless
System Engineering”, John Wiley & Sons Ltd. 2000.
 2. Thomas W.Rondeau, Charles W. Bostain, “Artificial Intelligence in Wireless
communication”, ARTECH HOUSE .2009.
 3. Bruce A. Fette, “Cognitive Radio Technology”, Elsevier, 2009.
 4. Ian F. Akyildiz, Won – Yeol Lee, Mehmet C. Vuran, Shantidev Mohanty, “Next generation /
dynamic spectrum access / cognitive radio wireless networks: A Survey” Elsevier Computer
Networks, May 2006.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [178]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Reference book  1. Simon Haykin, “Cognitive Radio: Brain –Empowered Wireless Communications”, IEEE
Journal on selected areas in communications, Feb 2005.
 2. Hasari Celebi, Huseyin Arslan, “Enabling Location and Environment Awareness in Cognitive
Radios”, Elsevier Computer Communications , Jan 2008.
 3. Markus Dillinger, Kambiz Madani, Nancy Alonistioti, “Software Defined Radio”, John
Wiley, 2003.
 4. Huseyin Arslan, “Cognitive Radio, SDR and Adaptive System”, Springer, 2007.
 5. Alexander M. Wyglinski, Maziarnekovee, Y. Thomas Hu, “Cognitive Radio Communication
and Networks”, Elsevier, 2010.

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [179]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 531 EC 531 STATISTICAL MODELING C(L,T,P)=3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
learn techniques of statistical modeling
acquire solid data analysis skills
learn to communicate their results effectively to others, including non-experts
understand the analysis process
have the technical knowledge required to understand the meaning of publications containing
statistical results
have hands-on experience with analyzing diverse data types, using modern statistical
computer tools
Know how to design and implement a database, and use managements systems effectively,
understand major model of databases.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
Presented with data, students will choose the appropriate modeling technique, build the
model, check validity of the model and revise if necessary, and employ the model for
estimation and prediction.
Students will summarize and present data in meaningful ways, test for relationships within
data, test hypotheses, and carry out modeling techniques as described above
Students will propose and carry out projects, presenting results in written and/or oral form.
Given the intent of a study, students will identify data needed, the appropriate instruments
needed to collect the data, and the means of analysis necessary to carry out the study
Students will use the modern statistical computing environments SAS and R to carry out the
analysis of data.
Unit -1 (7 Hours) Introduction to multivariate statistical modeling

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Basic univariate statistics: Sampling distribution, Estimation, Hypothesis testing

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Basic multivariate statistics:Multivariate descriptive statistics, Multivariate normal distribution,
Multivariate Inferential statistics

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Multivariate models: Analysis of variance (ANOVA), Multivariate analysis of variance
(MANOVA), Tutorial: ANOVA, Case study: MANOVA

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Multiple linear regression (MLR): Introduction, MLR: Sampling distribution of regression
coefficients, MLR: Model adequacy tests, MLR: Test of assumptions, MLR: Model diagnostics,
Multivariate linear regression (MvLR): Introduction, MvLR: Estimation.

List of Expt. nil

Text Book Applied multivariate statistical analysis by R A Johnson and D W Wichern, Sixth Edition, PHI,
2012
Reference book Multivariate data analysis by Joseph F. Hair Jr,Rolph E. Anderson, Ronald L Tatham, and William
C. Black,Fifth Edition, Pearson Education, 1998.

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [180]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 617 EC 617 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY C(L,T,P) = 3(3,0,0)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. To develop understanding of the basic framework of research process.
2. To develop an understanding of various research designs and techniques.
3. To identify various sources of information for literature review and data
collection.
4. To develop an understanding of the ethical dimensions of conducting applied
research.
5. Appreciate the components of scholarly writing and evaluate its quality.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. To define research and describe the research process and research methods
2. To know how to apply the basic aspects of the research process in order to plan
and execute a research project
3. To effectively use the library and its resources in gathering information related to
the learners' research project
4. To understand qualitative research and methods used to execute and validate
qualitative research
5. To be able to present, review and publish scientific articles
Unit -1 (7 Hours) Introduction to Research Methodology : Meaning of Research, Objectives of Research, Motivations
in Research, Types of Research, Research Approaches, Significance of Research, Research Methods
v/s Methodology, Research and Scientific Methods, Research Process, Criteria of Good Research

Unit -2 (7 Hours) Defining the Research Problem : What is Research Problem?, Selecting the Problem, Necessity of
and Techniques in defining the problem

Unit -3 (7 Hours) Sample Design: Implication, Steps. Criteria for selecting a sample procedure, Characteristics of
Good sampling Procedure, Types of Sample Design, Selecting Random Samples, Complex random
sampling Design

Unit -4 (7 Hours) Methods of Data Collection: Collection of Primary Data, Observation Method, Interview method,
Collection of Data through questionnaire and Schedules, Other methods. Collection of Secondary
Data, Selection of appropriate method for data collection, Case Study Method, Guidelines for
developing questionnaire, successful interviewing. Survey v/s experiment

Unit -5 (7 Hours) Processing and Analysis of Data: Measures of Central Tendency, Dispersion,. correlation and
Regression, Chi- square test : Applications, Steps, characteristics, limitations, Analysis of Variance
and Co-variance

List of Expt. nil

Text Book S.M. Kay, Fundamentals of Statistical Signal Processing: Estimation Theory. Englewood Cliffs, NJ:

Reference book • H.V. Poor, An Introduction to Signal Detection and Estimation, 2nd ed. New York: Springer-
Verlag.
• Gelman, J.B. Carlin, H.S. Stern, and D.B. Rubin, Bayesian Data Analysis, 2nd ed. New York:
Chapman & Hall.
• L. Wasserman, All of Statistics. New York: Wiley.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [181]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [182]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EC 527
EC 527 ADVANCE MICROWAVE ENGINEERING C(L,T,P)
=3(3,0,0)
Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. how to apply Maxwell’s equations to various canonical situations for free space,
waveguides and cavity resonators.
2. how to characterize microwave systems and components in terms of network
theory (Scattering matrix, ABCD matrix, impedance matrix, etc.)
3. how to make fundamental measurements related to microwave engineering
(VSWR, S parameters,etc.)

Expected Outcome: The student will be able to

1. Able to apply electromagnetic theory to calculations regarding waveguides and
transmission lines.
2. Able to describe, analyze and design simple microwave circuits and devices e g matching
circuits, couplers, antennas and amplifiers.
3. Able to describe and coarsely design common systems such as radar and microwave
transmission links.
4. Able to describe common devices such as microwave vacuum tubes, high-speed
transistors and ferrite devices.
5. Able to handle microwave equipment and make measurements.

Unit -1 (7 Hours) MICROWAVE TRANSMISSION LINES: Introduction of Microwaves and their applications.
Rectangular Waveguides: TE and TM wave solutions, Field patterns, Wave impedance and Power
flow.

Unit -2 (7 Hours) PLANAR TRANSMISSION LINES: Stripline and microstrip lines – Field patterns, Characteristic
impedance, Basic design formulas and characteristics. Parallel coupled striplines , Slot lines and
Coplanar lines. Advantages over waveguides. Integrated finline, image guide and its variants, non-
radiative guide, H-guide and groove guide.. Transitions, bends and discontinuities.

Unit -3 (7 Hours) MICROWAVE O –TYPE High Frequency limitations in conventional tubes, UHF miniature tubes.
Classification of Microwave tubes, O-type and M-type Tubes,. Transit time O-type Microwave
Tubes: reflex klystrons, Klystrodes, multi-cavity klystrons, traveling wave tube amplifiers,
Microwave M-Type Tubes Magnetrons: device operation, Device operation, gain and efficiency
calculations, operational characteristics, design criteria, and future trends

Unit -4 (7 Hours) MICROWAVE PASSIVE COMPONENTS: Waveguide Components: Eplane and H- plane Tees,
Magic Tee, Directional couplers, and Attenuator.

Unit -5 (7 Hours) MICROWAVE ACTIVE DEVICE: Construction and Opertation of PIN Diode, GUNN
Diode,BJT,FET,MESFET

List of Expt. Nil

Text Book Radio Frequency and Microwave Electronics - Matthew M. Radmanesh Pearson Education Asia
publication

Reference book Microwave Circuit Design - George D. Vendelin, Anthony M. Pavio & Ulrich L. Rehde John Wiley
& Sons publication

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [183]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Mode of Evaluation Assignment/Quiz/Viva-voce/Lab examination/student seminar/written examination

Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [184]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

PT 301 Practical Training and Seminar-I C (L, T, P) = 1 (0,0,2)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
1. To interact the students with industry to study advanced engineering developments
2. To learn operating of different type of machines this is recently used in industries.
3. To prepare and present technical reports.
Expected Outcome: The student will be able to
1. Ability to work in the industry with the latest machinery.

2. Ability to review, prepare and present technological developments

3. Ability to face the environment of industry
Mode of Evaluation During the practical training seminar session each student is expected to prepare and present a topic on
work and industry in which they take the training. In the summer vacation students will take the practical
training in any industry related to electronics area.. In a session of two periods per week, 15 students are
expected to present the seminar. Each student is expected to present at least twice during the semester and
the student is evaluated based on that. At the end of the semester, he / she can submit a report on his / her
topic of seminar and marks are given based on the report. A Faculty guide is to be allotted and he / she
will guide and monitor the progress of the student and maintain attendance also. Evaluation is 60%
internal and 40% external.
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [185]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

PE 302 B. Tech Project (Stage – 1) C (L, T, P) = 3 (0,0,5)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
To develop the ability to solve a specific problem right from its identification and literature review till the
successful solution of the same. To train the students in a group of 3 to 4 works on a topic approved by the
respective faculty guides of the department and prepare a minor project report after studying the literature
work related to area of their topic.
Expected Outcome: On Completion of the minor project work students will be in a position to take up any challenging
practical problems and find solution by formulating proper methodology.

Mode of Evaluation The review committee may be constituted by the Head of the Department. A project report is required at
the end of the semester. The project work is evaluated based on oral presentation and the project report
jointly by external and internal examiners constituted by the Head of the Department.Evaluation is 60%
internal and 40% external.
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

PE- 401 B. Tech Project (Stage – 2) C (L, T, P) = 5 (0,0,7)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
To develop the ability to solve a specific problem right from its identification and literature review till the
successful solution of the same. To train the students in a group of 3 to 4 works on a topic approved by the
respective faculty guides of the department and prepare a minor project report after studying the literature
work related to area of their topic.
Expected Outcome: On Completion of the minor project work students will be in a position to take up any challenging
practical problems and find solution by formulating proper methodology.

Mode of Evaluation The review committee may be constituted by the Head of the Department. A project report is required at
the end of the semester. The project work is evaluated based on oral presentation and the project report
jointly by external and internal examiners constituted by the Head of the Department.Evaluation is 60%
internal and 40% external.
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [186]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

SM 402 B.Tech. Seminar C (L, T, P) = 1 (0,0,2)

Version 1.0
Prerequisite Nil
Objective: The student will have the following objectives of the course to be fulfilled:
To develop the ability to solve a specific problem right from its identification and literature review till the
successful solution of the same. To train the students in a group of 3 to 4 works on a topic approved by the
respective faculty guides of the department and prepare a minor project report after studying the literature
work related to area of their topic.
Expected Outcome: On Completion of the minor project work students will be in a position to take up any challenging
practical problems and find solution by formulating proper methodology.

Mode of Evaluation The review committee may be constituted by the Head of the Department. A project report is required at
the end of the semester. The project work is evaluated based on oral presentation and the project report
jointly by external and internal examiners constituted by the Head of the Department.Evaluation is 60%
internal and 40% external.
Recomm. by BOS on 14/5/2015
Approved by AC on

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [187]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

HS 501 SOFT SKILLS TRAININIG I C (L, T, P) = 3 (3,0,0)

Unit Course Contents Hours

I Spoken English – PICTURE (p=pronunciation, I=inflection, C=Clarity & courtesy, T=Tone, U=Understanding 8
and feedback, R=Rate of speech and Repeatition, E=Emphasis), Body Language Training, Active Listening

II Introduction to business terms, Economic Times Reading, Communication skills 8

III Johari Window Training, Firo-B Training, Relationship Management 10
IV Role Plays, Conflict Management 7
V I’m OK U’r OK Training, Time Management Training 6
Total 39
HS 502 SOFT SKILLS TRAININIG I I C (L, T, P) = 3 (3,0,0)
Unit Course Contents Hours
I Making impact making business presentations 6
II Team Management and Collaborative Work Culture 8
III Training in Anchoring and Public Speaking 6
IV Emotional Intelligence Training 7

V Business Games, Business Etiquettes 10

Total 37
HS601 SOFT SKILLS TRAININIG III C (L, T, P) = 3 (3,0,0)
Unit Course Contents Hours
I Group Discussion Training 6
II Interview Training 8
III Public Relations Management, Press Relations Management 10
IV Conference and Seminar Management, Event management 7
V Persuasion and Negotiation Skills 6
Total 37

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [188]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

GYAN VIHAR SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Teaching & Examination scheme for Diploma (Electronics and Communication Engineering)
(3 Year Course)
EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION 2015-2016
DETAILED SYLLABUS

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [189]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

EN 131 English and Communication Skills-I C (L, T, P) = 2 (2, 0, 0)

UNIT CONTENTS OF THE COURSE HOURS

I Basic Sentence Patterns –I 4

Basic Sentence Patterns. (Nine basic 5 sentence patterns)
II Basic Sentence Patterns -II 4
Transformation of Sentences, Determines, Preposition
III Tenses : 4
Tenses, Question Tags
IV Common Errors (Noun, Pronoun, Articles, Adverb, Punctuation, Preposition etc.) 4
V Narration - Direct - indirect, 4
Voice - Active - Passive
REFERECE BOOKS :
1. Intermediate English Grammar Raymond Murphy, Foundation Books, New Delhi.
2. Eng. Grammar, usage & Composition Tickoo & Subramanian S.Chand and Co.
3. Living Eng. Structure Stannard Alien, Longman.

EN 132 English and Communication Skills –II C (L, T, P) = 2 (2, 0, 0)

UNI CONTENTS OF THE COURSE HOURS

T
I BASIC SENTENCE PATTERNS-I 9
Narration, Voice, Basic Sentence Patterns. (Nine basic sentence patterns)
II BASIC SENTENCE PATTERNS-II 7
Transformation of Sentences, Determiners, Preposition.
III TENSES : 9
Tenses, Common errors (Noun, Pronoun, Articles, Adverb, Punctuation, Preposition etc.)
IV Modals in Conversational Usage Prefix, Suffix, Idioms & Phrasal verbs : Can, Could, Should ,Will, 7
Would, May, Might, Must, Need not, Dare not, Ought to, Used to.Phrases :At all; In stead of; In Spite of;
As well as; Set up; Up set; Look up; Call off; Call out; Come across; Set right; Look other. Idioms Work
up (excite); Break down; Stand up for; Turn down; Pass away; Pass on; Back up; Back out; Carry out;
Done for (ruined); Bring about; Go through; Ran over; Look up (improve); Pick out
V Composition - 7
Precis Writing ,Letter writing,paragraph writing ,report writing, Essay writing ,Unseen passage
REFERECE BOOKS :
1. Intermediate English Grammar Raymond Murphy, Pub: Foundation Books, New Delhi
2. Eng. Grammar, usage & Composition Tickoo & Subramanian Pub: S.Chand and Co.
3. Living Eng. Structure Stannard Alien. Pub: Longman
4. A Practical Eng. Grammar Thomson and Martinet. (and its Exercise Books) Pub : ELBS
5. High School English Grammar Wren & Martin. and Composition.
EN 171 Communication Skills-I Lab C (L, T, P) = 1 (0, 0, 2)

UNIT CONTENTS OF THE COURSE Practical

Hours
I Listening Skill development :For improving listening skills the following steps are recommended, 4
Listen to Prerecorded Tapes /Work on language proficiency software , Reproduce Vocally what has been
heard
Reproduce in Written form Summarise the text heard , Suggest Substitution of Words and Sentences
Answer Questions related to the taped text ,Summarise in Writing
II Speaking Skills : Introducing English consonant-sounds and vowel-sounds. Remedial exercises where 4
necessary ,Knowing Word stress ,Shifting word stress in poly-syllabic words .Work with language software
III Vocabulary: Synonyms. Homonyms. Antonyms and Homophones Words often confused, as for example, 4
[I-me; your-yours; its-it's; comprehensible-comprehensive; complement-compliment]
Context-based meanings of the words, for example, man[N] man[vb]; step[|N| ,step[vb]
conflict _________Israel Palestinian conflict ,Emotional conflict, Ideas conflict
IV Personality Development 4
Delivering Short Discourses: About oneself , Describing a Place, Person, Object ,Describing a Picture,
Photo.
V Group Discussion : Presentation and Interview skills 4

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [190]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

REFERECE BOOKS:
1. A Practical Eng. Grammar Thomson and Martinet. (and its Exercise Books),ELBS.
2. High School English Grammar and Composition Wren & Martin.

EM 201 Employability Skills – II LTPC: 0201Total Contact Hours: 25

S.No. Topic Details Contact Hours

1 Communication Role Play, Reading, Formal writing skills Listening, 15
Interaction Process, Interpersonal Relationship
2 Attitude& Manners Motivation, Team Building, Winning Strategy, CAN 5
DO,
3 Preparation, Presentation skills, Preparation Skills, 4
presentation
4 Industry Concept & Importance of SIP, Industrial Mentoring & 1
Networking

PY 131 Physics-I C (L, T, P) = 3 (3, 0, 0)

Unit No Description of Unit No.

hours
I 1. Units and Dimensions:
1.1 Idea of various systems of units SI units - Basic, Supplementary and Derived Units, Prefixes &
Symbols
1.2 Dimensions and Dimensional Formulae 6
1.3 Principle of Homogeneity of Dimensions
1.4 Dimensional Analysis
1.5 Applications and Limitations
II 2. Elasticity: 4
2.1 Elasticity
2.2 Stress and Strain
2.3 Elastic Limit & Hooke's law
2.4 Young’s Modulus, Bulk Modules & Modulus of Rigidity,Poisson's Ratio
III
3. Properties of Liquids: 7
3.1 Surface Tension & Surface Energy
3.2 Cohesive & Adhesive Force
3.3 Angle of Contact
3.4 Capillarity & Expression for Surface Tension
3.5 Streamline & Turbulent Flow
3.6 Reynolds Number.
3.7 Viscosity & Coefficient of Viscosity
3.8 Stoke's law & Terminal Velocity
IV 4. Gravitation & Satellites: 6
4.1 Newton's law of Gravitation
4.2 Acceleration due to Gravity
4.3 Kepler's laws of Planetary Motion (statement only)
4.4 Artificial Satellite (simple idea), Geo-Stationary Satellites
4.5 Escape Velocity
4.6 Velocity & Time Period of an Artificial Satellite.
V 5. Transfer of Heat: 5.1 Modes 7
of Transmission of Heat - Idea of Conduction,Convection & Radiation
5.2 Thermal Conductivity & Coefficient of Thermal Conductivity
5.3 Black Body
5.4 Kirchoff's Laws & Stefan Boltzmann Law (statement only)
5.5 Newton's Law of Cooling & its Derivation from Stefan's Law
REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Engineering Physics Gaur & Gupta

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [191]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

2. Applied Physics Vol.-I Hari Harlal, NITTTR

3. Applied Physics Vol.-II Hari Harlal, NITTTR

4. A Text Book of Applied Physics N.S. Kumar

5. Principles of Physics Brijlal, Subhramanyam

PY 132 Physics-II C (L, T, P) = 3 (3, 0, 0)

Unit No Description of Unit No. hours

I 1. Electrostatics and D.C. Circuits:

1.1 Coulomb’s Law
1.2 Intensity of Electric Field, Intensity due to a Point Charge 08
1.3 Electric Lines of Forces & Electric Flux
1.4 Electric Potential, Electric Potential due to a Point Charge
1.5 Resistivity, Effect of Temperature on Resistance
1.6 Ohm’s Law
1.7 Resistance in Series and Parallel and their Combination
1.8 Kirchoff’s Law
1.9 Wheatstone Bridge
1.10 Meter Bridge
II 2. A.C. Circuits and Modern Physics: 08
2.1 Faraday's Laws of Electro Magnetic Induction, Lenz's Law
2.2 Self and Mutual Inductance
2.3 Alternating Current, Phase & Phase Difference
2.4 Instantaneous, Average and rms value of AC
2.5 Behaviour of Resistance, Capacitance and Inductance in an AC Circuit
2.6 AC Circuits Containing, R-L, R-C and LCR in Series
2.7 Power in AC Circuit and Power Factor
2.8 Photo Electric Effect
2.9 Einstein's Equation
III 3. Semi Conductor Physics: 3.1 Energy 06
Bands in Conductor, Semi Conductor & Insulator
3.2 Chemical Bonds in Semiconductor
3.3 Intrinsic and Extrinsic Semiconductors
3.4 PN-Junction Diode, Working, Biasing and Characteristics Curves
3.5 Zener Diode and Voltage Regulation using it
3.6 Half Wave & Full Wave Rectifiers (only working, no derivations)
IV 4. Nuclear Physics, Pollution and its control: 05
4.1 Mass - Defect and Binding Energy
4.2 Nuclear Reactions
4.3 Natural and Artificial Radioactivity
4.4 Law of Radioactive Disintegration
4.5 Half Life & Mean Life.
4.6 Idea of Nuclear Fission and Fusion
4.7 Chain Reaction.
V 5. Transfer of Heat: 07
5.1 Modes of Transmission of Heat - Idea of Conduction,
Convection & Radiation
5.2 Thermal Conductivity & Coefficient of Thermal Conductivity
5.3 Black Body
5.4 Kirchoff's Laws & Stefan Boltzmann Law (statement only)
5.5 Newton's Law of Cooling & its Derivation from Stefan's Law
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Engineering Physics Gaur & Gupta
2. Applied Physics Vol.-I Hari Harlal, NITTTR
3. Applied Physics Vol.-II Hari Harlal, NITTTR
4. A Text Book of Applied Physics N.S. Kumar
5. Principles of Physics Brijlal, Subhramanyam

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [192]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

PY 171 Physics-I Lab C (L, T, P) = 1 (0, 0, 2)

List of Practicals:
1. To Measure Internal Diameter, External Diameter and Depth of a Calorimeter using Vernier Calliper’s.
2. To Measure Density of a Wire using Screw gauge.
3. To Measure Radius of Curvature of a Lens, Mirror using Spherometer.
4. To Determine Refractive Index of Glass using Prism.
5. To Determine the Refractive Index of Glass using Travelling Microscope.
6. To Determine Focal Length of a Convex Lens by Displacement Method.
7. To Determine the Velocity of Sound at 00C using Resonance Tube.
8. To Determine Young’s Modulus of Elasticity using Searle’s Apparatus.
REFERECE BOOKS :

1. Engineering Physics Gaur & Gupta

2. Applied Physics Vol.-I Hari Harlal, NITTTR
3. Applied Physics Vol.-II Hari Harlal, NITTTR
4. A Text Book of Applied Physics N.S. Kumar
5. Principles of Physics Brijlal, Subhramanyam

PY 172 Physics-II Lab C (L, T, P) = 1 (0, 0, 2)

1. To Determine Acceleration due to Gravity using Simple Pendulum.
2. To Verify Newton’s Law of Cooling.
3. To Verify Law of Resistances.
4. To Determine Specific Resistance of Material using Meter Bridge.
5. To Determine Internal Resistance of a Primary Cell using Potentiometer.
6. To Compare emf of two Primary Cells using a Potentiometer.
7. To Draw Characteristic Curves of PN Diode and Determine its Static and Dynamic Resistance.
8. To Draw Characteristic Curves of a PNP/NPN Transistor in CB/CE Configuration..
9. To Measure Resistance of a Galvanometer by Half-Deflection Method.

REFERECE BOOKS :
1. Engineering Physics Gaur & Gupta
2. Applied Physics Vol.-I Hari Harlal, NITTTR
3. Applied Physics Vol.-II Hari Harlal, NITTTR
4. A Text Book of Applied Physics N.S. Kumar
5. Principles of Physics Brijlal, Subhramanyam

CY 131 Chemistry-I C (L, T, P) = 3 (3, 0, 0)

UNI CONTENTS OF THE COURSE HOURS

T
I Atomic Structure and Chemical Bonding :Atomic Structure : Bohr model of atom [ Radius and 9
Energy of H – atom is excluded ] , De Broglie modification, Quantum numbers, Orbits and Orbitals,
Aufbau principal, Pauli’s Exclusion principle, Hunds rule of maximum multiplicity, Electronic
configuration of elements upto atomic number 36. Definition of Atomic number, Mass number,
Isotopes, Isotones and Isobars with suitable examples. Concept of hybridization sp3, sp2,sp and shape
of molecules (simple example H2O, NH3, BCl3 , BeCl2)Chemical Bonding: Electrovalent, Covalent and
coordinate bonds, H-bond in HF, water and ice. Classification of solids – crystalline and amorphous.
Relationship between structure and properties of the following crystalline solids- (i) Ionic solid i,e.
Sodium chloride (ii) Covalent solid i,e. diamond and graphite
II Avogadro Concept , Acids , Bases & Salts Avogadro number, Mole concept, Simple numerical 7
problems involving Weight and volume. Acids, Bases and Salts (Arrhenius and Lewis concept) Basicity of
acids and Acidity of bases, Neutralization reaction, Hydrolysis of Salts,. Equivalent Weight of acids,
bases, & salts of Strength of Solution ---- normality, molarity, molality, formality and percentage strength,
standard solution primary and secondary standards, concept of pH, and pH scale, Indicators and choice of
indicator, principles of acidimetry and alkalimetry (simple numerical problems) Buffer solution (excluding
numerical problems) Solubility product principle (excluding numerical problems), common ion effect with
relation to group analysis.
III Oxidation, Reduction, Electrochemistry Oxidation and Reduction by electronic concept, balancing 9
chemical equations by Ion-electron method, Redox Titration, Electrolysis, Arrhenius theory, Faraday’s

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [193]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Laws, Electrolysis of CuSO4 solution using Pt-electrode and Cu-electrode, simple numerical problems on
electrolysis, Application of electrolysis such as Electroplating, Electrorefinings and Electrotyping,
Electrochemical Cells, Primary Cell- Dry Cell, Secondary Cell --- Lead storage cell, Electrochemical
series.Reversible and irreversible reactions, Exothermic and Endothermic reactions, concept of chemical
equilibrium, Lechatelier’s principle, Industrial preparation of Ammonia by Haber’s Process,
IV Minerals, Ores, Gangue, Flux, Slag, General method of extraction of metals with reference to Iron, 7
Metallurgy copper and Aluminium (detailed method of extraction is excluded) Definition of Alloy,
purposes of making Alloy, Composition and uses of alloys (Brass, Bronze German Silver, Deuralumin,
Nichrome, Bell metal, Gun metal, Monel metal, Alnico, Dutch metal, Babbit metal, stainless steel),
Amalgams, properties and uses of cast iron, wrought iron, steel and sponge iron , Manufacture of steel by
L-D process, composition and uses of different alloy steels.
V Organic compounds, their differences from inorganic compounds, Classification, Homologous series, 7
Functional groups, Isomerism, Nomenclature up to C5 , properties and preparation of Methane, Ethylene
and Acetylene,
Total 39
Text Books:
1.S. S. Dara Environmental chem. & pollution control S. Chand Publication
2.Dr. Aloka Debi A Text Book of Env. Engg. Dhanpat Rai Publishing Co.
3.Jain & Jain Engg. Chem. Dhanpat Rai Publishing Co.
Jain & Jain Engg. Chem. Dhanpat Rai Publishing Co.
Dr. Aloka Debi A Text Book of Env. Engg. Dhanpat Rai Publishing Co.
Shrieve Atkins Industrial Chemstry
Bahl & Bahl A Text Book of Organic Chemistry S. Chand Publication
M. M. Uppal Engg. Chemistry
S. N. Poddar & S. Ghosh General & Inorganic. Chemistry Book Syndicate Pvt. Ltd.
Harish Kr. Chopra Anupama Parkar Engg. Chemistry

CY 132 Chemistry-II C (L, T, P) = 3 (3, 0, 0)

UNI CONTENTS OF THE COURSE HOURS

T
I Water technology Introduction –soft and hard water – causes of hardness – types of hardness 9
disadvantages of hard water – degree of hardness (ppm) – softening methods – permutit process – ion
exchange process – numerical problems related to degree of hardness –drinking water – municipal
treatment of water for drinking purpose – Osmosis, Reverse Osmosis - advantages of Reverse osmosis
II Lubricant Definition, purpose and types of lubrication, names of common lubricants and uses, Flash 7
point, Fire point, Pour point, Cloud point, selection of lubricant.
III Cement : Portland cement: Raw materials, Composition and Manufacture, Setting and Hardening of 9
cement, function of gypsum, Cement Mortar, Cement concrete, Lime mortar, plaster of paris. :
IV Corrosion : Definition, Causes of Corrosion and methods of prevention, Refractories --- properties 7
and use of Boron Carbide and Carborandirm , Asbestors, Glass, Ceramics, Cork (preliminary idea
only). Paints : Composition , types (Snowchem, distemper) Varnishes : Definition , types , difference
from paint, uses, characteristics. Metallic coating : Galvanisation, Electroplating, Tin plating. Lacquers.
V Polymers : Definition & classification of Synthetic polymers Synthetic plastic : Thermoplastic plastic 7
and Thermosetting plastic --- their differences with examples, preparation and uses of Polythene,
PVC,Polypropylene, Polystyrene, Teflon, Bakelite, Orlon, Saran. Synthetic rubber : Buna –S, Buna –
N, Neoprene, Butyl, rubber, silicone, Vulcanization of rubber.Synthetic Fibres : Nylon , Terylene ,
Rayon.
Total 39

Text Books:

1.S. S. Dara Environmental chem. & pollution control S. Chand Publication

2.Dr. Aloka Debi A Text Book of Env. Engg. Dhanpat Rai Publishing Co.
3.Jain & Jain Engg. Chem. Dhanpat Rai Publishing Co.
Reference Books:
Jain & Jain Engg. Chem. Dhanpat Rai Publishing Co.
Dr. Aloka Debi A Text Book of Env. Engg. Dhanpat Rai Publishing Co.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [194]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Shrieve Atkins Industrial Chemstry

Bahl & Bahl A Text Book of Organic Chemistry S. Chand Publication
M. M. Uppal Engg. Chemistry
S. N. Poddar & S. Ghosh General & Inorganic. Chemistry Book Syndicate Pvt. Ltd.
Harish Kr. Chopra Anupama Parkar Engg. Chemistry
CY 171 Chemistry-I Lab C (L, T, P) = 1 (0, 0, 2)

Laboratory Experiments :

1. To identify the following Basic Radicals by dry and wet tests – Pb +2 , Cu +2, Al+3, Fe+3, Zn+2, Ni+2 Ca+2 Mg+2, Na+,
K+, NH4+2
2. To identify the following Acid Radicals by dry and wet tests – Cl- , CO3-2 , SO4-2, S-2 , NO3-3 To identify an unknown
water soluble salt containing one basic and one acid radical as mentioned above.
3. To perform titration of (N/10) approximate solution of an alkali with an unknown solution of an acid supplied.
4. To determine Iron content in Mohr’s salt by standard K2Cr2O7 solution.
5.Preparation of Potash Alum

Books Reference:
1. Engineering Chemistry II (Hindi) Mathur and Agarwa.l
2. Chemistry of Engineering Materials C.V. Agarwal.
3. Engineering Chemistry P.C. Jain and Monika.
4. Engineering Chemistry M.M. Uppal.
5. Engineering Chemistry V.P.Mehta Jain Bros. Jodhpur.
6. Practical Chemistry for Engineers Virendra Singh.
7. Hand book of Technical Analysis Bannerji Jain Bros.Jodhpur.
8. Engineering Chemistry-I(Hindi) Mathur & Agrawal.
9. Inorganic Chemistry Shivhare & Lavania.
10. Organic Chemistry Kumar & Mehnot.
11. Practical Engineering Chemistry Dr Renu Gupta & Dr Sapana Dubey.
12. A Text book of Engineering Chemistry S. K. Jain & K. D. Gupta.
13. Engineering Chemistry Dr. K.L. Menaria & Dr Praveen Goyal
CY 172 Chemistry-II Lab C (L, T, P) = 1 ( 0, 0, 2)

List of Experiments

1. Introduction to volumetric analysis

2. Preparation of Standard Na2CO3 solution
3. Estimation of HCl solution using Std. Na2CO3 solution
4. Estimation of NaOH using Std. HCl solution
5. Estimation of Mohr‘s Salt using Std. KMnO4 solution
6. Determination of acidity of water sample
7. Determination of alkalinity of water sample
8. Determination of total hardness of water using Std. EDTA solu
9. Estimation of Chlorides present in water sample
DEMONSTRATION EXPERIMENTS
10. Estimation of total solids present in water sample
11. Determination of pH using pH meter.
12. High volume air sampler.
13. Explain Lewis theory of acids and bases and its limitations.
14. Applications of buffer solutions
15. Composition and uses of following Alloys: Brass, German silver, Nichrome
16. Define conductor Insulator, Electrolyte and Non – electrolyte
17. Explain the mechanism of rusting of iron

Books Reference:

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [195]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

1. Engineering Chemistry II (Hindi) Mathur and Agarwa.l

2. Chemistry of Engineering Materials C.V. Agarwal.
3. Engineering Chemistry P.C. Jain and Monika.
4. Engineering Chemistry M.M. Uppal.
5. Engineering Chemistry V.P.Mehta Jain Bros. Jodhpur.
6. Practical Chemistry for Engineers Virendra Singh.
7. Hand book of Technical Analysis Bannerji Jain Bros.Jodhpur.
8. Engineering Chemistry-I(Hindi) Mathur & Agrawal.
9. Inorganic Chemistry Shivhare & Lavania.
10. Organic Chemistry Kumar & Mehnot.
11. Practical Engineering Chemistry Dr Renu Gupta & Dr Sapana Dubey.
12. A Text book of Engineering Chemistry S. K. Jain & K. D. Gupta.
13. Engineering Chemistry Dr. K.L. Menaria & Dr Praveen Goyal
MA 131 MATHEMATICS I C (L, T, P) = 4(3, 1, 0)

Units CONTENTS OF THE COURSE Hours

I Algebra : Complex Numbers, Algebra of complex numbers. Conjugate of a complex number. Modulus 6
and Amplitude of a complex number. Triangular inequalities. Square root of a complex number.
II Trigonometry: Trigonometrical ratios of allied angles [sin ( 90 0 ± A ) , sin ( 1800 ± A ) etc . ¿ .¿ Sum 6
and Difference formulae and their applications. Product formulae. T-Ratios of multiple and sub-multiple
angles (2A, 3A, A/2). Solution of Trigonometrical equations.
III Matrices and Determinants : Definition and properties of Determinants. Definition and types of 7
Matrices, Transpose of a matrix, Minors and Cofactors, Adjoint of a matrix , Inverse of matrix Cramer`s
rule, Solution of simultaneous linear equations by Inverse matrix method. Characteristic matrix
Characteristic equation, Eigen values and Eigen vectors, Cayley Hamilton theorem( Verification only).
IV Coordinate Geometry: Distance formula, Ratio formula. Coordinates of Centroid, In-centre, Ortho-centre 8
and Ex-centre of a triangle, Area of a triangle. Equation of a straight line in General form, Slope form,
Intercept form, Perpendicular form. Equation of a line passing through one point and passing through two
points, Angle between two lines. Perpendicular distance of a line from a point.
V Conic Section : Circle : Definition and equation of a circle in General and standard forms, Equation of a 8
circle in diametral form, Equation of Tangent and Normal at a point.(Simple problems)
Parabola : Definition and equation of a parabola in standard form, Equation of Tangent and Normal at a
point.(Simple problems)
Ellipse and Hyperbola : Definition and equation in standard forms, Equation of Tangent and Normal at a
point.(Simple problems)

Total 35

Books Recommended :

1. Mathematics XI & XII by NCERT, New Delhi

2. Mathematics XI & XII by Rajasthan Board , Ajmer
3. Coordinate Geometry by Bhargava, Agrawal
4. Algebra XII by Bhargava, Agrawal
5. Plane Trigonometry by Bhargava, Agrawal
6. Elements of Matrices and Determinants by Sharma, Gokhroo, Saini
7. Conic Section by Gokhroo, Bhargava
8. Coordinates Geometry by RBD Publication

MA 132 MATHEMATICS II C (L, T, P) = 4(3, 1, 0)

Units CONTENTS OF THE COURSE Hours

I Function : Definition, Domain, Codomain and Range of a function. Algebra of functions. Different 7
kinds of functions. Concept of Limit, Left hand limit and Right hand limit, Limit of standard

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [196]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

functions(Simple problems), Continuity and Differentiability at a point(Simple problems).

II Differential Calculus : Derivative of Sum, Difference, Multiplication and Division of two 7
functions, Differentiation of function of a function, Logarithmic differentiation, Differentiation of
Implicit functions, Differentiation of Parametric functions, Differentiation by trigonometrical
transformations, Differentiation of a function with respect to other function. Second order
derivative.
III dy 6
Differential Calculus : Geometrical meaning of . Tangents and Normals. Angle of
dx
intersection between two curves. Derivative as a Rate measurer , Errors and Approximations.
Maxima and Minima of function with one variable.
IV Integral Calculus : Integral as anti-derative. Integration of Sum and Difference of functions. 7
Integration by substitution, Integration by partial fractions, Integration by parts. Integration of
Rational and irrational functions . Definite Intgral and its properties.
V Differential Equations : Differential equations of first order and first degree : variable separable, 8
homogeneous form , linear form, reducible to linear form, exact form , reducible to exact form.
Linear differential equations of higher order with constant coefficients.
Total 35

Books Recommended:

1. Mathematics XI & XII by NCERT, New Delhi

2. Mathematics XI & XII by Rajasthan Board , Ajmer

3. Differential Calculus by Bansal, Bhargava, Agrawal

4. Integral Calculus by Bansal, Bhargava, Agrawal
5. Elements of Differential Equations by Gokhroo, Saini, Agrawal
6. Differential Equations Vol. I by Bansal, Dhami
7. Differential Equations Vol. I by RBD Publication
8. Differential Calculus by RBD Publication

ME 134 APPLIED MECHANICS C (L, T, P) = 3 (3, 0, 0)

Units CONTENTS OF THE COURSE Hours

I Force: Definition, Units and Different Types of Forces. Coplanar Forces: Resolution of Forces, Law 7
of Parallelogram of Forces, Resultant of two or more Forces, Basic Conditions of Equilibrium, Lami's
Theorem (No Proof), Jib Crane and Law of Polygon of Forces (Only Statement).

II Moment: Definition, Units & Sign Convention, Principle of Moments, Application of Equilibrium 9
Conditions for non-concurrent Forces.
Application of Principles of Forces & Moments: Levers & their Types, Reactions of Simply
Supported Beams (Graphical & Analytical Method),Steel Yard, Lever Safety Valve and Foundry
Crane.

III Centre of Gravity: Concept, Centroid, Calculation of C.G. of Regular Bodies and Calculation of 8
C.G. of Plain Geometrical Figures. Friction: Types of Friction, Laws of Friction, Angle of Friction,
Angle of Repose, Friction on Horizontal and Inclined Plains, Application of Laws of Friction Related
to Wedge, Ladder and Screw Jack.
IV Simple Machines: Basic Concepts, Loss in Friction, Inclined Plane, Simple & Differential Wheel 8
and Axle (Neglecting Rope thickness), Screw Jack, Lifting Crabs, Systems of Pulleys, Worm and
Worm Wheel. Rectilinear Motion: Concept, Motion under Constant Velocity, Motion under
Constant Acceleration, Velocity-time graph and its uses.
V Motion under Gravity: Concept, Vertical Motion, Smooth Inclined Plane. Projectiles: Concept, 7
Range, Maximum Height and Time of Flight, Equation of Trajectory, Calculation of Velocity of

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [197]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Projectile at Certain Height And at Certain instant.

Books Recommended

1. Engineering Mechanics by Domkundwar & Domkundwar

2. Engineering Mechanics by D S Kumar
3. Engineering Mechanics by R K Rajput
4. Engineering Mechanics by R. Doughlas Gregory
5. Engineering Mechanics by Bhattacharya

ME 151/152 AUTO-CAD LAB C (L, T, P) = 1 (0, 0, 2)

Units Contents of the Course Hours

I LINE: Lettering and Dimensioning. 6
SCALES: Representative factor, Plain scales, Diagonal scales, Scales of Chords.
CONIC SECTIONS: Construction of ellipse, Parabola and hyperbola by different methods, normal
and tangents.
II PROJECTIONS: Types of Projection, Orthographic Projection, First angle and Third angle 6
Projection.
III SECTIONS OF SOLIDS:- Section of right solids by normal and inclined planes. 7
IV 2 D Drafting:- Introduction to CAD, using coordinate systems, 2-Dimensional drafting, making 2 D 6
vices, working with Draw tools, Working with Grips, Dynamic & Parametric Modification,
understanding References ( X-Line, Ray), Concept of Hatching, Different Hatching styles & patterns,
Importance of Layer, Working with Layers, Dimensioning ( Create, Edit & Styling).
V 3D Modeling:- Intro to 3-D Modeling, Concept & Typing of 3-D Model, 3-D coordinate system, 7
overview of 3-D objects, Create wire frame model, viewing 3-D Model, Create surfaces, Solid
Modeling, Sectioning of 3-D Model.
Total 32

Recommended Books:
1. Engineering Drawing by N.D.Bhatt & V.M.Panchal.
2. Practical Geometry by P.S.Gill.
3. Engineering Drawing by Laxmi Narayan Mathur.
4. Advanced Techniques in Auto CAD by Tickoo Sham T.M.H.
5. Understanding Auto CAD by Tickoo Sham T.M.H.

ME 171 Engineering Drawing-I Lab C(L, T, P) = 2 (0, 0, 3)

1. Introduction of Drawing Instruments.

2. Lines, Lettering and Dimensioning:
(a) Types of Line.
(b) Lettering – Single Stroke, Italics.
(c) Various Systems of Placing the Dimensions.
3. Geometrical Construction and Engineering Curves:
(a) 3.1 Regular Polygons of Given Side.
(b) 3.2 Conic sections – Construction of Ellipse, Parabola, Hyperbola.
(c) 3.3 Construction of Cycloid, Epicycloid and Hypocycloid.
(d) 3.4 Construction of Involute, Archimedian Spiral and Cylindrical Helix.
4. Scales:
(a) 4.1 Type of Scales (Reducing and Enlarging ).
(b) 4.2 Representative Fraction.
(c) 4.3 Plain and Diagonal Scales.
5. Theory of Orthographic Projections :
(a) Introduction of Projections, Reference Planes and Projectors .
(b) Angle of Projections (First Angle and Third Angle Projections).
(c) System of Rotations.
(d) Projection of Points in Different Quadrants.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [198]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

6. Projection of Lines :
(a) Parallel to Both the Planes.
(b) Parallel to One and Perpendicular to Other Planes.
(c) Parallel to One and Inclined to Other Planes.
(d) Inclined to Both the Planes.
(e) True Length of a Line and its Apparent and True Inclinations.
7. Projection of Planes :
(a) Projection of Triangular, Square, Rectangular, Pentagonal, Hexagonal and Circular Planes.
(b) Plane Parallel to One & Perpendicular to Other.
(c) Plane Perpendicular to Both the Planes.
(d) Plane Perpendicular to One and Inclined to Other Plane.
8. Projection of Solids :
(a) Projection of Cube, Prism, Pyramid, Cylinder and Cone.
(b) Projection of Solid whose Axis is Perpendicular to One and Parallel to Other plane.
(c) Projection of Solid Whose Axis is Parallel to One and Inclined to Other Plane.
(d) Projection of Solid Whose Axis is Parallel to both the Planes (excluding inclined to both the planes).
9. Conversion of Pictorial Views into Orthographic Views :
 Orthographic Projections of Simple Solid Object from Pictorial / Isometric view.
10. Section of Solids and Development of Surfaces :
(a) Introduction of Sectional Planes.
(b) Sectional Plane Perpendicular to one Reference Plane and Parallel to other.
(c) Sectional Plane Perpendicular to one and Inclined to other.
(d) Section of all types of Geometrical Solids. viz, Prism, Pyramid, Cone and Cylinder.
(e) Apparent Section and True Section.
(f) Development of Surfaces of Regular Solids viz, Prism, Pyramid, Cone and Cylinder.
(g) Sectional Plan, Sectional Elevation and Sectional Side View and Development of Surface of Solid after Section.

Practicals:
1. Preparation of following on Imperial Size Drawing Sheet :-
Practical
(a) Lines, Letters and Scales. 8
(b) Geometrical Constructions and Engineering Curves. 8
(c) Projection of Lines. 10
(d) Projection of Planes 6
(e) Projection of Solids 10
(f) Orthographic Projections of Simple objects 12
(g) Section and Development of Surfaces of Solids 8
Cone, Cylinder, Sphere etc.

2. Preparation of following Drawings in Sketch Book (Home Assignment) :

(a) Lettering (On Graph Sheet).
(b) 2.2 Projection of Points In Different Quadrants.
(c) 2.3 Isometric Projection of Various Planes.

REFERECE BOOKS:
1. Engineering Drawing N D Bhatt
2. Machine Drawing N D Bhatt
3. Engineering Graphics V. Laxmi Narayan
4. Machine Drawing V. Laxmi Narayan
5. Engineering Drawing P S Gill
6. Machine Drawing M L Mathur
7. Engineering Drawing (Hindi) B K Goyal
8. Mechanical Engineering Drawing (Hindi) Gupta & Kumar
9. Engineering Drawing A C Parkinson

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [199]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

ME 172 Engineering Drawing-II Lab C(L, T, P) = 2 (0, 0, 3)

1. Isometric Projection :
(a) Isometric Axes, Isometric Scale, Isometric Lines and Isometric Planes.
(b) Isometric View and Isometric Projection of Plane (Square, Rectangular, Pentagonal Hexagonal, Circular).
(c) Isometric View and Isometric Projection of Prism, Pyramid, Cone, Cylinder, Sphere, their Frustum and
Combination of these Solids.
2. Sections and Conventions :
(a) Conventional Method of Representing Full, Half, Removed, Revolved, Partial and Offset Section.
(b) Section Lines for Different Material as per ISI Recommendations.
3. Rivets and Riveted Joints:
(a) Different Types of Rivets -Snap Head, Pan Head with Tapered Neck, Rounded Counter Sunk Head, Flat Counter
Sunk Head.
(b) Lap Joint - Single Riveted, Double Riveted (Chain Riveting and Zigzag Riveting).
(c) Butt Joint - Single Riveted, Double Riveted Chain Riveting and Zigzag Riveting (using Single and Double Cover
Plates).
4. Screw Threads and Fasteners:
(a) Classification of Threads.
(b) Profiles and uses of - Metric, BSW, Square, ACME, Knuckle, Sellers Threads.
(c) Machine Screw – Fillister, Flat Counter Sunk, Rounded Counter Sunk, Cup and Socket.
(d) Set Screws – Oval, Conical, Flat and Cup Pointed.
(e) Hexagonal Bolt and Nut, Stud and Collar Stud.
5. Foundation Bolt and Locking Devices:
(a) Drawing and uses of Rag, Lewis and Eye Bolt.
(b) Locking by Simple Lock Nut, Split Pin and Spring Washer, Castle Nut, Locking by Plate.
6. Keys and Pulleys:
(a) Drawing and uses of Various Types of Keys - Saddle Key - Hollow and Flat, Sunk - Rectangular, Square, Key
with Gib Head, Woodruff Key.
(b) Pulley - Straight Arms flat Belt Pulley, V-Belt Pulley.
7. Shaft Couplings:
(a) Muff Coupling.
(b) Protected Type Flange Coupling.

8. Bearings:
 Simple Bush Bearing.

9. Building Drawing:
(a) Introduction of Orientation and Sun Chart Diagram of Residential Building.
(b) Section of a Wall Including Foundation.
(c) Sectional Plan of One Room and Toilet from Given Sketch.

Practicals:
Practical
1. Section and Development of Surfaces of Prism and 8

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [200]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

(a) Pyramids
(b) Isometric Projections 10
(c) Riveted Joints. 6
(d) Screw Threads and Fasteners 8
(e) Pulleys 6
(f) Couplings 6
(g) Bearing 6
(h) Building Drawing 8

2. Preparation of following Drawings in Sketch Book (Home Assignment) :

(a) Various Types of Rivet Heads
(b) Section and Conventions
(c) Set Screws
(d) Machine Screws
(e) Foundation Bolts, Key.

REFERECE BOOKS:
1. Engineering Drawing N D Bhatt
2. Machine Drawing N D Bhatt
3. Engineering Graphics V. Laxmi Narayan
4. Machine Drawing V. Laxmi Narayan
5. Engineering Drawing P S Gill
6. Machine Drawing M L Mathur
7. Engineering Drawing (Hindi) B K Goyal
8. Mechanical Engineering Drawing (Hindi) Gupta & Kumar
9. Engineering Drawing A C Parkinson

ME 174 WORKSHOP PRACTICE C (L, T, P) = 1 (0, 0, 2)

CARPENTRY SHOP
Timber, definition, engineering applications, seasoning and preservation Plywood and ply boards. Measuring and
Marking Tools, cutting tools used in carpentry & safety Measures.
List of jobs to be made in the Carpentry shop
3. T – Lap joint
4. Bridle joint

FOUNDRY SHOP
Moulding tools and Moulding Boxes and other requirementst like furnace etc Moulding Sands, constituents and
characteristics,
Pattern definition, materials types, core prints,Role of gate, runner, riser, core and chaplets, Causes and remedies of
some common casting defects like blow holes, cavities, inclusions
List of jobs to be made in the Foundryshop
3. Mould of any pattern
4. Casting of any simple pattern

WELDING SHOP
Definition of welding, brazing and soldering processes and their applications
Oxyacetylene gas welding process, equipment and techniques, types of flames and their
Applications. Manual metal arc welding technique and equipment, AC and DC welding
Electrodes: Constituents and functions of electrode coating, welding positions
Types of welded joints, common welding defects such as cracks, undercutting, slag
inclusion and boring
List of jobs to be made in the Weldingshop

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [201]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

7. Gas welding practice by students on mild steel flat

8. Lap joint by gas welding
9. MMA welding practice by students
10. Square butt joint by MMA welding
11. Lap joint by MMA welding
12. Demonstration of brazing

SHEET METAL SHOP

Name ,Functions & Specification of common Sheet Metal Tools like Slakes, Hammes, Hard Sstrips, Purchase,
Groovers, and Rivet Sets.

List of jobs to be made in the Sheet Metal.

Joints:
1. Single & Double Hem Joints
2. Wire Edge
3. Lap Joint
4. Utility Jobs

FITTING AND SMITHY SHOP

Files, materials and classification. Specification files use of Marking & Measuring Tools.
Forging, forging principle, materials, Operations like drawing, upsetting, bending and forge welding, Use of forged
parts. List of tools used in Marking & Measuring for Smithy Shop.
List of jobs to be made in the Fitting And Smithy Shop
4. Finishing of two sides of a square piece by filing
5. Tin smithy for making mechanical joint and soldering of joint
6. To cut a square notch using hacksaw and to drill three holes on PCD and tapping
7. Job Preparation in forging shop involving basic operations.

PLUMBING SHOP
Classification of pipes according to Material and use of I.S.I. specification of pipes. Introduction to cement & PVC
Pipes: and their uses.
List of Tools & Equipment used in Plumbing Shop
1. Cutting & Trending on G.I. Pipe
2. Exercises on PVC Pipe Fitting
3. Repair of Taps & Cocks

List of Recommended Books:-

6. Workshop Technology and Practice By Hazara Chowdhary Vol I & Vol II
7. Workshop Technology and Practice By B.S. Raghuvanshi
8. Workshop Technology By : Chapman Vol I ,II & III
9. Workshop Technology (Hindi) Tahil
10. Workshop Technology (Hindi) Machnani
11. Domestic Devises & Application by KB Bhala

ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS AND SHOP PRACTICE C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Unit Course Contents Total

Contact
Hrs.
1 Resistors, capacitors, Inductors and Coil- Classification, colour coding, tolerance, constructional 7
details, specifications, applications . Failures in Resistors and capacitors, Losses in Inductors and
Coils.
II Soldering and De-soldering Techniques- Soldering - connection, flux alloy, different soldering 7
materials and problems, Different soldering methods - hand, wave, dip and ultrasonic, De-
soldering technique
III Printed Circuit Board Fabrication- Introduction, Types and Specifications of PCB, Basic Steps of 7
Fabrication, Advantage and limitation of PCB, Safety recommendation, Block diagram of PCB
plant, Preparation of PCB art work for (simple electronics circuit)
IV Transformer- Principle of transformer, Voltage, current and turn ratio relationship, Construction 7

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [202]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

details of Core, Shell and Auto Transformer, Design procedure of iron core small transformers
and numerical problems, Constructional details of transformers winding machine,
V Surface Mounted Devices- Assembly Techniques, Packages- 2,3,5,6 terminal packages, 7
Integrated Circuits.
35

Reference Books:
1. Electronics Component & Shop Practice by K.R. Nahar
2. Hand Book of Philips Component
3. Maintenance of Electronic Equipments by K.S. Jamwal
4. Electronic Shop Practice. by Madhavia Joshi.
5. Electrical & Electronic Materials by M.L. Gupta
6. Coil Winding & Fabrication Practice by K.R. Nahar
7. Transformer & Coil BPB Publication
8. PCB - Design & Technology by W.C. Bosshort
9. Electrical &Electric Workshop by A.K. Sanaydhya & A.K. Khatri
10. Electonics Workshop by A.K. Sanaydhya

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [203]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

CIRCUIT ANALYSIS C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Unit Course Contents Total

Contact
Hrs.
1 Network Elements (Definition and examples), Initial conditions in elements, Mutual inductance 7
(coupling coefficient and dot rule), Voltage and current sources (ideal and practical), Dependent
and independent sources, Accompanied and unaccompanied sources, Classification of networks
(Definition and examples), Network configuration (No formula derivation)
II Mesh and Nodal Analysis :Definition of branch, node, mesh, loop and tree., Kirchhoff's laws, 7
Voltage and current equations for simple meshes and nodes, Cramer's Rule, Simple problems
upto three variable using Cramer's rules (for DC circuits only), Network Theorems : Statement,
proof, application and numerical problems (DC circuit only) related to Superposition theorem,
Reciprocity theorem, Thevenin's theorem, Norton's theorem, Millman's theorem, Maximum
power transfer theorem, Tellegen's theorem (Only statements), Star Delta conversion
III Introduction to Laplace transformation, Solution of first order and second order differential 7
equations (no initial condition), Laplace transform of - Unit step function, Ramp function,
Exponential function, Impulse function, Sinusoidal functions, Parabolic function, Derivative of
function, Integral of function, Laplace transforms theorems, Shifting theorem, Initial and final
value theorem, Inverse Laplace transformation for simple, multiple and conjugate complex roots.
Application of Laplace transformation for simple RL, RC and RLC series circuits, D.C.
transients in RL, RC and RLC circuits, Determination of initial condition, Determination of final
condition, Simple numerical problems
IV Two Port Networks: Introduction, Open circuit impedance parameters, Short circuit admittance 7
parameters, Hybrid (h) parameters, Transmission parameters, Inter-relationship between Z and Y
parameters, Equivalent models of Z and Y parameters, Reciprocity and symmetry of two port
networks, Equivalent T and π (Pie) section representation, Determination of Z and Y parameters
for some special networks (T, π, lattice, bridge T), Idea of image impedance, characteristics
impedance for two port networks
V Resonance : Series resonance in uncoupled circuits, Definition, reactance curves, resonance 7
condition, selectivity and bandwidth, Parallel resonance in uncoupled circuits, Q factor, Q factor
on energy basis, Line Filters: Constant K type & m- derived filter, Composite filter
35

Reference Books:
1. Network Analysis by Arumugan & Prem Kumar
2. Network Analysis by Dhar & Gupta
3. Network Analysis by Ven Valenburg
4. A Course in Circuit Analysis by Soni & Gupta
5. A Course in Circuit Analysis by Umesh & Sinha
6. Circuit Theory by Iyer
7. Electric Circuits by Josheep Edminster
8. Network Analysis by Suba Rao & Prasad
9. Circuit Analysis by Hayt
10. Network Analysis by A.K. Sanaydhya & A.K. Khatri

ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Unit Course Contents Total

Contact
Hrs.
1 Basic Concept of Measurement : 7
1.1. Introduction.
1.2. Generalized configuration of measuring system.
1.3. Characteristics of measuring devices
1.3.1. Accuracy.
1.3.2. Resolution.
1.3.3. Precision.
1.3.4. Expected Value.
1.3.5. Error (Gross, Systematic and Random error).
1.3.6. Sensitivity.
1.3.7. Linearity.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [204]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

1.3.8. Hysterisis.
1.3.9. Repeatability.
1.3.10. Threshold
1.4. Calibration of measuring devices.
II Transducers : 7
2.1 Concept of Primary and Secondary transducers.
2.2 Difference between active and passive transducer.
2.3 Difference between analog and digital transducer.
2.4 Construction and working of the following transducers and measurement of quantities such as
Displacement (Linear and angular), Strain, Stress, Temperature, Pressure, Flow level, pH value.
2.4.1 Potentiometers
2.4.2 Strain gauge (resistance and semiconductor type)
2.4.3 Resistance Temperature detectors (RTD)
2.4.4 Thermo couples, thermistor.
2.4.5 Linear variable differential transformer (LVDT).
2.4.6 Capacitive transducer
2.4.7 Load Cell
2.4.8 Piezo Electric Transducer
2.4.9 Photo Cells
2.4.10 Photo Voltaic Cell
2.4.11 Techogenerator
2.4.12 Ultrasonic method for level measurement
2.4.13 Electro magnetic flow meter.
2.4.14 pH electrodes
III Measuring Instruments : 7
3.1 Classification of measuring instruments
3.2 General consideration of torques employed in indicating type instrument (deflection torque,
control
torque, damping torque)
3.3 Construction and working of voltmeter and ammeter
3.3.1 Moving iron type
3.3.2 Moving coil type
3.3.3 Rectifier type
3.3.4 Dynamometer type
3.4 Ohmmeter
3.6.1 Series type
3.6.2 Shunt type
IV Range Extension and Calibration : 7
4.1 Significance of range extension
4.2 Use of series and shunt multipliers
4.3 Multirange ammeter and voltmeter
4.4 Simple problems
V Signal Conditioning : 7
5.1 Introduction.
5.2 DC Signal Conditioning.
5.3 AC Signal Conditioning.
5.4 Brief idea of data acquisition system
35

Reference Books:
1. A Course in Electrical & Electronics Measurement & Instrumentation by A.K. Shawney.
2. Instrumentation Measurement and Feed Back Barry E Jones.
3. Instrumentation Devices and System C.S. Ranga, Sharma, Mani.
4. Instrumentation. R.K. Jain.
5. Measurement Systems Application & Design. E.O. Deoblin.
6. Electronic Instruments Helpric Cooper

ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Unit Course Contents Total

Contact
Hrs.
1 Semiconductor and P_ Junction : 7

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [205]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

1.1 Metal, non metals and semiconductors and their Energy Band Diagram.
1.2 Intrinsic and Extrinsic Semiconductors.
1.3 Effect of temperature on extrinsic semiconductor
1.4 Energy band diagram of extrinsic semiconductor
1.5 Fermi Level and fermi dirac distribution
1.6 Drift and diffusion current
1.7 Hall effect
1.8 P-N Junction Diode
1.9 Working, characteristics and application of
1.9.1 Tunnel diode
1.9.2 Zener diode
1.9.3 Varactor diode
1.9.4 Photo diode
1.9.5 Light emitting diode (LED)
1.10 Photo conductors
1.11 Cds photo conductive cells and photo voltaic cell.
Clipper and Clamping Circuit :
Various clipping circuits using ideal diode
Transfer characteristics
Transistor clippers
Clamping circuit and its application as a staircase wave form generator
II Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT) : 7
2.1 Working of PNP & NPN transistor
2.2 Configuration of transistor (CB, CE and CC)
2.3 Behavior of BJT in Active, Cut off and Saturation regions
2.4 Low frequency and small signal hybrid model of BJT.
III Transistor Biasing and Bias Stability : 7
3.1 D.C. and A.C. Load line.
3.2 Operating point and its stability
3.3 Factors affecting bias stability
3.4 Stability factors
3.5 Bias stabilization
3.6 Calculation of operating point and stability factor for
3.6.1 Fixed Bias Circuit.
3.6.2 Collector to base biasing.
3.6.3 Voltage Divider biasing (Self bias)
3.7 Bias Compensation techniques using
3.7.1 Diode.
3.7.2 Thermistor and Sensistor.
3.8 Thermal stability and Thermal runaway
IV Field Effect Transistor : 7
4.1 Construction, operation and characteristics of JFET , E and D MOSFET
4.2 Biasing of FET
4.3 Small signal model of JFET
4.4 Terminology used with JFET
4.5 Precaution for handling of MOSFETs
V Rectifiers and Power Supplies : 7
5.1 Working of rectifiers
5.1.1 Half wave rectifier
5.1.2 Centre tape full wave rectifier
5.1.3 Bridge rectifier
5.2 Analysis of rectifiers (for all type)
5.2.1 Calculations for average and RMS values
5.2.2 PIV of diodes
5.2.3 Ripple factor
5.2.4 Regulation and efficiency
5.3 Calculation of ripplefactor and working of following filters:
5.3.1 Capacitance filter
5.3.2 Inductance filter
5.3.3 L-C and π (Pie) filters
5.4 Voltage Multipliers
5.5 Regulated power supply using zener diode
5.5.1 Simple problems on zener regulator.
35

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [206]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Reference Books:
1. Electronic Devices & Circuits Millman & Halkias
2. Electronic Devices & Circuits G.K. Mittal
3. Electronic Devices & Circuits A.Mottershed
4. Functional Electronics K.V. Ramanan
5. Electronic Devices & Circuits Mathur, Kulshrestha & Chadda
6. Electronic Devices & Circuits Sanjeev Gupta
7. Pulse & Wave Shaping Circuits. Millman & Taub.
8. Pulse Circuits Rajul Singhal
9. Pulse & Digital Circuits K.K. Agarwal
10. Electronic Devices & Circuits G.K. Mithal
11. Wave Shaping & Digital Circuits Agarwal & Rai
12. Pulse & Wave Shaping Circuits G.L. Verma

ELECTRONIC WORKSHOP LAB C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)

1. Study of different tools used in electronics workshop.
2. Study of analog and digital multimeters and their uses for measuring voltage, current and resistance.
3. To study and read data manual for different components (diodes & transistors) and their equivalents.
4. Use of CRO for voltage, frequency and phase measurements.
5. Use of function generator for different waveform generation.
6. Soldering and de-soldering of different components on PCB by soldering iron
7. Soldering and de-soldering of different SMD on PCB.
8. Cable preparation for RJ - 11, RJ-45, flat ribbon and 9-pin D-type connectors and their testing.
9. Identification of different type of connectors
10. Study of coil winding machine
11. Familiarization with different type of stampings and bobin
12. To design winding and test small transformer of single and tapped secondary
13. To design winding and test the transformer of multiple secondary
14 Study of PCB plant equipment
15. To prepare art work PCB using software ( circuit maker / Easy PC/ multi sim).
16. Design and fabrication of PCB using silk screen / photography methods.

ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUIT LAB C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)

1. To plot the V-I characteristics of P-N diode and LED.
2. To plot the V-I characteristics of zener diode and study of zener diode regulator circuit
3. To plot the V-I characteristics of PNP transistor in CB, CE and CC configuration
4. To plot the V-I characteristics of NPN transistor in CB, CE and CC configuration and calculate h-parameter for CE
configuration.
5. Study of the different biasing circuits and observe the effect of component variation on operating point
6. Study of half wave and full wave rectifiers.
7. Study of bridge rectifier.
8. To study the filter circuits and measure the ripple factor.
9. To plot the V-I characteristics of JFET.
10. To plot the V-I characteristics of MOSFET.
11. To study the voltage multipliers.
12. To Study Emitter follower circuits and measure its input and output impedances
13. To study the behavior of Cds photo conductive, photo voltaic cell and photo conductors
14. Design a RC high pass filter for a given frequency
14.1 Plot its frequency response
14.2 Observe it as a differentiator (for different time constant)
15. Design a RC low pass filter for a given frequency
15.1 Plot its frequency response
15.2 Observe it as an integrator (for the different time constant)
16. Observe the wave forms of various clipping circuit
17. Observe the wave forms of various clamping circuits

ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION LAB C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)

1. To measure the linear and displacement by LVDT.
2. To measure the linear and displacement by Potentiometer.
3. To measure the angular displacement by RVDT Capacitive transducer.
4. Measurement of speed of the shaft by contact and non contact methods photo electric transducer.
5. Measurement of speed of the shaft by contact and non contact methods Magnetic transducer

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [207]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

6. Measurement of speed of the shaft by contact and non contact methods Techogenerator
7. Measurement of force by strain gauge bridge
8. Measurement of pH value using pH meter
9. Error detection by synchro pair
10. Measurement of temperature and draw the characteristics of following Thermocouple.
11. Measurement of temperature and draw the characteristics of following RTD
12. Measurement of temperature and draw the characteristics of following Thermister
13. To draw the torque and speed curve for servo motor.
14. Measurement of level by capacitive transducer.
15. To observe the output wave form of synchro transmitter on CRO and find the electrical zero.
16. Use of series multiplier for voltage range extension.
17. Use of shunt multiplier for current range extension.

C PROGRAMMING C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Unit Course Contents Total

Contact
Hrs.
1 Introduction : 7
1.1 Scope of ‘C’ Language
1.2 Distinction and similarities with other HLLs
1.3 Special features and Application areas
II Elements of ‘C’ : 7
2.1 Character set
2.2 Key words
2.3 Data types
2.4 Constants and Variables
2.5 Operators: unary, binary, ternary
2.6 Operator precedence
III Console Input-Output : 7
3.1 Types of I-O
3.2 Console I-O
3.3 Unformatted console I-O: getchar(),putchar(), gets(), puts(),
getch(),getche()
3.4 Formatted I-O: scanf(), printf()
Control Flow :
3.1 Statements and blocks
3.2 if
3.3 switch
3.3 Loops: for, while, do-while
3.4 goto and labels
3.5 break, continue, exit
3.6 Nesting control statements
IV Arrays : 7
4.1 Basic concepts
4.2 Memory representation
4.3 One dimensional array
4.4 Two dimensional array
Functions :
Basic concepts
Declaration and prototypes
Calling
Arguments
Scope rules
Recursion
Storage classes types
Library of functions: math, string, system
V Pointers : 7
Basic concepts
&, * operator
Pointer expression: assignment, arithmetic, comparison
Dynamic memory allocation
Pointer v/s Arrays

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [208]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

35

Reference Books:
1. 'C' Programming Stephen Kochan
2. Programming with 'C' Schaum's Series
3. 'C' Programming V.Balguru Swami
4. 'C' Programming Kernighan & Ritchie
5. Let us 'C' Yashwant Kanetkar

C PROGRAMMING LAB C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)

1. Problems based on arithmetic expression, fixed mode arithmetic.
2. Problems based on conditional statements and control structures.
3. Problems based on arrays (1-D, 2-D), functions and pointers.
4. Problems based on engineering applications.

ECONOMICS & SOCIAL SCIENCES C(L,T,P) = 3(3,0,0)

Uni Contents of the Course Total
t Contact
Hrs.
I Introduction: Definition meaning, nature and scope of economics. 6
II Micro Economics: Definition, meaning and scope of Micro Economics. Importance and limitations. 6
Concept of Demand and supply :Utility Analysis, Law of Demand, Demand determinants, Demand
III 7
Distinctions. Law of Supply, Elasticity
Introduction to social Sciences: impact of british rule on India(Economic Social and Cultural). Indian
IV 10
National movement, Psysography of India.
Political Economy: Agriculture, Socio-Economic development, Challenges to Indian Decomcracy,
V 8
Polical Parties and pressure groups.
Total 37

AUDIO AND VIDEO SYSTEMS C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Unit Course Contents Total

Contact
Hrs.
1 Basic Components of Audio and Video : 7
1.1 Construction & Working of Microphone
1.1.1 Carbon type
1.1.2 Electrodynamics type
1.1.3 Condenser type
1.1.4 Crystal type
1.2 Construction & Working of Loud Speaker
1.2.1 Tweeter
1.2.2 Wooffer
1.2.3 Mid range
1.3 CCD Camera
II 2.1 Meaning of Hi-Fi 7
2.2 Basic components
2.3 Fundamental of sound harmonics
2.4 Loudness
2.5 Pitch
2.6 Timbre
2.7 Sensitivity
2.8 Stereophony recording
2.9 Broadcasting of stereophony and its reproduction
2.10 Active and passive audio circuits
2.10.1 Volume control
2.10.2 Tone control
2.10.3 Bass and treble control
2.10.4 Graphic equaliser
2.11 Basic idea about audio pre amplifier and power amplifiers
III Scanning and Composite Video Signal : 7
3.1 Scanning Process.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [209]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

3.2 Flicker & Inter lace scanning

3.3 Contrast Ratio & Aspect ratio and viewing distance
3.4 Composite Video signal dimensions.
3.5 Horizontal and vertical sync details.
3.6 Scanning sequence and Function of sync pulse train.
3.7 TV standards for 625 line system
IV T.V. Signal Transmission : 7
4.1 Modulation technique for picture and sound with reason of preferences
4.2 Concept of Vestigial Side Band (VSB)
4.3 VSB band width and transmission efficiency
4.4 TV channel B.W.
4.5 Positive and Negative modulation
4.6 Block diagram of TV transmitter
4.7 Interference suffered by carrier
4.8 TV transmitting antenna
T.V. Receiver :
Principle of TV Receiver.
VSB reception
Block diagram of B/W T.V. Receiver and function of each stage
Balun and its construction
V Colour T.V. : 7
Colour T.V. Essentials.
Compatibility.
Colour perception and three colour theory
Luminance, hue, saturation, chroma
Colour difference signal
Colour picture tube
Delta gun
Precision in line (PIC)
Trinitron
Colour Signal Transmission (frequency inter leaving technique)
Band width for Colour Signal Transmission.
Modulation of Colour Signals
Weighting factor
Elementary idea for NTSC, PAL, SECAM systems, their merits and demerits.
Basic Concept of _ew Trends :
Audio CD player
Audio conferencing
Digital versatile disk (DVD)
Home theatre system
LCD & LED TV
Plasma TV
Blue ray disc
Simple audio and video compression techniques
35

Reference Books:
1. Audio & Video Systems A.K. Saxena & K.K. Saxena
2. Hand Book of Magnetic Recording D. Jorgen
3. A Course in Electrical & Electronic Measurement & Instruments A.K. Sawhney
4. Basic TV & Video System Bernard Grob
5. Monochrome & Colour TV System R.R. Gulati.
6. Colour TV Principle & Practice R.R. Gulati.
7. T.V. Engineering A.M. Dhake
8. T.V. Engg. Theory & Service Kiver Kaufman
9. Basic TV Principles Bernard Grob
10. Audio & Video System A.K. Sanadhya
11. T.V. Engineering A.K. Khatri
ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTS C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Unit Course Contents Total

Contact
Hrs.
1 Multimeter : 7

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [210]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

1.1 Principle of measurement of

1.1.1 D.C. Voltage and current
1.1.2 A.C. Voltage and current
1.1.3 Resistance
1.2 Calculation of shunt and multiplier for range extension
1.3 AC and D.C. sensitivity
1.4 Loading effect
1.5 Specifications and limitations of multimeter.
II Electronic Voltmeter : 7
2.1 Characteristics of different analog electronic voltmeter
2.2 Circuits for D.C. voltmeter using BJTs and FETs (single device and balanced bridge type)
2.3 Theory and operation of circuits for average, peak, peak to peak and RMS responding
A.C. electronic voltmeters
2.4 Comparison of amplifier rectifier type and rectifier amplifier type electronic voltmeter
III Cathode Ray Oscilloscope (C.R.O) : 7
3.1 Construction of CRT and deflection sensitivity
3.2 Block diagram of CRO
3.3 Various controls of CRO
3.4 Detail of X-Y section and delay line
3.5 Horizontal sweep section
3.6 Synchronization of sweep and triggered sweep
3.7 Measurement of voltage, current, frequency and phase angle using CRO
3.8 CRO probes
3.9 Construction and working of dual trace and dual beam CROs
3.10 Frequency & phase measurement by lissaju figure.
IV Working Principle and Application of : 7
4.1 Q-meter
4.2 AF/RF signal generators
4.3 Harmonic distortion analyzers.
4.4 Transistor Tester
4.5 Curve Tracer
4.6 LCR bridge
4.7 Output power meter (AF)
4.8 Spectrum analyzer
4.9 Cable fault locator
4.10 Magger
V Digital Displays : 7
5.1 Construction and Working Principle of different type of displays. Such as Diode Matrix, 7-
segment using
LED and LCD, Dot matrix using LED
5.2 Comparison of different type of displays
Guarding Techniques:
Safety guard and signal ground.
Ground loops and ground currents.
Common mode and series mode voltage.
Avoiding parasitic voltage.
35

Reference Books:
1. A Course in Electrical and Electronics Measurement & Instrumental A.K. Sawhney
2. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques Cooper
3. Electronic Instrumentation Fundamentals Malvino
4. Electronic Measurement Terman Pettit
5. Electronic Instruments David Bell

ANALOG COMMUNICATION C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Unit Course Contents Total

Contact
Hrs.
1 Introduction : 7
1.1 Basic component of communication
1.2 Definition of modulation

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [211]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

1.3 Need of modulation in communication

1.4 Definition of AM, FM, PM, PAM, PPM, PWM and PCM
II Noise and Cross Talk : 7
Classification of noise
Atmospheric noise
Shot noise
Thermal noise
Transit time noise
Miscellaneous noise
Noise figure
Concept of cross talk
Cross-talk elimination techniques
III Amplitude Modulation : 7
Derivation of AM wave equation
Modulation index for sinusoidal AM
Frequency spectrum for sinusoidal AM
Total power in AM wave.
Effective voltage and current for sinusoidal AM
BJT collector amplitude modulator
General idea of carrier and sideband suppression
Balance modulator circuits
Using diode
Using FET
SSB generation by filter and phase shift methods
Block diagram of AM transmitter
IV Frequency Modulation : 7
Derivation of FM wave equation
Modulation index and frequency deviation for FM
Frequency spectrum for sinusoidal FM
FET reactance and varactor diode FM modulator circuits
Block diagram of FM transmitter using direct and indirect method (Armstrong method)
Comparison of AM and FM system
V Radio Receivers : 7
Various types of receivers
Receiver characteristics and their measurements
Electronic tuning system
AM demodulator - envelope detection, product demodulator (SSB detection circuit)
FM demodulator - balance slope, Foster Seely and ratio detector circuit
Block diagram of Super heterodyne AM receiver
Block diagram of FM receiver
35

Reference Books:
1. Communication System. George Kannedy.
2. Radio Engg. G.K. Mithal.
3. Electronic Communications. Roddy & Coolen.
4. Carrier Communication N. N. Biswas
5. Electronic Communication System Kennedy

MICROPROCESSOR C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Unit Course Contents Total

Contact
Hrs.
1 Introduction of Microprocessor : 7
Microprocessor concept
Historical review of microprocessor development
Organization of a micro computer
II 3. The 8085 Architecture : 7
Internal block diagram
8085 signals and their functions
Demultiplexing of buses
Pin configuration and logical diagram.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [212]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

III 8085 Instructions and Programming : 7

Instruction format
Mnemonics
Opcode and operand
Instruction length
Classification of instruction
Data transfer
Arithmetic
Logical
Branching
Machine control
Different interrupts of 8085 Microprocessor
Addressing modes
Stack operation and related instructions
Subroutine and related instructions
Machine and assembly language
Assembly language programming
Debugging of programs
IV Memory and I/O System : 7
Memory types
Memory organization
Basic concept of memory interfacing and I/O interfacing
Difference between peripheral I/O and memory mapped I/O
V Instruction Execution and Timings : 7
Instruction cycle - machine cycle, T-states
Fetch cycle
Memory read and write cycle
I/O read and write cycle
Interrupt acknowledge cycle
Bus idle cycle
DMA cycle
Machine cycle with wait states.
Programs using delays and counters
35

Reference Books:
1. Microprocessor Architecture, Programming & Application Gaonkar
2. Fundamentals of Microprocessors & MicroComputers B.Ram
3. Assembly Language Programming A.Leventhal, Osborn
4. Theory & Problems of Microprocessor Fundamentals Tokhein
5. Microprocessor & Peripheral Hand book INTEL
6. Computer Architecture & org. J.P Hayes
7. Digital Computer Fundamentals T.C.Bartee
8. An Introduction to Microprocessors A.P.Mathur

DIGITAL ELECTRONICS C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Unit Course Contents Total

Contact
Hrs.
1 Number System :1.1 Decimal, binary, octal and hexa-decimal number system 7
1.2 Conversion of a number from one system to another system
1.3 Binary addition, subtraction and multiplication
1.4 Representation of positive and negative numbers
1.5 1's complement and 2's complement
1.6 Subtraction using 2's complement
1.7 Parity bit
1.8 Binary codes (Gray, Excess -3, Hamming codes), ASCII code
1.9 Floating point number
Boolean Algebra :
Historical review - logical statements, logical constants and variables, truth table
Boolean operators
Postulates of Boolean algebra
Laws of Boolean algebra

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [213]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Duality theorem
De' Morgan's theorem
Simplification of Boolean expressions
Verification of Boolean expressions using truth table
II Logic Gates : 7
Introduction
Symbol and truth table of NOT, AND, OR, NAND, NOR, EX-OR and EX-NOR gates
Universal gates
Positve, negative and tristate logic
Classification & Characteristics of digital ICs
Brief idea of RTL, DTL, TTL, CMOS logic families & there comparison
III Minimization Techniques ( K-Mapping) : 7
Representation of Boolean expression - min. and max. term SOP, POS
Conversion of truth tables in POS and SOP form
Karnaugh map upto 4 variables - implication of logic function with and without don't care
conditions
Realization of logic diagrams using NAND/NAND, NOR/NOR gate
IV Combinational Logic Design : 7
Binary half and full adder
Binary half and full subtractor
Binary serial, parallel and BCD adder
Parity bit generator and checker
Binary comparator
Multiplexer
4 to 1 multiplexer
8 to 1 multiplexer
16 to 1 multiplexer
Demultiplexer
1 to 4 Demultiplexer
1 to 8 Demultiplexer
1 to 16 Demultiplexer
Encoder
Decimal to BCD
Gray to BCD
Decoder
BCD to Decimal
BCD to seven segment
BCD to gray
V Sequential Systems : 7
Introduction
Symbol, logic circuit, truth table of R-S, J-K, M/S J-K,D,T flip-flops
Edge and level triggering
Shift registers
Left, right and bi-direction
Series and parallel
Universal shift register
Asynchronous and synchronous counters - up, down and up-down
Mod counters - Mod 5, Mod 9, decade counter
Ring counters, Johnson counter
Use of shift register for simple binary multiplication and division.
Programmable logic device (PLD)
Programmable logic array (PLA)
Programmable Array logic (PAL)
35

Reference Books:
1. Digital Principles & Applications Malvino Leach.
2. Integrated Electronics Millman & Halkias
3. Digital Electronics T.C. Bartee
4. Digital Electronics Practice Using IC’s R.P. Jain.
5. Modern Digital Electronics R.P. Jain
6. Digital Electronics L. Solanki
7. Digital Intregrated Circuit K.R. Botker
8. Digital Design Flloyd

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [214]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

9. Digital Logic Design Morris Mano.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [215]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

ANALOG ELECTRONICS C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Unit Course Contents Total

Contact
Hrs.
1 FEEDBACK AMPLIFIERS: Concept of feedback; Topologies: Voltage-voltage, current 7
voltage, voltage-current, current-current; Stability and compensation. Transfer gain with
feedback, General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers.
II OSCILLATORS: Classification. Barkhausen criterion, damped oscillations in LC circuits, audio 7
and rf oscillators. Tuned collector, Hartley, Colpitts, RC Phase shift, Wien bridge and crystal
oscillators, Blocking oscillators.
III HIGH FREQUENCY AMPLIFIERS: High frequency models of BJT and FET, hybrid-π 7
model, Gummel Poon model, generalized high frequency response of CE amplifier, gain-
bandwidth product. Emitter follower at high frequencies.
IV TUNED AMPLIFIER - Band Pass Amplifier, Parallel resonant Circuits, Band Width of Parallel 7
resonant circuit. Analysis of Single Tuned Amplifier, Primary and Secondary Tuned Amplifier
with BJT and FET. Double Tuned Transformer Coupled Amplifier. Stagger Tuned Amplifier.
Pulse Response of such Amplifier. Shunt Peaked Circuits for Increased Bandwidth.
V POWER AMPLIFIERS: Power amplifier circuits, Class A output stage, class B output stage 7
and class AB output stages, class C amplifiers, pushpull amplifiers with and without
transformers. Complementary symmetry and quasi complimentary symmetry amplifiers
35

Reference Books:

J.Millman and C.C. Halkias-Integrated Electronics; Tata Mc-Graw Hill

Robert Boylestad and L. Nashelsky - Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory; Pearson education
Sedra Smith - Microelectronic Circuits, Oxford Press, India.
Floyd-Electronic Devices, Pearson Education.

MICROPROCESSOR LAB C(L,T,P)=1(0,0,2)

1. Study of 8085 microprocessor kit
2. Addition of two 8 bit numbers with and without carry
3. Subtraction of two 8 bit numbers with and without borrow
4. Multiplication of two 8 bit number using successive addition and resistor shifting method
5. Program to find ones compliment of 1 byte number
6. Program to find ones compliment of 2 byte number
7. Program to find MASK OFF for LSB and MSB compliment of 1 byte number
8. Program to find out square of a number.
9. Programs to find sum of first ten natural number involving data arrays
10. Programs to Generating odd numbers.
11. Programs to Data transfer schemes
12. Programs to Sorting of odd/even numbers.
13. Programs to Finding largest and smallest numbers.
14. Programs to Arrange data array in ascending / descending order
15. Programs using stack
16. Programs using subroutine.
17. Debugging of programs using single stepping on kit

ANALOG ELECTRONICS LAB C(L,T,P)=1(0,0,2)

Plot gain-frequency characteristics of BJT amplifier with and without negative feedback in the emitter circuit and
1.
determine bandwidths, gain bandwidth products and gains at 1kHz with and without negative feedback.
2. Study of series and shunt voltage regulators and measurement of line and load regulation and ripple factor.
3. Plot and study the characteristics of small signal amplifier using FET.
4. Study of push pull amplifier. Measure variation of output power and distortion with load.
5. Study Wein bridge oscillator and observe the effect of variation in R and C on oscillator frequency
Study transistor phase shift oscillator and observe the effect of variation in R and C on oscillator frequency and
6.
compare with theoretical value.
Study the following oscillators and observe the effect of variation of C on oscillator frequency: (a) Hartley (b)
7.
Colpitts
8. Study of a Digital Storage CRO and store a transient on it.
9. To plot the characteristics of UJT and UJT as relaxation.
10. To plot the characteristics of MOSFET and CMOS.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [216]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [217]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LAB C(L,T,P)=1(0,0,2)

1. Verify the truth tables of NOT, AND, OR
2. Verify the truth tables NAND, NOR, EX-OR, EX-NOR gates
3. Design a NOT, AND, OR
4. Design a EX-OR, EX-NOR gates using universal gates
5. Design a binary half and full adder
6. Design a binary half and full subtractor
7. Study of BCD to 7 segment decoder
8. Verify the truth table of RS, D
9. Verify the truth table J-K, M/S J-K,D,T flip-flops.
10. Study of asynchronous binary ripple up, down and up-down and different mod counters
11. Study of synchronous counters
12. Study of decade counter
13. Study of programmable counter
14. Study of a shift register using flip flops
15. Study of ring counter using flip flops
16. Study of twisted ring counter.
17. Study of PLD.

COMMUNICATION LAB C(L,T,P)=1(0,0,2)

1. Generation of AM and measurement of the modulation index.
2. Perform the AM demodulation (Envelope detector)
3. Generation of F.M.
4. Operation of standard R.F. signal generator.
5. Measurement of selectivity, sensitivity, fidelity of radio receiver
6. Study of F.M. demodulation.
7. Alignment and tuning of a transistor radio receiver.
8. Study of AM receiver
9. Study of FM receiver
10. Fault finding exercise in a radio receiver

OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Unit Course Contents Total

Contact
Hrs.
1 Introduction to Java- Programming Environment, Java compiler and virtual machine: Structure 7
of a Java program, standalone programs and applets; concepts of portability. Basic Programming
Elements in Java: Data types, variables and array operators, assignment and selection statements
iterative structures, nested loops..

II Classes in Java: General form of a class, creating objects, access control in classes; 7
Constructors, methods, finalization, parameters, method overloading, recursive methods,
returning objects, static members, final qualifier, nested and inner classes, string handling in Java,
I/O mechanism, command line arguments.

III Inheritance: Basics super classes and subclasses, the keyword extends, multilevel hierarchy, 7
method overriding; run time polymorphism, abstract classes, final in inheritance, the object class.
Packages and Interfaces: Defining package, access protection, importing classes and packages,
defining and implementing interfaces, nested interfaces, use of interfaces, variables in interfaces.

IV Exception Handling Fundamentals, types of exceptions catching exceptions, multiple catching, 7

nested try statements, uncaught exceptions, throw and throws, finally mechanism, built-in
exceptions, creating exception subclasses, using exceptions.

V Applets: Applet fundamentals, native methods, static import, the applet class, applet display 7
method, requesting repainting, a banner applet, passing parameters to applets, uses of applets.

TOTAL 35

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [218]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [219]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Reference Books:
Dietel and Associates, “Java How to Program”, 7th Ed., Prentice-Hall.
David Flanagan, “Java in a Nutshell”, 5th Ed., O’Reilly Media, Inc.
Bruce Eckel, “Thinking in Java”, Prentice-Hall.

OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING LAB C(L,T,P) =1(0,0,2)

S. No. List of Experiments
PART I: Programs in C++
1. Write a program to perform the complex arithmetic.
2. Write a program to perform the rational number arithmetic.
Write a program to perform the matrix operations. (Transpose, addition, subtraction, multiplication, test if a matrix
3.
is symmetric/ lower triangular/ upper triangular)
4. Implement Morse code to text conversion and vice-versa.
5. To calculate Greatest Common Divisor of given numbers.
6. To implement tower of Hanoi problem.
7. PART II: Program in Java
8. To implement spell checker using dictionary.
9. To implement a color selector from a given set of colors.
10. To implement a shape selector from a given set of shapes.

TELECOMMUNICATION FUNDAMENTALS C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Unit Course Contents Total

Contact
Hrs.
1 INTRODUCTION :- Electromagnetic Spectrum, Frequency Spectrum-Bandwidth-Allocation, 7
Time domain and Frequency domain analysis
TRANSMISSION MEDIA:- Twisted pair, UTP cables, Coaxial and optical fiber cables,
wireless, microwave and satellite transmission
DATA TRANSMISSION: - Transmission impairments. Serial and parallel transmission,
Simplex, half duplex or full duplex transmission mode.
II DATA ENCODING :- Modulation (ASK, FSK and PSK, PCM, PAM, Delta Modulations), Line 7
coding (NRZ-L, NRZ–I , Bipolar AMI, Manchester and differential Manchester),
MULTIPLEXING:- FDM, Synchronous and Statistical TDM
III DATA LINK LAYER: Channel allocation problem, pure and slotted ALOHA Protocols, 7
Persisted And Non-Persisted CSMA
Collision Free Protocols, Digital Cellular Radio and CDMA
Logical Link Sub Layer, MAC Sub layer.
Brief Introduction: Frame Relay, PPP
PROTOCOL :- OSI & TCP/IP Protocol Architecture
IV SWITCHING NETWORKS: Circuit switching Networks, Space and Time division switching, 7
Routing circuit switched networks, control signaling packet switching principles, fixed, flooding
and adaptive routing strategies: X.25 & X.28 protocols Brief introduction: ISDN,ADSL
V NETWORK DEVICES: Gateway, Router, Bridge, Switch, Hub, Repeater, Multilayer Switch, 7
Protocol Converter, Router, Proxy, Firewall, Multiplexer, Network Card, Modem.
NETWORK TECHNOLOGY: DSL, GSM, Bluetooth, Infrared.
35

Reference Books:
1. William Stallings: Data and Computer Communications (PHI, 5th Ed.)
2. James Martin: Telecommunication and the Computer (PHI, 3rd Ed.)

TRANSMISSION LINE AND NETWORKS C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Unit Course Contents Total

Contact
Hrs.
1 TRANSMISSION LINE: Types of transmission lines, general transmission line equation, line 7
constant, equivalent circuits, infinite line, and reflection on a line, SWR of line with different type

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [220]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

of terminations. Distortion less and dissipation less lines, Coaxial cables, Transmission lines at
audio and radio frequencies, Losses in transmission line,. Characteristics of quarter wave, half
wave and lines of other lengths,
II TRANSMISSION LINE APPLICATIONS: Smith chart and its application. Transmission line 7
applications, Impedance matching Network. Single and double Stub matching. Measurement of
parameters of transmission line, measurement of attenuation, insertion loss, reflection coefficient
and standing wave ratio.
III ATTENUATORS and FILTERS: Elements of telephone transmission networks, symmetrical 7
and Asymmetrical two port networks. Different Attenuators, ð-section and T-section attenuators,
stub matching, Transmission equalizers Filters, constant K-section, Ladder type, ð-section, T-
section filter, m-derived filter sections, Lattics filter section.
IV TELEPHONE TRANSMISSION: Telephone set, Touch tone dial types, two wire/ four wire 7
transmission, Echo suppressors and cancellors, cross talk. Multi-channel systems: Frequency
division and time division multiplexing.
V AUTOMATIC TELEPHONY and TELEGRAPHY: Trunking concepts, Grade of service, 7
Traffic definitions, Introduction to switching networks, classification of switching systems.
Principle of Electronic Exchange, EPABX and SPC Digital telephone Exchange,Numberig Plan,
Fascimile services.
Total 35

Suggested Books:
W. Fraser-Telecommunications (BPB Publication)
I. Vishvanathan- Telecommunication switching systems & Networks. Prentice Hall of India.
Cole- Introduction to Telecommunication. Pearson Education

DIGITAL COMMUNICATION C(L,T,P) =3(3,0,0)

Unit Course Contents Total

Contact
Hrs.
1 SAMPLING- Mathematical theory of sampling. Sampling theorem. Ideal and Real sampling. 7
Interpolation technique for the reconstruction of a signal from its samples. Aliasing. Sampling in
freq. domain. Sampling of discrete time signals.
II PCM and DELTA MODULATION SYSTEMS: Uniform and Non-uniform quantization. PCM 7
and delta modulation, Signal to quantization noise ratio in PCM and delta modulation. DPCM,
ADM, T1 Carrier System, Matched filter detection. Error probability in PCM system.
III BASE BAND TRANSMISSION: Line coding (RZ, NRZ): Polar,Bipolar,. Inter symbol 7
interference, Pulse shaping, Nyquist criterion, Raised cosine spectrum.
IV DIGITAL MODULATION TECHNIQUES: Geometric interpretation of signals, 7
Orthogonalization. ASK, BPSK, BFSK, QPSK, MSK modulation techniques and Coherent
detection of these techniques. Calculation of error probabilities.
V INFORMATION THEORY: Amount of Information, Average Information, Entropy, 7
Information rate, Increase in Average information per bit by coding, Shannon's Theorem and
Shannon's bound, Capacity of a Gaussian Channel, BW-S/N trade off,
35

Reference Books:

H.Taub and D.L. schilling-"Principles of communication System", Tata Mc-Graw Hill.

Simon Haykin-"Communication Systems", John Wiley and Sons.
B.P. Lathi-"Communication Systems", Tata Mc-Graw Hill.
Proakis-"Digital Communication" Tata Mc-Graw Hill.
Sklar-"Digital Communication" Pearson Education.
P. Chakarbarti-"Principles of Digital Communication" Danpatrai and Sons.

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [221]

 Department of Electronics and Communication

Syllabus B.Tech ECE 2015-16 GVSET, SGVU, Jaipur [222]